2009 Pontiac Vibe Owner Manual M

Seats and Restraints ...... 1-1 Lighting ...... 5-1 Jump Starting ...... 9-71 Front Seats ...... 1-2 Lighting ...... 5-1 Towing ...... 9-75 Rear Seats ...... 1-7 ...... 6-1 Appearance Care ...... 9-83 Safety Belts ...... 1-8 Infotainment Audio System(s) ...... 6-1 ...... 10-1 Airbag System ...... 1-21 Technical Data Vehicle Identiﬁcation ...... 10-1 Child Restraints ...... 1-36 Climate Controls ...... 7-1 Climate Controls ...... 7-1 Capacities and Keys, Doors and Speciﬁcations ...... 10-2 Windows ...... 2-1 Driving and Operating ...... 8-1 Normal Maintenance Keys ...... 2-2 Starting and Operating Replacement Parts ..... 10-4 Doors and Locks ...... 2-6 Your Vehicle ...... 8-2 Driving Your Vehicle ...... 8-17 Service and Theft-Deterrent Systems ... 2-9 ...... 11-1 Fuel ...... 8-36 Maintenance Windows ...... 2-12 Service and Mirrors ...... 2-13 Vehicle Service Maintenance ...... 11-1 Sunroof ...... 2-14 and Care ...... 9-1 ...... 12-1 Service Customer Information Storage ...... 3-1 ...... 9-2 Customer Information ..... 12-1 Storage ...... 3-1 Owner Checks ...... 9-5 Reporting Safety Headlamp Aiming ...... 9-30 Defects ...... 12-15 Instruments and Bulb Replacement ...... 9-31 Vehicle Data Recording Controls ...... 4-1 Electrical System ...... 9-35 and Privacy ...... 12-17 Instrument Panel Tires ...... 9-41 Overview ...... 4-2 ...... i-1 Tire Changing ...... 9-61 Index Warning Lights, Gages, and Indicators ...... 4-11 OnStar® System ...... 4-25 ii Preface

further notice. For vehicles ﬁrst Canadian Owners sold in Canada, substitute the name “General Motors of Canada Limited” A French language copy of this for Pontiac Division wherever it manual can be obtained from your appears in this manual. dealer/retailer or from: This manual describes features Helm, Incorporated that may or may not be on P.O. Box 07130 GENERAL MOTORS, GM, the GM Detroit, MI 48207 your speciﬁc vehicle. Emblem, PONTIAC, the PONTIAC 1-800-551-4123 Emblem and the name VIBE Read this manual from beginning to helminc.com are registered trademarks of end to learn about the vehicle’s General Motors Corporation. features and controls. Pictures, Propriétaires Canadiens symbols, and words work together This manual includes the latest On peut obtenir un exemplaire de to explain vehicle operation. information at the time it was printed. ce guide en français auprès de GM reserves the right to make Keep this manual in the vehicle for concessionnaire ou à l’adresse changes after that time without quick reference. suivante: Helm Incorporated P.O. Box 07130 Detroit, MI 48207 1-800-551-4123 helminc.com

Index A box with the word CAUTION is Notice: These mean there is used to tell about things that could something that could damage To quickly locate information about hurt you or others if you were to your vehicle. the vehicle use the Index in the back ignore the warning. of the manual. It is an alphabetical Many times, this damage would not list of what is in the manual and the be covered by the vehicle’s warranty, page number where it can be found. { CAUTION and it could be costly. The notice tells what to do to help avoid the Cautions and Notices These mean there is something damage. that could hurt you or other people. There are also warning labels on the vehicle which use the same Cautions tell what the hazard is and words, CAUTION or Notice. what to do to avoid or reduce the hazard. Read these cautions. A notice tells about something that A circle with a slash through it is a can damage the vehicle. safety symbol which means “Do Not,” “Do not do this” or “Do not let this happen.” iv Preface

✍ NOTES Seats and Restraints 1-1

Safety Belt Extender ...... 1-19 Adding Equipment to Seats and Safety Belt Check ...... 1-20 Your Airbag-Equipped Restraints Care of Safety Belts ...... 1-20 Vehicle ...... 1-34 Replacing Safety Belt Airbag System Check ...... 1-35 System Parts After a Replacing Airbag System Crash ...... 1-20 Parts After a Crash ...... 1-35 Front Seats Airbag System Child Restraints Manual Seats ...... 1-2 Airbag System ...... 1-21 Older Children ...... 1-36 Seat Height Adjuster ...... 1-2 Where Are the Airbags? ....1-23 Infants and Young Reclining Seatbacks ...... 1-3 When Should an Airbag Children ...... 1-38 Passenger Folding Inflate? ...... 1-24 Child Restraint Systems ....1-41 Seatback ...... 1-4 What Makes an Airbag Where to Put the Head Restraints ...... 1-6 Inflate? ...... 1-26 Restraint ...... 1-43 Rear Seats How Does an Airbag Lower Anchors and Rear Seat Operation ...... 1-7 Restrain? ...... 1-26 Tethers for Children What Will You See After (LATCH) ...... 1-44 Safety Belts an Airbag Inflates? ...... 1-26 Replacing LATCH System Safety Belts ...... 1-8 Passenger Sensing Parts After a Crash ...... 1-49 How to Wear Safety Belts System ...... 1-28 Securing Child Restraints Properly ...... 1-11 Servicing Your (Right Front Seat) ...... 1-50 Lap-Shoulder Belt ...... 1-16 Airbag-Equipped Securing Child Restraints Safety Belt Use During Vehicle ...... 1-33 (Rear Seats) ...... 1-53 Pregnancy ...... 1-19 1-2 Seats and Restraints

Front Seats To move a manual seat forward or Seat Height Adjuster rearward: Manual Seats

{ CAUTION

You can lose control of the vehicle if you try to adjust a manual driver’s seat while the vehicle is moving. The sudden movement could startle and The driver seat height adjuster is located on the outboard side of the confuse you, or make you push a seat. To raise or lower the seat, pedal when you do not want to. pull up or push down on the lever Adjust the driver’s seat only when repeatedly until the seat is at the vehicle is not moving. 1. Lift the bar to unlock the seat. the desired height. 2. Slide the seat to the desired position and release the bar. Try to move the seat to be sure it is locked in place. Seats and Restraints 1-3

Reclining Seatbacks { CAUTION { CAUTION

{ CAUTION If the seatback is not locked, it Sitting in a reclined position when could move forward in a sudden your vehicle is in motion can be You can lose control of the stop or crash. That could cause dangerous. Even if you buckle up, vehicle if you try to adjust a injury to the person sitting there. your safety belts cannot do their manual driver’s seat while the Always push and pull on the job when you are reclined like this. vehicle is moving. The sudden seatback to be sure it is locked. movement could startle and The shoulder belt cannot do its job confuse you, or make you push a because it will not be against your pedal when you do not want to. body. Instead, it will be in front of Adjust the driver’s seat only when you. In a crash, you could go into the vehicle is not moving. it, receiving neck or other injuries. The lap belt cannot do its job either. In a crash, the belt could go up over your abdomen. The belt forces would be there, not at your pelvic bones. This could cause serious internal injuries. For proper protection when the vehicle is in motion, have the seatback upright. Then sit well back in the seat and wear your safety belt properly. 1-4 Seats and Restraints

On vehicles with manual reclining To return the seatback to an upright Passenger Folding seatbacks the lever used to operate position: Seatback them is located on the outboard 1. Lift the lever fully, without side of the seat. applying pressure to the { seatback, and the seatback will CAUTION return to the upright position. If you fold the seatback forward to 2. Push and pull on the seatback to carry longer objects, such as skis, make sure it is locked. be sure any such cargo is not near an airbag. In a crash, an inﬂating airbag might force that object toward a person. This could cause severe injury or even To recline the seatback: death. Secure objects away from the area in which an airbag would 1. Lift the recline lever. inﬂate. For more information, see 2. Move the seatback to the desired Where Are the Airbags? on position, then release the lever to page 1-23 and Loading the lock the seatback in place. Vehicle on page 8-32. 3. Push and pull on the seatback to make sure it is locked. Seats and Restraints 1-5

To fold the seatback down: To raise the seatback: { CAUTION 1. Move the seat rearward. 1. Pull up on one of the levers Things you put on this seatback 2. Lower the head restraint to the located on either side of the back can strike and injure people in a lowest position and make sure of the passenger’s seatback. sudden stop or turn, or in a crash. the seatback is at the most 2. Pull the seatback up and push it Remove or secure all items upright position and locked. back to lock it into place. Make before driving. sure the safety belt is not twisted or caught in the seatback. On vehicles with this feature, the 3. Push and pull the top of the seatback folds down to allow seatback to be sure it is for more cargo space. When the locked into position. area is not being used for more 4. Use the reclining front seatback cargo space or as a temporary table, lever to adjust the seatback to a put the seatback in the locked, comfortable position. upright position. Only adjust the seat when the vehicle is not moving.

3. Pull up on one of the levers located on either side of the back of the passenger seatback. 4. Fold the seatback down. 1-6 Seats and Restraints

Head Restraints The front seats have adjustable head restraints. The rear seats have adjustable headrests in all seating positions.

{ CAUTION

With head restraints that are not installed and adjusted properly, there is a greater chance that occupants will suffer a neck/spinal injury in a crash. Do not drive until Adjust the head restraint so that the To lower the head restraint, press the head restraints for all top of the restraint is at the same the button, located on the top of occupants are installed and height as the top of the occupant’s the seatback, and push the adjusted properly. head. This position reduces the restraint down. chance of a neck injury in a crash. Pull the head restraint up to raise it. Seats and Restraints 1-7

Push down on the head restraint Rear Seats after the button is released to make sure that it is locked in place. Rear Seat Operation The head restraints are not designed to be removed. You can fold either side of the seatback down. The rear right side Always raise the rear center head seatback can also be used as a rest at least one position when there temporary table while the vehicle is is a passenger seated there. stopped. Active Head Restraint System { CAUTION The vehicle has an active head restraint system in the front seating A rear seatback folded forward, or 3. Pull up on the lock release knob, positions. These automatically tilt any other object contacting or forward to reduce the risk of located on the top outboard side pressing the front seatback may of the seatback. neck injury if the vehicle is hit affect the proper functioning of the from behind. passenger sensing system. See Notice: Folding a rear seat with Passenger Sensing System on the safety belts still fastened may page 1-28. cause damage to the seat or the safety belts. Always unbuckle the safety belts and return them to To fold either seatback down: their normal stowed position 1. Move the front seat forward and before folding a rear seat. the seatback to the upright 4. Fold the seatback down. position. 2. Move the headrests all the way down. 1-8 Seats and Restraints

To raise the seatback: 2. Push and pull the top of the Safety Belts 1. Pull the seatback up and push it seatback to check that it is locked This section of the manual describes back to lock it into place. The into position. how to use safety belts properly. safety belts should not be twisted It also describes some things not to or caught in the seatback. { CAUTION do with safety belts.

{ CAUTION If the seatback is not locked, it could move forward in a sudden { CAUTION A safety belt that is improperly stop or crash. That could cause Do not let anyone ride where routed, not properly attached, injury to the person sitting there. a safety belt cannot be worn or twisted will not provide the Always push and pull on the properly. In a crash, if you or your protection needed in a crash. seatback to be sure it is locked. passenger(s) are not wearing The person wearing the belt could safety belts, the injuries can be be seriously injured. After raising much worse. You can hit things the rear seatback, always check inside the vehicle harder or be to be sure that the safety belts ejected from the vehicle. You are properly routed and attached, and your passenger(s) can be and are not twisted. seriously injured or killed. In the same crash, you might not be, if you are buckled up. Always fasten your safety belt, and check that your passenger(s) are restrained properly too. Seats and Restraints 1-9

In most states and in all Canadian Why Safety Belts Work { CAUTION provinces, the law requires When you ride in or on anything, wearing safety belts. Here is why: It is extremely dangerous to ride you go as fast as it goes. in a cargo area, inside or outside You never know if you will be in a of a vehicle. In a collision, people crash. If you do have a crash, you do riding in these areas are more not know if it will be a serious one. likely to be seriously injured or A few crashes are mild, and some killed. Do not allow people to ride crashes can be so serious that even in any area of your vehicle that buckled up, a person would not is not equipped with seats and survive. But most crashes are in safety belts. Be sure everyone in between. In many of them, people your vehicle is in a seat and using who buckle up can survive and a safety belt properly. sometimes walk away. Without safety belts they could have been badly hurt or killed. This vehicle has indicators as a reminder to buckle the safety belts. After more than 40 years of safety Take the simplest vehicle. Suppose See Safety Belt Reminders on belts in vehicles, the facts are clear. it is just a seat on wheels. page 4-14 for additional information. In most crashes buckling up does matter... a lot! 1-10 Seats and Restraints

Put someone on it. The person keeps going until stopped by something. In a real or the safety belts! vehicle, it could be the windshield... With safety belts, you slow down as the vehicle does. You get more time to stop. You stop over more distance, and your strongest bones take the forces. That is why safety belts make such good sense.

Get it up to speed. Then stop the vehicle. The rider does not stop. or the instrument panel... Seats and Restraints 1-11

Questions and Answers About Q: If I am a good driver, and I How to Wear Safety Belts Safety Belts never drive far from home, Properly why should I wear safety Q: Will I be trapped in the vehicle belts? This section is only for people of after a crash if I am wearing a adult size. safety belt? A: You may be an excellent driver, but if you are in a crash — even Be aware that there are special A: You could be — whether you are one that is not your fault — you things to know about safety wearing a safety belt or not. But and your passenger(s) can be belts and children. And there are your chance of being conscious hurt. Being a good driver does not different rules for smaller children during and after an accident, so protect you from things beyond and infants. If a child will be riding in you can unbuckle and get out, is your control, such as bad drivers. the vehicle, see Older Children on much greater if you are belted. page 1-36 or Infants and Young And you can unbuckle a safety Most accidents occur within Children on page 1-38. Follow those belt, even if you are upside down. 25 miles (40 km) of home. And rules for everyone’s protection. the greatest number of serious It is very important for all occupants Q: If my vehicle has airbags, why injuries and deaths occur at to buckle up. Statistics show that should I have to wear safety speeds of less than 40 mph belts? unbelted people are hurt more often (65 km/h). in crashes than those who are A: Airbags are supplemental Safety belts are for everyone. wearing safety belts. systems only; so they work with safety belts — not instead of Occupants who are not buckled up can be thrown out of the vehicle them. Whether or not an airbag is in a crash. And they can strike provided, all occupants still have others in the vehicle who are to buckle up to get the most wearing safety belts. protection. That is true not only in frontal collisions, but especially in side and other collisions. 1-12 Seats and Restraints

First, before you or your worn low and snug on the hips, just Q: What is wrong with this? passenger(s) wear a safety belt, touching the thighs. In a crash, this there is important information applies force to the strong pelvic you should know. bones and you would be less likely to slide under the lap belt. If you slid under it, the belt would apply force on your abdomen. This could cause serious or even fatal injuries. The shoulder belt should go over the shoulder and across the chest. These parts of the body are best able to take belt restraining forces. The shoulder belt locks if there is a sudden stop or crash. A: The shoulder belt is too loose. It will not give as much protection this way. Sit up straight and always keep your feet on the ﬂoor in front of you. { The lap part of the belt should be CAUTION You can be seriously hurt if your shoulder belt is too loose. In a crash, you would move forward too much, which could increase injury. The shoulder belt should ﬁt snugly against your body. Seats and Restraints 1-13

Q: What is wrong with this? { CAUTION { CAUTION

You can be seriously hurt if your You can be seriously injured if lap belt is too loose. In a crash, your belt is buckled in the wrong you could slide under the lap belt place like this. In a crash, the belt and apply force on your abdomen. would go up over your abdomen. This could cause serious or even The belt forces would be there, fatal injuries. The lap belt should not on the pelvic bones. This be worn low and snug on the could cause serious internal hips, just touching the thighs. injuries. Always buckle your belt into the buckle nearest you. Q: What is wrong with this?

A: The lap belt is too loose. It will not give nearly as much protection this way.

A: The belt is buckled in the wrong buckle. 1-14 Seats and Restraints

Q: What is wrong with this? Q: What is wrong with this? { CAUTION

You can be seriously injured if your belt goes over an armrest like this. The belt would be much too high. In a crash, you can slide under the belt. The belt force would then be applied on the abdomen, not on the pelvic bones, and that could cause serious or fatal injuries. Be sure the belt goes under the armrests.

A: The belt is over an armrest. A: The shoulder belt is worn under the arm. It should be worn over the shoulder at all times. Seats and Restraints 1-15

Q: What is wrong with this? { CAUTION { CAUTION

You can be seriously injured if you You can be seriously injured by wear the shoulder belt under your not wearing the lap-shoulder belt arm. In a crash, your body would properly. In a crash, you would move too far forward, which would not be restrained by the shoulder increase the chance of head and belt. Your body could move too neck injury. Also, the belt would far forward increasing the chance apply too much force to the ribs, of head and neck injury. You which are not as strong as might also slide under the lap shoulder bones. You could also belt. The belt force would then be severely injure internal organs like applied right on the abdomen. your liver or spleen. The shoulder That could cause serious or fatal belt should go over the shoulder A: The belt is behind the body. injuries. The shoulder belt should and across the chest. go over the shoulder and across the chest. 1-16 Seats and Restraints

Q: What is wrong with this? Lap-Shoulder Belt The lap-shoulder belt may lock if you pull the belt across All seating positions in the vehicle you very quickly. If this happens, have a lap-shoulder belt. let the belt go back slightly to The following instructions explain unlock it. Then pull the belt how to wear a lap-shoulder belt across you more slowly. properly. If the shoulder portion of a 1. Adjust the seat so you can sit up passenger belt is pulled out all straight. To see how, see “Seats” the way, the child restraint in the Index. locking feature may be engaged. If this happens, let the belt go back all the way and start again.

A: The belt is twisted across the body.

{ CAUTION

You can be seriously injured by a twisted belt. In a crash, you would not have the full width of the belt to spread impact forces. If a belt is twisted, make it straight so it 2. Pick up the latch plate and pull can work properly, or ask your the belt across you. Do not let dealer/retailer to ﬁx it. it get twisted. Seats and Restraints 1-17

4. If equipped with a shoulder belt height adjuster, move it to the height that is right for you. See “Shoulder Belt Height Adjustment” later in this section for instructions on use and important safety information. 5. To make the lap part tight, pull up on the shoulder belt. It may be necessary to pull stitching on the safety belt through the latch plate to fully 3. Push the latch plate into the tighten the lap belt on smaller To unlatch the belt, push the button buckle until it clicks. occupants. on the buckle. The belt should If the latch plate will not go fully return to its stowed position. into the buckle, check if the Before a door is closed, be sure the correct buckle is being used. safety belt is out of the way. If a Pull up on the latch plate to make door is slammed against a safety sure it is secure. If the belt is belt, damage can occur to both the not long enough, see Safety Belt safety belt and the vehicle. Extender on page 1-19. Shoulder Belt Height Adjuster Position the release button on the buckle so that the safety belt The vehicle has a shoulder belt could be quickly unbuckled if height adjuster for the driver and necessary. right front passenger seating positions. 1-18 Seats and Restraints

Adjust the height so that the After the adjuster is set to the If the passenger sensing system shoulder portion of the belt is desired position, try to move it detects that there is not a passenger centered on the shoulder. The belt down without pushing the button in the right front passenger position, should be away from the face and to make sure it has locked into the safety belt pretensioner for that neck, but not falling off of the position. position will not activate. See shoulder. Improper shoulder belt Passenger Sensing System on height adjustment could reduce the Safety Belt Pretensioners page 1-28. effectiveness of the safety belt in a This vehicle has safety belt Pretensioners work only once. If the crash. pretensioners for the front outboard pretensioners activate in a crash, occupants. Although the safety belt they will need to be replaced, and pretensioners cannot be seen, they probably other new parts for your are part of the safety belt assembly. safety belt system. See Replacing They can help tighten the safety belts Safety Belt System Parts After a during the early stages of a moderate Crash on page 1-20. to severe frontal and near frontal crash if the threshold conditions for pretensioner activation are met. And, if the vehicle has side impact airbags, safety belt pretensioners can help tighten the safety belts in a side crash. Push down on the release button and move the height adjuster to the desired position. The adjuster can be moved up by pushing on the front of the height adjuster. Seats and Restraints 1-19

Safety Belt Use During The best way to protect the fetus is When a safety belt extender is to protect the mother. When a safety installed in the right front passenger Pregnancy belt is worn properly, it is more likely safety belt, make sure the passenger Safety belts work for everyone, that the fetus will not be hurt in a airbag status indicator displays ON. including pregnant women. Like all crash. For pregnant women, as for See Passenger Airbag Status occupants, they are more likely anyone, the key to making safety Indicator on page 4-15.Ifthe to be seriously injured if they do not belts effective is wearing them indicator shows OFF, disconnect wear safety belts. properly. the extender’s latch from the buckle then reconnect the safety belt. Safety Belt Extender The passenger airbag status indicator light should be ON and If the vehicle’s safety belt will fasten then the safety belt extender can around you, you should use it. be reconnected. If the safety belt But if a safety belt is not long extender is used while the passenger enough, your dealer/retailer will order airbag status indicator light is OFF, you an extender. When you go in to the right front passenger frontal and order it, take the heaviest coat you seat-mounted side impact airbags will wear, so the extender will be (if equipped) may not activate long enough for you. To help avoid correctly. personal injury, do not let someone Always disconnect the extender else use it, and use it only for the from the safety belt after you use A pregnant woman should wear a seat it is made to ﬁt. The extender it so that the airbag will work lap-shoulder belt, and the lap portion has been designed for adults. Never properly the next time someone should be worn as low as possible, use it for securing child seats. uses that seat. below the rounding, throughout To wear it, just attach it to the regular the pregnancy. safety belt. For more information, see the instruction sheet that comes with the extender. 1-20 Seats and Restraints

Safety Belt Check Care of Safety Belts Replacing Safety Belt Now and then, check the safety Keep belts clean and dry. System Parts After belt reminder light, safety belts, a Crash buckles, latch plates, retractors and { CAUTION anchorages are working properly. { CAUTION Look for any other loose or damaged Do not bleach or dye safety belts. safety belt system parts that might If you do, it may severely weaken A crash can damage the safety keep a safety belt system from doing them. In a crash, they might not belt system in the vehicle. its job. See your dealer/retailer to be able to provide adequate A damaged safety belt system have it repaired. Torn or frayed may not properly protect the safety belts may not protect you in protection. Clean safety belts only a crash. They can rip apart under with mild soap and lukewarm person using it, resulting in impact forces. If a belt is torn or water. serious injury or even death in a frayed, get a new one right away. crash. To help make sure the safety belt systems are working Make sure the safety belt reminder properly after a crash, have them light is working. See Safety Belt inspected and any necessary Reminders on page 4-14 for more replacements made as soon information. as possible. Keep safety belts clean and dry. See Care of Safety Belts on page 1-20. Seats and Restraints 1-21

After a minor crash, replacement of Airbag System All of the airbags in the vehicle will safety belts may not be necessary. have the word AIRBAG embossed But the safety belt assemblies This vehicle has the following in the trim or on an attached that were used during any crash airbags: label near the deployment opening. may have been stressed or • A frontal airbag for the driver. For frontal airbags, the word damaged. See your dealer/retailer AIRBAG will appear on the middle to have the safety belt assemblies • A frontal airbag for the right front part of the steering wheel for inspected or replaced. passenger. the driver and on the instrument New parts and repairs may be The vehicle may have the following panel for the right front passenger. necessary even if the safety belt airbags: With seat-mounted side impact system was not being used at • A seat-mounted side impact airbags, the word AIRBAG the time of the crash. airbag for the driver. will appear on the side of the Have the safety belt pretensioners • A seat-mounted side impact seatback closest to the door. checked if the vehicle has been in airbag for the right front With roof-rail airbags, the word a crash, or if the airbag readiness passenger. AIRBAG will appear along the light stays on after you start • A roof-rail airbag for the driver headliner or trim. the vehicle or while you are driving. and the passenger seated See Airbag Readiness Light on directly behind the driver. Airbags are designed to supplement page 4-14. the protection provided by safety • A roof-rail airbag for the belts. Even though today’s airbags right front passenger and the are also designed to help reduce passenger seated directly behind the risk of injury from the force the right front passenger. of an inﬂating bag, all airbags must inﬂate very quickly to do their job. 1-22 Seats and Restraints

Here are the most important things to know about the airbag system: { CAUTION { CAUTION { Airbags inflate with great force, Children who are up against, or CAUTION faster than the blink of an eye. very close to, any airbag when it Anyone who is up against, or very inflates can be seriously injured or You can be severely injured or close to, any airbag when it killed. Airbags plus lap-shoulder killed in a crash if you are not inflates can be seriously injured or belts offer protection for adults wearing your safety belt — even if killed. Do not sit unnecessarily and older children, but not for you have airbags. Airbags are close to the airbag, as you would young children and infants. designed to work with safety be if you were sitting on the edge Neither the vehicle’s safety belt belts, but do not replace them. of your seat or leaning forward. system nor its airbag system is Also, airbags are not designed to Safety belts help keep you in designed for them. Young children deploy in every crash. In some position before and during a and infants need the protection crashes safety belts are your only crash. Always wear your safety that a child restraint system can restraint. See When Should an belt, even with airbags. The driver provide. Always secure children Airbag Inflate? on page 1-24. should sit as far back as possible properly in your vehicle. To read Wearing your safety belt during a while still maintaining control of how, see Older Children on crash helps reduce your chance the vehicle. page 1-36 or Infants and Young of hitting things inside the vehicle Occupants should not lean on or Children on page 1-38. or being ejected from it. Airbags sleep against the door or side are “supplemental restraints” to windows in seating positions with the safety belts. Everyone in your seat-mounted side impact airbags vehicle should wear a safety belt and/or roof-rail airbags. properly — whether or not there is an airbag for that person. Seats and Restraints 1-23

There is an airbag readiness light Where Are the Airbags? on the instrument panel cluster, which shows the airbag symbol. The system checks the airbag electrical system for malfunctions. The light tells you if there is an electrical problem. See Airbag Readiness Light on page 4-14 for more information.

Driver Side shown, Passenger Side similar The driver frontal airbag is in the middle of the steering wheel. If the vehicle has seat-mounted side impact airbags for the driver and The right front passenger frontal right front passenger, they are in the airbag is in the instrument panel on side of the seatbacks closest to the passenger’s side. the door. 1-24 Seats and Restraints

If the vehicle has roof-rail airbags for predetermined deployment the driver, right front passenger, and CAUTION (Continued) threshold. Deployment thresholds second row outboard passengers, are used to predict how severe a they are in the ceiling above the side Do not use seat accessories crash is likely to be in time for the windows. that block the inflation path of a airbags to inflate and help restrain seat-mounted side impact airbag. the occupants. { CAUTION Never secure anything to the roof Whether the frontal airbags will or of a vehicle with roof-rail airbags should deploy is not based on If something is between an by routing a rope or tie down how fast the vehicle is traveling. occupant and an airbag, the through any door or window It depends largely on what you hit, airbag might not inflate properly or opening. If you do, the path of an the direction of the impact, it might force the object into that inflating roof-rail airbag will be and how quickly your vehicle person causing severe injury or blocked. slows down. even death. The path of an Frontal airbags may inflate at inflating airbag must be kept different crash speeds. For example: clear. Do not put anything When Should an Airbag between an occupant and an Inflate? • If the vehicle hits a stationary airbag, and do not attach or put object, the airbags could inflate at Frontal airbags are designed to anything on the steering wheel a different crash speed than if the inflate in moderate to severe frontal vehicle hits a moving object. hub or on or near any other or near-frontal crashes to help If the vehicle hits an object that airbag covering. reduce the potential for severe • deforms, the airbags could inflate (Continued) injuries mainly to the driver or right front passenger head and chest. at a different crash speed than if However, they are only designed the vehicle hits an object that to inflate if the impact exceeds a does not deform. Seats and Restraints 1-25

• If the vehicle hits a narrow object The vehicle has electronic frontal Seat-mounted side impact and (like a pole), the airbags could sensors, which help the sensing roof-rail airbags are not intended to inflate at a different crash speed system distinguish between a inflate in frontal impacts, near-frontal than if the vehicle hits a wide moderate frontal impact and a more impacts, rollovers, or rear impacts. object (like a wall). severe frontal impact. For moderate A seat-mounted side impact airbag is frontal impacts, dual-stage airbags intended to deploy on the side of the • If the vehicle goes into an object inflate at a level less than full vehicle that is struck. A roof-rail at an angle, the airbags could deployment. For more severe frontal airbag is intended to deploy on the inflate at a different crash speed impacts, full deployment occurs. side of the vehicle that is struck. It is than if the vehicle goes straight possible that, in a crash involving the into the object. The vehicle may have seat-mounted rear side of your vehicle, that only the side impact and roof-rail airbags. Thresholds can also vary with roof-mounted airbag will deploy. See Airbag System on page 1-21. specific vehicle design. Seat-mounted side impact and In any particular crash, no one can Frontal airbags are not intended roof-rail airbags are intended say whether an airbag should have to inflate during vehicle rollovers, to inflate in moderate to severe inflated simply because of the rear impacts, or in many side side crashes. Seat-mounted damage to a vehicle or because impacts. Frontal airbags for the side impact and roof-rail airbags of what the repair costs were. driver and right front passenger will inflate if the crash severity For frontal airbags, inflation is may also deploy if a serious impact is above the system’s designed determined by what the vehicle hits, occurs to the underside of the threshold level. Your vehicle the angle of the impact, and how vehicle such as hitting a curb, falling has sensors which detect side quickly the vehicle slows down. into a deep hole, or landing hard. impacts. These sensors signal the For seat-mounted side impact and appropriate side impact airbag roof-rail airbags, deployment is In addition, the vehicle has to inflate. The threshold level can determined by the location and dual-stage frontal airbags. vary with specific vehicle design. severity of the side impact. Dual-stage airbags adjust the restraint according to crash severity. 1-26 Seats and Restraints

What Makes an Airbag How Does an Airbag Airbags should never be regarded as anything more than a supplement Inflate? Restrain? to safety belts. In a deployment event, the sensing In moderate to severe frontal or system sends an electrical signal near frontal collisions, even belted What Will You See After triggering a release of gas from the occupants can contact the steering an Airbag Inflates? inflator. Gas from the inflator fills wheel or the instrument panel. the airbag causing the bag to break In moderate to severe side After the frontal airbags and out of the cover and deploy. The collisions, even belted occupants seat-mounted side impact airbags inflator, the airbag, and related can contact the inside of the vehicle. inflate, they quickly deflate, so hardware are all part of the airbag quickly that some people may not Airbags supplement the protection module. even realize an airbag inflated. provided by safety belts. Frontal Roof-rail airbags may still be at least Frontal airbag modules are located airbags distribute the force of partially inflated for some time after inside the steering wheel and the impact more evenly over the they deploy. Some components of instrument panel. For vehicles with occupant’s upper body, stopping the airbag module may be hot for seat-mounted side impact airbags, the occupant more gradually. several minutes. For location of the there are airbag modules in the side Seat-mounted side impact and airbag modules, see What Makes of the front seatbacks closest to roof-rail airbags distribute the force an Airbag Inflate? on page 1-26. the door. For vehicles with roof-rail of the impact more evenly over airbags, there are airbag modules the occupant’s upper body. in the ceiling of the vehicle, near the But airbags would not help in many side windows that have occupant types of collisions, primarily because seating positions. the occupant’s motion is not toward those airbags. See When Should an Airbag Inflate? on page 1-24 for more information. Seats and Restraints 1-27

The parts of the airbag that come Additional windshield breakage may into contact with you may be warm, CAUTION (Continued) also occur from the right front but not too hot to touch. There passenger airbag. breathing problems but cannot get may be some smoke and dust Airbags are designed to inflate out of the vehicle after an airbag • coming from the vents in the only once. After an airbag inflates, inflates, then get fresh air by deflated airbags. Airbag inflation you will need some new parts for opening a window or a door. does not prevent the driver the airbag system. If you do not from seeing out of the windshield If you experience breathing get them, the airbag system will or being able to steer the vehicle, problems following an airbag not be there to help protect you in nor does it prevent people from deployment, you should seek another crash. A new system will leaving the vehicle. medical attention. include airbag modules and possibly other parts. The service { CAUTION The vehicle has a feature that may manual for your vehicle covers automatically unlock the doors, the need to replace other parts. When an airbag inflates, there turn the interior lamps on, and turn • The vehicle has a crash sensing may be dust in the air. This dust the hazard warning flashers on and diagnostic module which could cause breathing problems when the airbags inflate. You can records information after a crash. for people with a history of lock the doors, turn the interior See Vehicle Data Recording and asthma or other breathing trouble. lamps off, and turn the hazard Privacy on page 12-17 and Event To avoid this, everyone in the warning flashers off by using the Data Recorders on page 12-17. vehicle should get out as soon as controls for those features. • Let only qualified technicians work it is safe to do so. If you have In many crashes severe enough to on the airbag systems. Improper inflate the airbag, windshields (Continued) service can mean that an airbag are broken by vehicle deformation. system will not work properly. See your dealer/retailer for service. 1-28 Seats and Restraints

Passenger Sensing whether the seat is occupied and/or the presence of a properly-seated the weight of the occupant. If the occupant and determine if the System seat is unoccupied, the light will not right front passenger frontal airbag The vehicle has a passenger be visible after the system check. and seat-mounted side impact sensing system for the right front See Passenger Airbag Status airbag (if equipped) should passenger position. The passenger Indicator on page 4-15. be enabled (may inﬂate) or not. airbag status indicator will be The passenger sensing system will According to accident statistics, visible in the instrument panel when turn off the right front passenger children and infants are safer when the vehicle is started. frontal airbag and seat-mounted properly restrained in a child side impact airbag under certain restraint system or infant restraint conditions. The driver airbags system secured in a rear seating and the roof-rail airbags are not position. affected by the passenger sensing We recommend that children be system. secured in a rear seat, including: an The passenger sensing system will infant or a child riding in a also turn off the right front passenger rear-facing child restraint; a child frontal airbag, seat-mounted side riding in a forward-facing child seat; impact airbag (if equipped), and an older child riding in a booster safety belt pretensioner if it detects seat; and children, who are that there is no occupant in that large enough, using safety belts. position. A label on the sun visor says, The words ON and OFF will be The passenger sensing system “Never put a rear-facing child seat visible during the system check. works with sensors that are part of in the front.” This is because the risk When the system check is complete, the right front passenger seat. to the rear-facing child is so great, either the word ON or the word The sensors are designed to detect if the airbag deploys. OFF will be visible depending on Seats and Restraints 1-29

• The system determines that a { CAUTION CAUTION (Continued) small child is present in a child restraint. A child in a rear-facing child that an airbag will not deploy restraint can be seriously injured or under some unusual • The system determines that a killed if the right front passenger circumstance, even though small child is present in a airbag inflates. This is because the airbag(s) are off. booster seat. • A right front passenger takes the back of the rear-facing child Secure rear-facing child his/her weight off of the seat for a restraint would be very close to restraints in a rear seat, even if the period of time. the inflating airbag. A child in a airbag(s) are off. If you secure a forward-facing child restraint can forward-facing child restraint in the • The right front passenger seat is be seriously injured or killed if right front seat, always move the occupied by a smaller person, the right front passenger airbag front passenger seat as far back as such as a child who has outgrown inflates and the passenger seat it will go. It is better to secure the child restraints. is in a forward position. child restraint in a rear seat. • Or, if there is a critical problem Even if the passenger sensing with the airbag system or the system has turned off the right The passenger sensing system is passenger sensing system. front passenger frontal airbag designed to turn off the right front andseat-mounted side impact passenger frontal airbag and airbag (if equipped), no system is seat-mounted side impact airbag fail-safe. No one can guarantee (if equipped) if: (Continued) • The right front passenger seat is unoccupied. • The system determines that an infant is present in a rear-facing infant seat. 1-30 Seats and Restraints

When the passenger sensing For some children who have system has turned off the right outgrown child restraints and for { CAUTION front passenger frontal airbag and very small adults, the passenger seat-mounted side impact airbag sensing system may or may not turn If the airbag readiness light in the (if equipped), the off indicator will off the right front passenger frontal instrument panel cluster ever light and stay lit to remind you that airbag and seat-mounted side impact comes on and stays on, it means the airbags are off. See Passenger airbag (if equipped), depending that something may be wrong with Airbag Status Indicator on upon the person’s seating posture the airbag system. If this ever page 4-15. and body build. Everyone in the happens, have the vehicle vehicle who has outgrown child serviced promptly, because an The passenger sensing system is restraints should wear a safety belt designed to turn on (may inﬂate) the adult-size person sitting in the properly — whether or not there is an right front passenger frontal airbag right front passenger’s seat may airbag for that person. and seat-mounted side impact not have the protection of the airbag (if equipped) anytime If the airbag readiness light and the airbag(s). See Airbag Readiness the system senses that a person OFF light in the passenger airbag Light on page 4-14 for more on of adult size is sitting properly in status indicator come on together, it this, including important safety the right front passenger seat. may mean there is a malfunction in information. the passenger sensing system. When the passenger sensing Secure the child in the child restraint system has allowed the airbags and in a rear seat position in the vehicle pretensioner to be enabled, the and check with your dealer/retailer. on indicator will light and stay lit to remind you that the airbags and pretensioner are active. Seats and Restraints 1-31

If the On Indicator is Lit for a 5. If, after reinstalling the child If the Off Indicator is Lit for an Child Restraint restraint and restarting the Adult-Size Occupant vehicle, the on indicator is still lit, If a child restraint has been installed turn the vehicle off. Then slightly and the on indicator is lit: recline the vehicle seatback 1. Turn the vehicle off. and adjust the seat cushion, if 2. Remove the child restraint from adjustable, to make sure that the the vehicle. vehicle seatback is not pushing the child restraint into the seat 3. Remove any additional items cushion. from the seat such as blankets, cushions, seat covers, seat 6. Also make sure the child restraint heaters, or seat massagers. is not trapped under the vehicle head restraint. If this happens, 4. Reinstall the child restraint with adjust the head restraint. the ignition key in the ACC or See Head Restraints on LOCK position while following the page 1-6. If a person of adult-size is sitting in directions provided by the child If the on indicator is still lit, secure the right front passenger seat, restraint manufacturer and but the off indicator is lit, it could be refer to Securing Child Restraints the child in the child restraint in a rear seat position in the vehicle, because that person is not sitting (Right Front Seat) on page 1-50 properly in the seat. or Securing Child Restraints and check with your dealer/retailer. (Rear Seats) on page 1-53. 1-32 Seats and Restraints

If this happens, use the following Additional Factors Affecting The passenger sensing system may steps to allow the system to detect System Operation suppress the airbag deployment that person and enable the right when liquid soaks into the seat. front passenger frontal airbag Safety belts help keep the passenger If this happens, the off indicator and seat-mounted side impact in position on the seat during vehicle in the passenger airbag status airbag (if equipped): maneuvers and braking, which helps indicator and the airbag readiness the passenger sensing system 1. Turn the vehicle off. light will be lit. Have your maintain the passenger airbag dealer/retailer check the system. 2. Remove any additional material status. See “Safety Belts” and “Child from the seat, such as blankets, Restraints” in the Index for additional An object, person or child in the cushions, seat covers, seat information about the importance of rear seat contacting or pressing the heaters, or seat massagers. proper restraint use. right front passenger seatback, or objects stowed under the right 3. Place the seatback in the fully A thick layer of additional material, front passenger seat, may affect the upright position. such as a blanket or cushion, or proper functioning of the passenger aftermarket equipment such as 4. Have the person sit upright in sensing system. seat covers, seat heaters, seat the seat, centered on the seat backpacks, and seat massagers When a safety belt extender is used cushion, with legs comfortably can affect how well the passenger in the right front passenger seat, extended. sensing system operates. We make sure the passenger airbag 5. Restart the vehicle and have the recommend that you not use status indicator shows ON. If the person remain in this position for seat covers or other aftermarket indicator shows OFF, disconnect the two to three minutes after the equipment except when approved extender’s latch from the buckle then on indicator is lit. by GM for your speciﬁc vehicle. reconnect the safety belt. See Adding Equipment to Your Airbag-Equipped Vehicle on page 1-34 for more information about modiﬁcations that can affect how the system operates. Seats and Restraints 1-33

The passenger airbag status Servicing Your indicator light should be ON and then { CAUTION the safety belt extender can be Airbag-Equipped Vehicle reconnected. If the safety belt Airbags affect how the vehicle should For up to 10 seconds after the extender is used while the passenger be serviced. There are parts of the ignition is turned off and the battery airbag status indicator light is OFF, airbag system in several places is disconnected, an airbag can still the right front passenger frontal and around the vehicle. Your dealer/ inflate during improper service. seat-mounted side impact airbags (if retailer and the service manual have You can be injured if you are close equipped) may not activate correctly. information about servicing the to an airbag when it inflates. Avoid vehicle and the airbag system. yellow connectors. They are { CAUTION To purchase a service manual, probably part of the airbag system. see Service Publications Ordering Be sure to follow proper service Stowing of articles under the Information on page 12-16. procedures, and make sure the passenger seat or between the person performing work for you is passenger seat cushion and qualified to do so. seatback may interfere with the proper operation of the passenger sensing system. 1-34 Seats and Restraints

Adding Equipment to In addition, the vehicle has a If you have any questions, call Your Airbag-Equipped passenger sensing system for the Customer Assistance. The phone right front passenger position, numbers and addresses for Vehicle which includes sensors that are Customer Assistance are in part of the passenger’s seat. Step Two of the Customer Q: Is there anything I might add to Satisfaction Procedure in The passenger sensing system or change about the vehicle this manual. See Customer that could keep the airbags may not operate properly if the Satisfaction Procedure on from working properly? original seat trim is replaced with page 12-1. A: Yes. If you add things that non-GM covers, upholstery or trim, or with GM covers, Q: Because I have a disability, change the vehicle’s frame, I have to get my vehicle upholstery or trim designed for a bumper system, height, front end modiﬁed. How can I ﬁnd out different vehicle. Any object, such or side sheet metal, they may whether this will affect my keep the airbag system from as an aftermarket seat heater or a airbag system? comfort enhancing pad or device, working properly. Changing or A: If you have questions, call moving any parts of the front installed under or on top of the seat fabric, could also interfere Customer Assistance. The phone seats, safety belts, the airbag numbers and addresses for sensing and diagnostic module, with the operation of the passenger sensing system. Customer Assistance are in steering wheel, instrument Step Two of the Customer panel, roof-rail airbag modules, This could either prevent proper deployment of the passenger Satisfaction Procedure in this ceiling headliner or pillar manual. See Customer garnish trim, front sensors, or airbag(s) or prevent the passenger sensing system from Satisfaction Procedure on airbag wiring can affect the page 12-1. operation of the airbag system. properly turning off the passenger airbag(s). See Passenger In addition, your dealer/retailer and Sensing System on page 1-28. the service manual have information about the location of the airbag sensors, sensing and diagnostic module and airbag wiring. Seats and Restraints 1-35

Airbag System Check Replacing Airbag System If an airbag inﬂates, you will need to replace airbag system parts. The airbag system does not need Parts After a Crash See your dealer/retailer for service. regularly scheduled maintenance or replacement. Make sure the { CAUTION If the airbag readiness light stays airbag readiness light is working. on after the vehicle is started See Airbag Readiness Light A crash can damage the or comes on when you are driving, on page 4-14 for more information. airbag systems in your vehicle. the airbag system may not work properly. Have the vehicle serviced A damaged airbag system may Notice: If an airbag covering right away. See Airbag Readiness not work properly and may not is damaged, opened, or broken, Light on page 4-14 for more the airbag may not work properly. protect you and your passenger(s) information. Do not open or break the airbag in a crash, resulting in serious coverings. If there are any opened injury or even death. To help or broken airbag covers, have make sure your airbag systems the airbag covering and/or airbag are working properly after a crash, module replaced. For the have them inspected and any location of the airbag modules, necessary replacements made see What Makes an Airbag as soon as possible. Inﬂate? on page 1-26. See your dealer/retailer for service. 1-36 Seats and Restraints

Child Restraints booster. Use a booster seat with a Q: What is the proper way to lap-shoulder belt until the child wear safety belts? passes the below fit test: Older Children A: An older child should wear a • Sit all the way back on the seat. lap-shoulder belt and get the Do the knees bend at the seat additional restraint a shoulder belt edge? If yes, continue. If no, can provide. The shoulder belt return to the booster seat. should not cross the face or neck. • Buckle the lap-shoulder belt. The lap belt should fit snugly Does the shoulder belt rest on the below the hips, just touching the shoulder? If yes, continue. If no, top of the thighs. This applies belt then return to the booster seat. force to the child’s pelvic bones in • Does the lap belt fit low and snug a crash. It should never be worn on the hips, touching the thighs? If over the abdomen, which could yes, continue. If no, return to the cause severe or even fatal booster seat. internal injuries in a crash. • Can proper safety belt fit be Older children who have outgrown maintained for the length of the booster seats should wear the trip? If yes, continue. If no, return vehicle’s safety belts. to the booster seat. The manufacturer’s instructions that come with the booster seat, state the weight and height limitations for that Seats and Restraints 1-37

According to accident statistics, children and infants are safer when CAUTION (Continued) properly restrained in a child restraint system or infant restraint system The child could move too far secured in a rear seating position. forward increasing the chance of head and neck injury. The child In a crash, children who are not might also slide under the lap buckled up can strike other people belt. The belt force would then be who are buckled up, or can be applied right on the abdomen. thrown out of the vehicle. Older That could cause serious or fatal children need to use safety belts properly. injuries. The shoulder belt should go over the shoulder and across the chest. { CAUTION { CAUTION Never do this. Never allow two children to wear Never do this. the same safety belt. The safety Never allow a child to wear the belt can not properly spread the safety belt with the shoulder belt impact forces. In a crash, the two behind their back. A child can be children can be crushed together seriously injured by not wearing and seriously injured. A safety the lap-shoulder belt properly. In a belt must be used by only one crash, the child would not be person at a time. restrained by the shoulder belt. (Continued) 1-38 Seats and Restraints

Infants and Young Every time infants and young { CAUTION children ride in vehicles, they should Children have the protection provided by Everyone in a vehicle needs Children can be seriously injured appropriate child restraints. Every protection! This includes infants or strangled if a shoulder belt is time infants and young children ride and all other children. Neither the wrapped around their neck and in vehicles, they should have the distance traveled nor the age the safety belt continues to protection provided by appropriate and size of the traveler changes the tighten. Never leave children child restraints. need, for everyone, to use safety unattended in a vehicle and never Children who are not restrained restraints. In fact, the law in allow children to play with the properly can strike other people, or every state in the United States and safety belts. can be thrown out of the vehicle. in every Canadian province says children up to some age must Airbags plus lap-shoulder belts offer be restrained while in a vehicle. protection for adults and older children, but not for young children and infants. Neither the vehicle’s safety belt system nor its airbag system is designed for them. Seats and Restraints 1-39

{ CAUTION CAUTION (Continued)

Never do this. restraint in a rear seat. It is also Never hold an infant or a child better to secure a forward-facing while riding in a vehicle. Due to child restraint in a rear seat. If you crash forces, an infant or a child must secure a forward-facing child will become so heavy it is not restraint in the right front seat, possible to hold it during a crash. always move the front passenger For example, in a crash at only seat as far back as it will go. 25 mph (40 km/h), a 12 lb (5.5 kg) infant will suddenly become a 240 lb (110 kg) force on a person’s arms. An infant should { CAUTION be secured in an appropriate restraint. Never do this. Children who are up against, or very close to, any airbag when it inﬂates can be seriously injured or killed. Never put a rear-facing child restraint in the right front seat. Secure a rear-facing child (Continued) 1-40 Seats and Restraints

Q: What are the different types of The restraint manufacturer’s add-on child restraints? instructions that come with the { CAUTION A: Add-on child restraints, which restraint state the weight and height limitations for a particular A young child’s hip bones are still are purchased by the vehicle’s so small that the vehicle’s regular owner, are available in four basic child restraint. In addition, there are many kinds of restraints safety belt may not remain low types. Selection of a particular on the hip bones, as it should. restraint should take into available for children with special needs. Instead, it may settle up around consideration not only the child’s the child’s abdomen. In a crash, weight, height, and age but also the belt would apply force on a whether or not the restraint will be { CAUTION body area that is unprotected by compatible with the motor vehicle any bony structure. This alone in which it will be used. To reduce the risk of neck and could cause serious or fatal head injury during a crash, infants injuries. To reduce the risk of For most basic types of child need complete support. This is restraints, there are many serious or fatal injuries during a because an infant’s neck is not crash, young children should different models available. fully developed and its head When purchasing a child always be secured in appropriate weighs so much compared with child restraints. restraint, be sure it is designed the rest of its body. In a crash, to be used in a motor vehicle. an infant in a rear-facing child If it is, the restraint will have restraint settles into the restraint, a label saying that it meets so the crash forces can be federal motor vehicle safety distributed across the strongest standards. part of an infant’s body, the back and shoulders. Infants should always be secured in rear-facing child restraints. Seats and Restraints 1-41

Child Restraint Systems

(B) Forward-Facing Child Seat (C) Booster Seats (A) Rear-Facing Infant Seat A forward-facing child seat (B) A booster seat (C) is a child provides restraint for the child’s body restraint designed to improve the ﬁt A rear-facing infant seat (A) provides with the harness. of the vehicle’s safety belt system. restraint with the seating surface A booster seat can also help a child against the back of the infant. to see out the window. The harness system holds the infant in place and, in a crash, acts to keep the infant positioned in the restraint. 1-42 Seats and Restraints

Securing an Add-On Child To help reduce the chance of injury, Keep in mind that an unsecured Restraint in the Vehicle the child restraint must be secured child restraint can move around in the vehicle. Child restraint in a collision or sudden stop { systems must be secured in vehicle and injure people in the vehicle. CAUTION seats by lap belts or the lap belt Be sure to properly secure any child portion of a lap-shoulder belt, or by restraint in the vehicle — even A child can be seriously injured the LATCH system. See Lower when no child is in it. or killed in a crash if the child Anchors and Tethers for Children restraint is not properly secured in (LATCH) on page 1-44 for more Securing the Child Within the the vehicle. Secure the child information. A child can be Child Restraint restraint properly in the vehicle endangered in a crash if the child using the vehicle’s safety belt or restraint is not properly secured { CAUTION LATCH system, following the in the vehicle. instructions that came with that When securing an add-on child A child can be seriously injured or child restraint and the instructions killed in a crash if the child is not in this manual. restraint, refer to the instructions that come with the restraint which may properly secured in the child be on the restraint itself or in a restraint. Secure the child properly booklet, or both, and to this manual. following the instructions that The child restraint instructions are came with that child restraint. important, so if they are not available, obtain a replacement copy from the manufacturer. Seats and Restraints 1-43

Where to Put the { Restraint CAUTION CAUTION (Continued) According to accident statistics, A child in a rear-facing child Secure rear-facing child restraints children and infants are safer when restraint can be seriously injured or in a rear seat, even if the airbag is properly restrained in a child killed if the right front passenger off. If you secure a forward-facing restraint system or infant restraint airbag inflates. This is because child restraint in the right front seat, system secured in a rear seating the back of the rear-facing child always move the front passenger position. restraint would be very close to seat as far back as it will go. It is the inflating airbag. A child in a We recommend that children and better to secure the child restraint child restraints be secured in a rear forward-facing child restraint can in a rear seat. be seriously injured or killed if seat, including: an infant or a child See Passenger Sensing System riding in a rear-facing child restraint; the right front passenger airbag on page 1-28 for additional a child riding in a forward-facing child inflates and the passenger seat is information. seat; an older child riding in a booster in a forward position. seat; and children, who are large Even if the passenger sensing enough, using safety belts. system has turned off the right When securing a child restraint in a rear seating position, study front passenger frontal airbag, no A label on the sun visor says, the instructions that came with the system is fail-safe. No one can “Never put a rear-facing child child restraint to make sure it is restraint in the front.” This is guarantee that an airbag will not compatible with this vehicle. because the risk to the rear-facing deploy under some unusual child is so great, if the airbag circumstance, even though it is Wherever a child restraint is deploys. turned off. installed, be sure to secure the child restraint properly. (Continued) 1-44 Seats and Restraints

Keep in mind that an unsecured Make sure that a LATCH-compatible Not all vehicle seating positions or child restraint can move around child restraint is properly installed child restraints have lower anchors in a collision or sudden stop using the anchors, or use the and attachments or top tether and injure people in the vehicle. vehicle’s safety belts to secure the anchors and attachments. Be sure to properly secure any child restraint, following the instructions restraint in the vehicle — even that came with that restraint, and Lower Anchors when no child is in it. also the instructions in this manual. When installing a child restraint with Lower Anchors and a top tether, you must also use either Tethers for Children the lower anchors or the safety belts to properly secure the child restraint. (LATCH) A child restraint must never be The LATCH system holds a child installed using only the top tether restraint during driving or in a crash. and anchor. Lower anchors (A) are metal bars This system is designed to make In order to use the LATCH system in built into the vehicle. There are installation of a child restraint easier. the vehicle, you need a child restraint two lower anchors for each The LATCH system uses anchors has LATCH attachments. The child LATCH seating position that will in the vehicle and attachments restraint manufacturer provides accommodate a child restraint with on the child restraint that are made instructions on how to use the child lower attachments (B). for use with the LATCH system. restraint and its attachments. The following explains how to attach a child restraint with these attachments in the vehicle. Seats and Restraints 1-45

Top Tether Anchor The child restraint may have a single Lower Anchor and Top Tether tether (A) or a dual tether (C). Either Anchor Locations will have a single attachment (B) to secure the top tether to the anchor. Some child restraints with top tethers are designed for use with or without the top tether being attached. Others require the top tether always to be attached. In Canada, the law requires that forward-facing child A top tether (A, C) anchors the restraints have a top tether, and that top of the child restraint to the the tether be attached. Be sure to vehicle. A top tether anchor is built read and follow the instructions for into the vehicle. The top tether the child restraint. attachment (B) on the child restraint If the child restraint does not have a Rear Seat connects to the top tether anchor in top tether, one can be obtained, the vehicle in order to reduce the in kit form, for many child restraints. i (Top Tether Anchor): Seating forward movement and rotation of Ask the child restraint manufacturer positions with top tether anchors. the child restraint during driving or in whether or not a kit is available. a crash. j (Lower Anchor): Seating positions with two lower anchors. 1-46 Seats and Restraints

Accident statistics show that children are safer if they are restrained in the rear rather than the front seat. See Where to Put the Restraint on page 1-43 for additional information. To assist you in locating the lower Securing a Child Restraint anchors, each seating position Designed for the LATCH with lower anchors has two labels, System near the crease between the The top tether anchors are located seatback and the seat cushion. on the ﬂoor of the rear cargo area. { CAUTION Open the cover to access the anchors. If the vehicle has a cargo If a LATCH-type child restraint is mat, you may need to fold it back not attached to anchors, the child to access the top tether anchors. restraint will not be able to protect Be sure to use an anchor located on the child correctly. In a crash, the the same side of the vehicle as the child could be seriously injured or seating position where the child killed. Install a LATCH-type child restraint will be placed. To assist you in locating the top restraint properly using the tether anchors, the top tether anchor Do not secure a child restraint anchors, or use the vehicle’s symbol is located on the cover. in a position without a top tether safety belts to secure the anchor if a national or local restraint, following the instructions law requires that the top tether that came with the child restraint be attached, or if the instructions and the instructions in this that come with the child restraint manual. say that the top tether must be attached. Seats and Restraints 1-47

Do not fold the empty rear seat { CAUTION { CAUTION with a safety belt buckled. This could damage the safety belt or Do not attach more than one child Children can be seriously injured the seat. Unbuckle and return the restraint to a single anchor. or strangled if a shoulder belt is safety belt to its stowed position. Attaching more than one child wrapped around their neck and 1. Attach and tighten the lower restraint to a single anchor could the safety belt continues to attachments to the lower cause the anchor or attachment to tighten. Buckle any unused safety anchors. If the child restraint come loose or even break during belts behind the child restraint so does not have lower attachments a crash. A child or others could children cannot reach them. Pull or the desired seating position be injured. To reduce the risk of the shoulder belt all the way out does not have lower anchors, serious or fatal injuries during a of the retractor to set the lock, if secure the child restraint with the crash, attach only one child your vehicle has one, after the top tether and the safety belts. restraint per anchor. child restraint has been installed. Refer to the child restraint manufacturer instructions and the Notice: Do not let the LATCH instructions in this manual. attachments rub against the 1.1. Find the lower anchors for vehicle’s safety belts. This may the desired seating position. damage these parts. If necessary, 1.2. Put the child restraint on move buckled safety belts to the seat. avoid rubbing the LATCH attachments. 1.3. Attach and tighten the lower attachments on the child restraint to the lower anchors. 1-48 Seats and Restraints

2. If the child restraint manufacturer 2.4. Route, attach, and tighten recommends that the top tether the top tether according be attached, attach and tighten to the child restraint the top tether to the top tether instructions and the anchor, if equipped. Refer to the following instructions: child restraint instructions and the following steps: 2.1. Find the top tether anchor. 2.2. If the vehicle has a cargo mat, you may need to fold it back to access the If the position you are using top tether anchors. does not have a headrest or head restraint and 2.3. Open the top tether anchor you are using a dual tether, cover to expose the anchor. route the tether over the seatback. If the position you are using does not have a headrest or head restraint and you are using a single tether, route the tether over the seatback. Seats and Restraints 1-49

Replacing LATCH System Parts After a Crash

{ CAUTION

A crash can damage the LATCH system in the vehicle. A damaged LATCH system may not properly secure the child restraint, resulting If the position you are using If the position you are using in serious injury or even death in has an adjustable headrest has an adjustable headrest a crash. To help make sure the or head restraint and or head restraint and you are LATCH system is working you are using a dual tether, using a single tether, raise properly after a crash, see your route the tether around the headrest or head dealer/retailer to have the system the headrest or head restraint and route the tether inspected and any necessary restraint. under the headrest or head replacements made as soon as restraint and in between the possible. headrest or head restraint posts. If the vehicle has the LATCH 3. Push and pull the child restraint system and it was being used during in different directions to be sure a crash, new LATCH system it is secure. parts may be needed. 1-50 Seats and Restraints

New parts and repairs may be A label on the sun visor says, necessary even if the LATCH “Never put a rear-facing child seat CAUTION (Continued) system was not being used at the in the front.” This is because the risk time of the crash. to the rear-facing child is so great, Even if the passenger sensing if the airbag deploys. system has turned off the right Securing Child Restraints front passenger frontal airbag, no (Right Front Seat) { CAUTION system is fail-safe. No one can guarantee that an airbag will not This vehicle has airbags. A rear A child in a rear-facing child deploy under some unusual seat is a safer place to secure restraint can be seriously injured or circumstance, even though it is a forward-facing child restraint. See Where to Put the Restraint killed if the right front passenger turned off. on page 1-43. airbag inflates. This is because Secure rear-facing child restraints the back of the rear-facing child in a rear seat, even if the airbag is In addition, your vehicle has a restraint would be very close to passenger sensing system which off. If you secure a forward-facing the inflating airbag. A child in a child restraint in the right front seat, is designed to turn off the right front forward-facing child restraint can passenger frontal and seat-mounted always move the front passenger be seriously injured or killed if the seat as far back as it will go. It is side impact airbag under certain right front passenger airbag conditions. See Passenger Sensing better to secure the child restraint inflates and the passenger seat is in a rear seat. System on page 1-28 and in a forward position. Passenger Airbag Status Indicator See Passenger Sensing System on page 4-15 for more information, (Continued) on page 1-28 for additional including important safety information. information. Seats and Restraints 1-51

If the child restraint has the LATCH You will be using the lap-shoulder system, see Lower Anchors and belt to secure the child restraint in Tethers for Children (LATCH) on this position. Follow the instructions page 1-44 for how to install the child that came with the child restraint. restraint using LATCH. If a child 1. Move the seat as far back as it restraint is secured in the seating will go before securing the position using a safety belt and it forward-facing child restraint. uses a top tether, see Lower Anchors and Tethers for Children (LATCH) When the passenger sensing on page 1-44 for top tether anchor system has turned off the locations. right front passenger frontal and seat-mounted side impact Do not secure a child seat in a airbag, the off indicator on position without a top tether anchor the passenger airbag status 4. Push the latch plate into the if a national or local law requires indicator should light and stay lit buckle until it clicks. that the top tether be anchored, when you start the vehicle. Position the release button on or if the instructions that come with See Passenger Airbag Status the buckle so that the safety belt the child restraint say that the Indicator on page 4-15. top strap must be anchored. could be quickly unbuckled if 2. Put the child restraint on the seat. necessary. In Canada, the law requires that 3. Pick up the latch plate, and run forward-facing child restraints have the lap and shoulder portions a top tether, and that the tether of the vehicle’s safety belt be attached. through or around the restraint. The child restraint instructions will show you how. 1-52 Seats and Restraints

If the airbags are off, the off indicator in the passenger airbag status indicator will come on and stay on when the vehicle is started. If a child restraint has been installed and the on indicator is lit, see “If the On Indicator is Lit for a Child Restraint” under Passenger Sensing System on page 1-28 for more information. To remove the child restraint, 5. Pull the rest of the shoulder belt 6. To tighten the belt, push down unbuckle the vehicle safety belt and all the way out of the retractor to on the child restraint, pull the let it return to the stowed position. set the lock. shoulder portion of the belt to tighten the lap portion of the belt and feed the shoulder belt back into the retractor. When installing a forward-facing child restraint, it may be helpful to use your knee to push down on the child restraint as you tighten the belt. 7. Push and pull the child restraint in different directions to be sure it is secure. Seats and Restraints 1-53

Securing Child Restraints In Canada, the law requires that forward-facing child restraints have (Rear Seats) a top tether, and that the tether When securing a child restraint in a be attached. rear seating position, study the If the child restraint does not have instructions that came with the child the LATCH system, you will be using restraint to make sure it is compatible the safety belt to secure the child with this vehicle. restraint in this position. Be sure to If the child restraint has the LATCH follow the instructions that came system, see Lower Anchors and with the child restraint. Secure the Tethers for Children (LATCH) child in the child restraint when on page 1-44 for how to install the and as the instructions say. child restraint using LATCH. If a If more than one child restraint 3. Push the latch plate into the child restraint is secured in a seating needs to be installed in the buckle until it clicks. position using a safety belt and it rear seat, be sure to read Where to uses a top tether, see Lower If the latch plate will not go fully Put the Restraint on page 1-43. Anchors and Tethers for Children into the buckle, check if the (LATCH) on page 1-44 for top tether 1. Put the child restraint on the seat. correct buckle is being used. anchor locations. 2. Pick up the latch plate, and Position the release button on the buckle so that the safety Do not secure a child restraint run the lap and shoulder portions belt could be quickly unbuckled in a position without a top tether of the vehicle’s safety belt if necessary. anchor if a national or local through or around the restraint. law requires that the top tether be The child restraint instructions anchored, or if the instructions will show you how. that come with the child restraint say that the top strap must be anchored. 1-54 Seats and Restraints

6. If the child restraint has a top tether, follow the child restraint manufacturer’s instructions regarding the use of the top tether. See Lower Anchors and Tethers for Children (LATCH) on page 1-44 for more information. 7. Push and pull the child restraint in different directions to be sure it is secure. To remove the child restraint, 4. Pull the rest of the shoulder belt 5. To tighten the belt, push down unbuckle the vehicle safety belt and all the way out of the retractor to on the child restraint, pull the let it return to the stowed position. set the lock. shoulder portion of the belt If the top tether is attached to a top to tighten the lap portion of the tether anchor, disconnect it. belt, and feed the shoulder belt back into the retractor. When installing a forward-facing child restraint, it may be helpful to use your knee to push down on the child restraint as you tighten the belt. Keys, Doors and Windows 2-1

Keys, Doors and Theft-Deterrent Systems Theft-Deterrent Systems .....2-9 Windows Immobilizer ...... 2-9 Immobilizer Operation ...... 2-9 Content Theft-Deterrent .....2-10 Keys Windows Keys ...... 2-2 Windows ...... 2-12 Remote Keyless Entry Power Windows ...... 2-12 (RKE) System ...... 2-3 Sun Visors ...... 2-13 Remote Keyless Entry Mirrors (RKE) System Operation ....2-4 Manual Rearview Mirror ....2-13 Doors and Locks Outside Power Mirror(s) ....2-14 Door Locks ...... 2-6 Sunroof Power Door Locks ...... 2-7 Sunroof ...... 2-14 Rear Door Security Locks ....2-7 Liftgate ...... 2-8 2-2 Keys, Doors and Windows

Keys Do not do any of the following to keys with a transponder: • Cover the key. { CAUTION • Hit the key hard against other Leaving children in a vehicle with objects. the ignition key is dangerous for • Expose it to high temperatures many reasons, children or others for a long time. could be badly injured or even • Put the key in water. killed. They could operate the • Use the key with electromagnetic power windows or other controls materials. or even make the vehicle move. The windows will function with the Any new Immobilizer key must be keys in the ignition and children The key is used for the ignition, programmed before it will start could be seriously injured or killed doors, and all other locks. the vehicle. See your dealer/retailer. If you make your own duplicate if caught in the path of a closing The key number is on the tag key, you will not be able to cancel window. Do not leave the keys in attached to the key ring. Keep this the system or start the vehicle. a vehicle with children. tag and give it to your dealer/retailer if a new key needs to be made. In an emergency, contact Roadside Assistance. See Roadside If the vehicle has an Immobilizer Assistance Program on page 12-5 theft deterrent system, the key has for more information. a transponder in the key that matches a decoder in the vehicle. Notice: If you ever lock your See Immobilizer Operation on keys in the vehicle, you may have page 2-9 for additional information. to damage the vehicle to get in. Be sure you have spare keys. Keys, Doors and Windows 2-3

Remote Keyless This device complies with If there is a decrease in the Entry (RKE) System RSS-210 of Industry Canada. RKE operating range, try this: Operation is subject to the • Check the distance. If this vehicle has the Remote following two conditions: The transmitter may be Keyless Entry (RKE) system, 1. This device may not cause too far from the vehicle. it operates on a radio frequency interference. Stand closer during rainy or subject to Federal Communications snowy weather. Commission (FCC) Rules and 2. This device must accept any with Industry Canada. interference received, including • Check the location. Other interference that may cause vehicles or objects may be This device complies with undesired operation of the device. blocking the signal. Take a Part 15 of the FCC Rules. few steps to the left or right, Changes or modiﬁcations to this Operation is subject to the hold the transmitter higher, and system by other than an authorized following two conditions: try again. service facility could void 1. This device may not cause authorization to use this equipment. • Check the transmitter’s battery. interference. See “Battery Replacement” 2. This device must accept any later in this section. interference received, including • If the transmitter is still not interference that may cause working correctly, see your undesired operation of the device. dealer/retailer or a qualiﬁed technician for service. 2-4 Keys, Doors and Windows

Remote Keyless Entry W (Unlock): Press once to unlock Programming Transmitters (RKE) System Operation the driver door. If W is pressed to the Vehicle The Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) again within three seconds, Only RKE transmitters programmed transmitter functions work up to all remaining doors unlock. The to this vehicle will work. If a 30 feet (9 m) away from the vehicle. hazard warning flashers flash twice transmitter is lost or stolen, a to confirm that the door has replacement can be purchased unlocked. and programmed through your p dealer/retailer. When the HOLD (Panic): Press to arm replacement transmitter is the alarm. The lights flash and the programmed to this vehicle, all horn sounds. The alarm turns remaining transmitters must also be off when the ignition is shifted to reprogrammed. Any lost or stolen ON/RUN or HOLD p is pressed transmitters will no longer work once again. The ignition must be in the new transmitter is programmed. LOCK/OFF or ACC/ACCESSORY Each vehicle can have up to four for the alarm to work. transmitters programmed to it.

Q (Lock): Press to lock all of the doors and liftgate. The hazard warning flashers flash once to confirm that the doors have locked. Keys, Doors and Windows 2-5

Battery Replacement To replace the battery, use a ﬂat, thin non-metal object or The battery in the transmitter is tape-wrapped metal object. weak and should be changed if it does not work at the normal range 1. Separate the transmitter. in any location. Notice: When replacing the battery, do not touch any of the circuitry on the transmitter. Static from your body could damage the transmitter.

3. Open the module cover. 4. Remove the old battery.

2. Remove the module. 2-6 Keys, Doors and Windows

Doors and Locks CAUTION (Continued)

Door Locks • Young children who get into unlocked vehicles may be { CAUTION unable to get out. A child can be overcome by Unlocked doors can be dangerous. extreme heat and can suffer • Passengers, especially permanent injuries or even children, can easily open the death from heat stroke. doors and fall out of a moving Always lock your vehicle vehicle. When a door is whenever you leave it. 5. Insert the new battery, locked, the handle will not • Outsiders can easily enter positive (+) side facing up. open it. You increase the through an unlocked door Replace with a CR2025 or chance of being thrown out of when you slow down or stop equivalent battery. the vehicle in a crash if the your vehicle. Locking your doors are not locked. So, wear doors can help prevent this 6. Snap the module back together safety belts properly and lock from happening. and replace it in the transmitter. the doors whenever you drive. 7. Snap the front and back of the transmitter together. (Continued) Keys, Doors and Windows 2-7

To lock and unlock your vehicle To manually lock or unlock the door Rear Door Security Locks from the outside, use your key or the from the inside, move the lever Remote Keyless Entry transmitter, on the door forward or rearward. Rear door security locks prevent if equipped. See Remote Keyless The driver and front passenger door passengers from opening the Entry (RKE) System Operation open from the inside while locked. rear doors from the inside. on page 2-4 for more information. With manual locks, the key must be Open the driver door, on vehicles used to lock and unlock the liftgate. with power door locks, by turning the key in the lock toward the rear of Power Door Locks the vehicle. On vehicles with this feature, the Turn the key back toward the center power door lock switch is located on and toward the rear again, within the armrest of the driver and front three seconds, to unlock all of passenger door. the doors. Use the key in the passenger door to also unlock Q : Press to lock all the doors. all of the doors. K : Press to unlock all the doors. Lock a door by turning the key Open the rear doors to access the toward the front of the vehicle. security locks. If you have power door locks, all the doors will lock. To set these locks, slide the lever down on each door and close it. The doors can only be opened from outside with the door unlocked. To return the doors to normal operation, slide the lever up. 2-8 Keys, Doors and Windows

Liftgate CAUTION (Continued)

{ CAUTION control setting that will force outside air into your vehicle. It can be dangerous to drive with See Climate Control System the liftgate open because carbon on page 7-1. monoxide (CO) gas can come • If you have air outlets on or into your vehicle. You cannot under the instrument panel, see or smell CO. It can cause open them all the way. unconsciousness and even death. See Engine Exhaust on Close the liftgate by using the If you must drive with the liftgate page 8-16. open or if electrical wiring or other handle to pull it down. cable connections must pass Lock the liftgate by inserting the key through the seal between the Unlock and open the liftgate by and turning it clockwise to the body and the liftgate: inserting the key, turning it ﬁrst position. Make sure all other windows • counterclockwise and raise it See Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) are shut. by hand. System Operation on page 2-4 • Turn the fan on your heating for more information. or cooling system to its highest speed and select the (Continued) Keys, Doors and Windows 2-9

Theft-Deterrent This device complies with Immobilizer Operation RSS-210 of Industry Canada. Systems Operation is subject to the This vehicle has a passive theft-deterrent system. Vehicle theft is big business, following two conditions: especially in some cities. 1. This device may not cause You do not have to manually arm or This vehicle has theft-deterrent interference. disarm the system. features, however, they do not 2. This device must accept any The system is automatically armed make it impossible to steal. interference received, including when the key is removed from interference that may cause the ignition. Immobilizer undesired operation of the This device complies with device. Part 15 of the FCC Rules. Changes or modiﬁcations to this Operation is subject to the system by other than an authorized following two conditions: service facility could void 1. This device may not cause authorization to use this equipment. interference. 2. This device must accept any interference received, including interference that may cause undesired operation. The security light, located on the center of the instrument panel, comes on if there is a problem with arming or disarming the theft-deterrent system. 2-10 Keys, Doors and Windows

The security light flashes when the If any of the following conditions Content Theft-Deterrent system is armed. occur, contact your dealer/retailer. This vehicle may have a When the key is inserted in the • The security light stays on. theft-deterrent system that activates ignition the transponder in the key • The security light does not start an alarm if attempts are made to head transmits an electronic code flashing when the key is damage or break into the vehicle. to the vehicle and automatically removed from the ignition. The alarm sounds and the lights cancels the system. Only the correct flash. key starts the vehicle. • The security light flashes inconsistently. If the engine does not start, there could be a problem with the See your dealer/retailer to have a theft-deterrent system. Turn the new key with a transponder made. ignition off and try again. Bring the key and key number with you. If the engine still does not start, and the key appears to be undamaged, In an emergency, contact Roadside try another ignition key. Check the Assistance Program. See Roadside fuse. See Fuses and Circuit Assistance Program on page 12-5. Breakers on page 9-36. Do not leave the key or device If the engine still does not start with that disarms or deactivates the theft the other key, the vehicle needs deterrent system in the vehicle. The security light is located on the service. If the vehicle does start, the center of the instrument panel. first key may be faulty. See your dealer/retailer who can service the theft-deterrent system and have a new key made. Keys, Doors and Windows 2-11

Arming the System Disarming the System If the system does not work To arm the system: To disarm the alarm do one of the properly, have it checked by your dealer/retailer. 1. Close all the doors and the following: liftgate. • Unlock the doors with the key. How the System Alarm is 2. Lock the doors and liftgate with • Unlock the doors and liftgate with Activated the key or Remote Keyless the RKE transmitter. The system activates the alarm if: Entry (RKE) transmitter. • Start the engine. • A locked door or the liftgate is The security light comes on solid. Testing the Alarm unlocked or opened without the The system automatically arms To test the alarm: RKE transmitter. after 30 seconds. The security 1. Open all the windows. • A locked door is unlocked or light ﬂashes when the system opened without the key. is armed. 2. Set the system as described in the previous procedure. • The liftgate is unlocked or opened No one should be in the vehicle The doors and liftgate should with the key. when the alarm system is armed be locked with the key or RKE • The battery is reconnected. because unlocking the vehicle from transmitter. Be sure to wait until the inside activates the system. the security light starts ﬂashing. • The side windows are tapped or To avoid setting off the alarm make 3. Unlock the driver door from the broken. sure all passengers are out of inside. The system should Do not leave the key or device that the vehicle and the windows are activate the alarm. disarms or deactivates the theft closed before arming the system. 4. Stop the alarm as described in deterrent system in the vehicle. the disarming procedure. 5. Repeat this operation for the other doors. Also, check that the system is activated when the battery terminal is disconnected and then reconnected. 2-12 Keys, Doors and Windows

Windows Power Windows

{ CAUTION { CAUTION

Leaving children, helpless adults, Leaving children in a vehicle with or pets in a vehicle with the the keys is dangerous for many windows closed is dangerous. reasons, children or others could They can be overcome by the be badly injured or even killed. extreme heat and suffer They could operate the power permanent injuries or even death windows or other controls or from heat stroke. Never leave a even make the vehicle move. child, a helpless adult, or a pet The windows will function and alone in a vehicle, especially with Manual Windows they could be seriously injured or the windows closed in warm or killed if caught in the path of a Turn the crank on the door to open hot weather. closing window. Do not leave and close a manual window. keys in a vehicle with children. When there are children in the rear seat use the window lockout button to prevent unintentional operation of the windows. Keys, Doors and Windows 2-13

AUTO (Express-Down): Press all Mirrors the way down and release to lower the driver window automatically. Pull up at any time to stop the Manual Rearview Mirror window from lowering. Adjust the mirror to see clearly behind the vehicle. Hold the mirror o (Lock-Out): Press the lock-out in the center to move it up, down, button, located on the driver and side to side. The day/night lever door, to disable the passenger lets you adjust the mirror to avoid power windows and again to glare from headlamps behind enable them. your vehicle. Move the lever to the Only the driver window can be right for nighttime use and back On vehicles with this feature, the operated when the lock-out feature to the center for daytime use. power windows only work when the is used. Vehicles with OnStar® have three ignition is turned to ON/RUN or control buttons located at the bottom in Retained Accessory Power Sun Visors of the mirror. See OnStar¨ System (RAP). See Retained Accessory Pull the visor toward you or move it on page 4-25 for more information. Power (RAP) on page 8-4. to the side to help reduce glare. Switches on the driver door control To use the mirror, slide the attached the driver and passenger windows. cover. Each passenger door has a switch to control that window. Press or pull the front of a switch to lower or raise a window. 2-14 Keys, Doors and Windows

Outside Power Mirror(s) The vehicle must be in ON/RUN Sunroof or ACC/ACCESSORY to adjust the mirrors. On vehicles with a sunroof, the controls are on the overhead 1. Adjust either mirror by pushing console. The ignition must be the selector switch to the L (left) in ON/RUN or Retained Accessory or R (right). Power (RAP) for the sunroof 2. Use the arrows on the control to work. pad to adjust the direction of the mirror. TILT: Slide the sunshade back. Press to tilt the sunroof. Press again 3. Move the selector switch back to to stop movement at any time. the center. This locks the mirrors in place. DOWN: Press to lower the sunroof.

The controls are located to Manually fold the mirrors inward SLIDE: Press to open the sunroof. the left of the steering wheel to prevent damage when going It express opens and stops on the instrument panel. through an automatic car wash. before the fully open position. To fold, push the mirror toward the Press again to fully open. Press vehicle. Push the mirror outward, the switch at any time to stop the to return to its original position. sunroof from moving. If the sunshade is closed it opens with the sunroof. Keys, Doors and Windows 2-15

CLOSE: Press to express close the sunroof. Press again to stop movement at any time. The sunshade must be closed by hand. Anti-Pinch Feature If there is an obstruction when the sunroof is closing, it stops and partly opens again. Remove the obstruction and press the button again to close the sunroof. 2-16 Keys, Doors and Windows

✍ NOTES Storage 3-1

Storage Storage Glove Box Storage Lift up on the glovebox lever to Glove Box ...... 3-1 open it. Cupholders ...... 3-1 Overhead Console ...... 3-2 Cupholders Center Console Storage .....3-2 There are cupholders located in Luggage Carrier ...... 3-2 the console area between the Driver Storage front seats. Compartment ...... 3-3 Floor Mats ...... 3-3 There are also cupholders that fold Hooks ...... 3-3 out from the back of the center Cargo Cover ...... 3-4 console. Cargo Tie Downs ...... 3-6 Cargo Management There are also molded bottle System ...... 3-6 holders located in the front and rear doors.

The cupholder size can be adjusted by changing the location of the provided insert. 3-2 Storage

Overhead Console Luggage Carrier If your vehicle has an overhead console, push on the cover to { CAUTION open it. If something is carried on top of Center Console Storage the vehicle that is longer or wider than the luggage carrier — like To access the center console paneling, plywood, or a storage area, pull up on the lock mattress — the wind can catch it release lever to raise the upper while the vehicle is being driven. cover and access the tray storage. This can cause a driver to lose Notice: Loading cargo on the Pull up on the lower release control. The item being carried luggage carrier that weighs more lever to raise the tray and access than 132 lbs (60 kg) or hangs could be violently torn off, and more storage. over the rear or sides of the this could cause a collision, and vehicle may damage your vehicle. damage the vehicle. Items may Load cargo so that it rests be carried inside. Never carry evenly between the crossrails, something longer or wider than making sure to fasten it securely. the luggage carrier on top of the vehicle. To prevent damage or loss of cargo as you are driving, check to make sure the luggage carrier Do not exceed the maximum vehicle and cargo are still securely fastened. capacity when loading your vehicle. For more information on vehicle capacity and loading, see Loading the Vehicle on page 8-32. Storage 3-3

Loading cargo on the roof rack will Floor Mats To reinstall the floor mat, line up make the center of the vehicle gravity the openings in the floor mat higher. Avoid high speeds, sudden The driver side floor mat is held in over the locator hooks and push starts, sharp turns, sudden braking place by two locator hooks. down into place. or abrupt maneuvers, otherwise it The floor mat must be properly may result in loss of control or placed on the floor so that it does Hooks vehicle rollover due to failure to not block the movement of the There are hooks for hanging items operate the vehicle correctly. accelerator pedal. in the cabin, luggage compartment, If driving for a long distance, on How to Remove and Replace and in the cargo management rough roads, or at high speeds, stop the Floor Mat system, if the vehicle has one. the vehicle now and then during the trip to make sure the cargo On the front passenger side, remains in its place. press the hook to open and use it. There is a weight limit of Driver Storage 44 lb (20 kg). Compartment The luggage compartment hooks should only be used to hang The driver storage compartment is items under 7 lb (3 kg). located near the left side of the steering column on the bottom of For vehicles with a cargo the instrument panel. Pull up on the management system, open the lever to open the cover. deck lid to hang items under To remove the floor mat, pull up on 5 lb (2.3 kg). the rear of the mat to disconnect it from the locator hooks. 3-4 Storage

Cargo Cover Folding the Cargo Cover: For vehicles equipped with a cargo 1. Hold the cargo cover with cover. both hands.

Using the cargo cover: 1. Remove the cargo cover from its storage location. 2. Unfold the cargo cover.

4. Attach the center hook to the center head restraint. 2. Bend one side of the cover { CAUTION toward the body.

An improperly stored cargo cover could be thrown about the vehicle during a collision or sudden maneuver. Someone could be 3. Attach the hooks to the indented injured. If the cover is removed, slots on the sides of the rear always store it in the proper cargo area. storage location. When it is replaced, always be sure that it is securely reattached. Storage 3-5

3. Twist the other side in the 4. Make a small circle, and then 5. Make sure the cover’s three opposite direction. fold the cover inward. circles are side by side. 6. Return the cover to its storage bag. 3-6 Storage

Cargo Tie Downs There are also hooks on the inside cover to hold items. The cargo tie down straps and hooks are intended to be used to Additional storage is available on secure a ﬂat tire or other items. both sides of the cargo management The tie down hooks are located in system. Turn the knobs to the the rear cargo area. The straps UNLOCK position, and remove are under the rear ﬂoor panel. the deck boards to access the storage area. To use, hook the end of the straps to the hooks in a criss-cross pattern. Pull on the straps at the buckle to tighten as needed. To use: Cargo Management 1. Open the cover. System 2. Unfold the side panels out and A cargo management system, lock them into place to hold up for vehicles that have it, can be the cover. used for organizing and separating 3. Hook the nets into the cover items in the rear of the vehicle. slots on the lid to use as dividers. Instruments and Controls 4-1

Power Outlet 115 Volt Low Tire Pressure Instruments and Alternating Current ...... 4-10 Warning Light ...... 4-18 Controls Ashtray(s) ...... 4-10 Traction Control System (TCS) Warning Light ...... 4-19 Warning Lights, Gages, StabiliTrak® Indicator and Indicators Light ...... 4-19 Instrument Panel Warning Lights, Gages, Engine Coolant and Indicators ...... 4-11 Temperature Gage ...... 4-19 Overview Instrument Panel Cluster ...4-12 Malfunction Instrument Panel Speedometer and Indicator Lamp ...... 4-20 Overview ...... 4-2 Odometer ...... 4-13 Security Light ...... 4-22 Hazard Warning Flashers ....4-3 Trip Odometer(s) ...... 4-13 Oil Pressure Light ...... 4-22 Horn ...... 4-3 Tachometer ...... 4-13 Fog Lamp Light ...... 4-23 Tilt Wheel ...... 4-4 Safety Belt Reminders ...... 4-14 Lights On Reminder ...... 4-23 Turn Signal/Multifunction Airbag Readiness Light .....4-14 Taillamp Indicator Light .....4-23 Lever ...... 4-4 Passenger Airbag Status Cruise Control Light ...... 4-23 Cruise Control ...... 4-4 Indicator ...... 4-15 Low Washer Fluid Turn and Lane-Change Service Airbag Notiﬁcation Warning Light ...... 4-23 Signals ...... 4-7 System Message ...... 4-16 Service All-Wheel Drive Headlamp High/ Charging System Light ...... 4-16 Light ...... 4-24 Low-Beam Changer ...... 4-7 Brake System Warning Highbeam On Light ...... 4-24 Flash-to-Pass ...... 4-7 Light ...... 4-17 Door Ajar Light ...... 4-24 Windshield Wipers ...... 4-7 Antilock Brake System Fuel Gage ...... 4-24 Windshield Washer ...... 4-8 (ABS) Warning Light ...... 4-18 Low Fuel Warning Light ....4-25 Rear Window Wiper/ Speed Sensitive Power Washer ...... 4-8 OnStar® System Steering (SSPS) ® Accessory Power Warning Light ...... 4-18 OnStar System ...... 4-25 Outlet(s) ...... 4-9 4-2 Instruments and Controls

Instrument Panel Overview Instruments and Controls 4-3

The main components of the M. Audio Steering Wheel Controls V. Power Outlet 115 Volt Alternating instrument panel are the following: on page 6-13. Current on page 4-10. A. Outside Power Mirror(s) on N. Tilt Wheel on page 4-4. W. Climate Control System on page 2-14. O. Horn on page 4-3. page 7-1. B. Outlet Adjustment on page 7-3. P. Cruise Control on page 4-4 X. Hooks on page 3-3. C. Turn Signal/Multifunction (If Equipped). Y. Glove Box on page 3-1. Lever on page 4-4. Q. Ignition Positions on page 8-2. D. Instrument Panel Cluster on R. Tire Pressure Reset Button Hazard Warning Flashers page 4-12. (Out of View). See Tire Pressure E. Windshield Wipers on page 4-7. Monitor Operation on page 9-50. | (Hazard Warning Flasher): F. Passenger Airbag Status S. Power Outlet 115 Volt Alternating Press this button located on Indicator. Passenger Sensing Current on page 4-10 On/Off the instrument panel, to make the System on page 1-28. Button. front and rear turn signal lamps ﬂash on and off. This warns others that Security Light. See Content T. Cigarette Lighter (If Equipped) you are having trouble. Theft-Deterrent on page 2-10. or Accessory Power Outlet. G. Hazard Warning Flashers on Ashtray(s) on page 4-10 Press | again to turn the page 4-3. or Accessory Power Outlet(s) ﬂashers off. H. Audio System(s) on page 6-1. on page 4-9. I. Traction Control System (TCS) U. Shift Lever. Automatic Horn on page 8-21. Transmission Operation (Four Speed) on page 8-6 or Press near or on the horn symbols J. Content Theft-Deterrent on Automatic Transmission on the steering wheel pad to page 2-10. Operation (Five Speed) sound the horn. K. Driver Storage Compartment on page 8-8 or Manual on page 3-3. Transmission Operation L. Hood Release on page 9-5. on page 8-11. 4-4 Instruments and Controls

Tilt Wheel Turn Signal/Multifunction Cruise Control A tilt and telescope wheel lets the Lever steering wheel position be adjusted.

For vehicles with cruise control, the The lever on the left side of the lever is located on the right side steering column includes the of the steering wheel. following: Cruise control, lets a speed of O : Exterior Lamps. 25 mph (40 km/h) or more be G : Turn and Lane-Change maintained without keeping your foot on the accelerator. Cruise The adjustment lever is located Signals. on the left side of the steering control does not work at speeds column. 2 : Headlamp High/Low-Beam below 25 mph (40 km/h). Changer. Pull the lever down to move the steering wheel up or down and in or # : Fog Lamps (If Equipped). out. Pull the lever up to lock the steering wheel in place. Flash-to-Pass Feature. Do not adjust the tilt and telescope Information for these features is on lever while driving. the pages following. Instruments and Controls 4-5

Setting Cruise Control If the cruise control indicator light { CAUTION ﬂashes, press the ON-OFF button { CAUTION once to deactivate the system, and Cruise control can be dangerous then press the button back on. where you cannot drive safely at If you leave your cruise control on If the cruise control speed cannot be a steady speed. So, do not use when you are not using cruise, set or the cruise control cancels the cruise control on winding you might hit a button and go into immediately after being activated, roads or in heavy traffic. cruise when you do not want to. there may be a problem with the cruise control system. See your Cruise control can be dangerous You could be startled and even dealer/retailer. on slippery roads. On such roads, lose control. Keep the cruise fast changes in tire traction can control switch off until you want to Resuming a Set Speed cause excessive wheel slip, and use cruise control. If the brakes are applied after the you could lose control. Do not use cruise control is set, the cruise cruise control on slippery roads. 1. Press the ON-OFF button at the control is turned off. end of the lever. The CRUISE light on the instrument panel If the vehicle speed is 25 mph cluster comes on. See Cruise (40 km/h) or greater, push the lever Control Light on page 4-23. up to +RES (Resume/Accelerate) to return to the previously set speed. 2. Get to the desired speed. 3. Move the lever down to −SET and release it. 4. Take your foot off the accelerator pedal. 4-6 Instruments and Controls

Increasing Speed While Using Reducing Speed While Using When going up steep hills, you might Cruise Control Cruise Control have to step on the accelerator pedal There are three ways to increase There are two ways to reduce the to maintain the vehicle speed. the vehicle speed: vehicle speed while using cruise When going downhill, you might • Use the accelerator pedal to get control: have to brake or shift to a lower gear to the higher speed. Move the • Push and hold the lever to −SET to keep the vehicle speed down. lever down to −SET. Release the until the desired lower speed is Applying the brake or downshifting lever and the accelerator pedal. reached, then release it. to 2 SECOND or L LOW turns off the cruise control. • Move the cruise lever up • To slow down in very small to +RES. Hold it there until the amounts, push the lever Ending Cruise Control desired speed is reached, down brieﬂy. Each time this and then release the lever. There are several ways to turn off is done, the vehicle will go about the cruise control: • To increase the vehicle speed in 1 mph (1.6 km/h) slower. very small amounts, move the • Step on the brake pedal or push Passing Another Vehicle While the clutch pedal, if the vehicle lever to +RES brieﬂy and then Using Cruise Control release it. Each time this is done, has a manual transmission. the vehicle goes about 1 mph Use the accelerator pedal to • Press the ON-OFF button. (1.6 km/h) faster. increase the vehicle speed. When you take your foot off the • Pull the cruise control lever pedal, the vehicle slows down to toward you. the cruise control speed set earlier. Erasing Speed Memory Using Cruise Control on Hills The cruise control set speed memory The cruise control performance will is erased when the cruise control or vary depending upon the vehicle the ignition is turned off. speed, load, and the steepness of the hills. Instruments and Controls 4-7

Turn and Lane-Change Headlamp High/ Windshield Wipers Signals Low-Beam Changer The headlamps must be on for this feature to work. Push the turn signal lever away An arrow on the instrument panel from you to turn the high beams on. cluster flashes in the direction of the This instrument panel cluster light turn or lane change. 3 comes on while the high beam The windshield wiper/washer lever Move the lever all the way up or headlamps are on. is located on the right side of down to signal a turn. Pull the lever towards you to return the steering column. Raise or lower the lever until the to low beams. Move the lever to one of the arrow starts to flash to signal a lane following positions: change. Hold it there until the Flash-to-Pass lane change is completed. z (Mist): Move the lever to mist, This feature is used to signal to the for a single wiping cycle and then The lever returns to its starting vehicle ahead that you want to pass. release. The wipers stop after position whenever it is released. With the lever in the low-beam one wipe. If after signaling a turn or a position, pull the lever toward you to lane change the arrow flashes momentarily switch to high-beams. ( (Off): Move the lever to this rapidly or does not come on, If the headlamps are on when the position to turn the wipers off. a signal bulb may be burned out. lever is released, the high-beams will return to low-beam. Have the bulbs replaced. If the bulb is not burned out, check the fuse. See Fuses and Circuit Breakers on page 9-36. 4-8 Instruments and Controls

& (Intermittent): Move the lever Windshield Washer Rear Window to choose a delayed wiping cycle. Pull the lever toward you to spray Wiper/Washer For vehicles with the variable washer fluid on the windshield. Z Rear Wiper: Turn the end of The spray continues until the lever intermittent feature, the time the lever to low or high, to turn is released. The wipers will run between wipes can be adjusted. on the rear window wiper. Turn the & band for a longer a few times. See Windshield Washer Fluid on page 9-24 for information y or shorter delay interval. (Low): For steady rear wiping at on filling the windshield washer fluid low speed. q (Low): Use for steady wiping at reservoir. x (High): For steady rear wiping low speed. at high speed. { CAUTION l (High): Use for steady wiping at = (Rear Washer): Turn the end high speed. In freezing weather, do not use of the lever up or down as far Clear snow and ice from the wiper your washer until the windshield as it will go, to squirt washer fluid blades before using them. If the is warmed. Otherwise the on the rear window. The knob blades are frozen to the windshield, washer fluid can form ice on the automatically returns from these loosen or thaw them. If they windshield, blocking your vision. positions after it is released. become damaged, get new blades The windshield washer reservoir is or blade inserts. See Windshield used for the windshield and the Wiper Blade Replacement on rear window. Check the fluid level page 9-25. in the reservoir if either washer Heavy snow or ice can overload the is not working. See Windshield wipers. A circuit breaker stops Washer Fluid on page 9-24. them until the motor cools. Instruments and Controls 4-9

Notice: Leaving electrical Notice: Adding any electrical { CAUTION equipment on for extended equipment to the vehicle can periods will drain the battery. damage it or keep other In freezing weather, do not use Always turn off electrical components from working as your washer until the windshield equipment when not in use and they should. The repairs would is warmed. Otherwise the do not plug in equipment that not be covered by the vehicle washer ﬂuid can form ice on the exceeds the maximum amperage warranty. Do not use equipment windshield, blocking your vision. rating. exceeding maximum amperage rating of 20 amperes. Check This circuit is protected by a fuse with your dealer/retailer before and has a maximum current level. Accessory Power adding electrical equipment. Do not use equipment exceeding Outlet(s) the maximum amperage rating. When adding electrical equipment, be sure to follow the proper Accessory power outlets can be Certain power accessory plugs may installation instructions included used to plug in auxiliary electrical not be compatible to the power with the equipment. equipment. accessory outlet and could result The vehicle has an accessory in a blown vehicle or adapter Notice: Improper use of the power outlet on the center ﬂoor fuse. See your dealer/retailer for power outlet can cause damage console below the shift lever. additional information on the power not covered by the warranty. accessory plugs. Do not hang any type of To use the outlet, the ignition accessory or accessory bracket must be in ON/RUN or from the plug because the ACC/ACCESSORY. Pull down the power outlets are designed for small cover to access the outlet. accessory power plugs only. 4-10 Instruments and Controls

Power Outlet 115 Volt An indicator light in the button Ashtray(s) comes on. After using the outlet, Alternating Current press the button again to turn it off. For vehicles with a removable Electrical equipment with a ashtray, it is located in the front maximum limit of 115 VAC can be cupholder in the center console plugged into this power outlet. If the storage area. equipment used requires more than Notice: If papers, pins, or other the limit, a protection circuit will ﬂammable items are put in cut the power supply. The power the ashtray, hot cigarettes or automatically restarts when other smoking materials could equipment that operates within The power outlet is not designed for ignite them and possibly damage the limit is plugged in. the following electrical equipment the vehicle. Never put ﬂammable and they may not work properly: items in the ashtray. • Equipment with high initial peak For vehicles with a lighter, push wattage: cathode-ray tube type the lighter down and it will pop up televisions, compressor-driven when it is ready to be used. refrigerators, or electric The ignition switch must be in the power tools. ACC/ACCESSORY or ON/RUN The power outlet is located below • Other equipment requiring an position to use the lighter. the shift lever. extremely stable power supply: microcomputer-controlled Before using the outlet, turn on electric blankets, touch sensor the ignition and press the button lamps, etc. located on the instrument panel below the climate control system. Instruments and Controls 4-11

Notice: Holding a cigarette Warning Lights, Gages can indicate when there may lighter in while it is heating does be or is a problem with one of the not let the lighter back away from Gages, and Indicators vehicle’s functions. Often gages and the heating element when it is hot. warning lights work together to Warning lights and gages can Damage from overheating can indicate a problem with the vehicle. signal that something is wrong occur to the lighter or heating before it becomes serious enough When one of the warning lights element, or a fuse could be blown. to cause an expensive repair or comes on and stays on while Do not hold a cigarette lighter in replacement. Paying attention to the driving, or when one of the gages while it is heating. warning lights and gages could shows there may be a problem, It is not recommended to use the prevent injury. check the section that explains what cigarette lighter to plug in auxiliary to do. Follow this manual’s advice. Warning lights come on when there electrical equipment. Use the Waiting to do repairs can be may be or is a problem with one accessory power outlet for phones costly and even dangerous. of the vehicle’s functions. Some and other electrical equipment. warning lights come on brieﬂy when See Accessory Power Outlet(s) the engine is started to indicate on page 4-9 or Power Outlet they are working. 115 Volt Alternating Current on page 4-10. 4-12 Instruments and Controls

Instrument Panel Cluster This feature is designed to show at a glance how the vehicle is running. It shows vehicle speed, how much fuel is left in the fuel tank and many other things needed to drive safely and economically.

United States Base Cluster shown, Canada similar Instruments and Controls 4-13

Speedometer and Trip Odometer(s) Temperature Display Odometer The trip odometer shows how far the The outside air temperature is displayed on the center of the The speedometer shows the vehicle vehicle has been driven since the trip instrument panel, within the trip speed in both miles per hour (mph) odometer was last set to zero. odometer. The display shows and kilometers per hour (km/h). the outside air temperature in The odometer shows how far the Fahrenheit with a range from vehicle has been driven. −40°F to 122°F (−40°C to 50°C). If the vehicle needs a new odometer installed, the new one must be Tachometer set to the mileage total of the old The button located above the odometer. If it cannot be reset, then odometer allows switching between The tachometer shows engine it must be set at zero and a label the odometer and the trip odometer. speed in thousands of revolutions put on the driver door to show per minute (rpm). the old mileage reading when the Notice: If the engine is operated new odometer was installed. while the tachometer is in the See your dealer/retailer for more shaded warning area, the vehicle information. could be damaged, and the damages would not be covered by the vehicle warranty. Do not To set the trip odometer to zero, operate the engine with the press and hold the button. tachometer in the shaded warning area. 4-14 Instruments and Controls

Safety Belt Reminders This light is located on the center of Airbag Readiness Light the instrument panel, next to the When the engine is started, a chime audio system. There is an airbag readiness light will sound for several seconds to on the instrument panel cluster, remind people to fasten their safety When the key is turned to ON/RUN which shows the airbag symbol. belts, unless the driver safety or START, this light comes on The system checks the airbag’s belt is already buckled. as a reminder for the right front electrical system for malfunctions. passenger to fasten their safety belt. The light stays on if there is an This light flashes until the right electrical problem. The system front passenger safety belt is monitors the airbag sensor buckled. The passenger safety belt assembly, front airbag sensors, reminder light will not come on if seat-mounted side impact and the right front passenger belt roof-mounted airbag sensors, driver The safety belt light will also flash is already buckled or if a sensor seat position sensor, driver seat until the driver belt is buckled. If the does not detect the weight of belt buckle switch, right front driver belt is already buckled, neither a passenger in that seat. occupant sensing system and the chime nor the light comes on. If something is placed on the right indicator light, front passenger front passenger seat, the sensors seat belt buckle switch, seat belt The vehicle also has a safety belt pretensioner assemblies, inflators, reminder light for the right front in the seat may detect that object and cause the right front interconnecting wiring and power passenger position next to the sources. For more information passenger airbag status indicator. passenger safety belt reminder light to come on. If this happens, on the airbag system, see Airbag See Passenger Airbag Status System on page 1-21. Indicator on page 4-15. remove the object. Instruments and Controls 4-15

Passenger Airbag Status status of the right front passenger frontal and seat-mounted side Indicator impact airbags (if equipped). The vehicle has the passenger If the seat is unoccupied, the light This light will come on briefly when sensing system. See Passenger will not be visible after the system the vehicle is started, then it should Sensing System on page 1-28 check. for important safety information. go out indicating the system is ready. If the word ON is lit on the The instrument panel has a passenger airbag status indicator, { CAUTION passenger airbag status indicator. it means that the right front passenger frontal and seat-mounted If the airbag readiness light stays side impact airbags (if equipped) on or keeps flashing after you are enabled (may inflate). start your vehicle, it means the If the word OFF is lit on the airbag system and safety belt passenger airbag status indicator, it pretension system may not be means that the passenger sensing working properly. The airbags in system has turned off the right your vehicle may not inflate in a When the vehicle is started, the front passenger’s frontal airbag and crash, or they could even inflate passenger airbag status indicator seat-mounted side impact airbag without a crash. To help avoid will light ON and OFF for several (if equipped). See Passenger injury to yourself or others, have seconds as a system check. Sensing System on page 1-28 for your vehicle serviced right away if Then, after several more seconds, more on this, including important the airbag readiness light stays on the status indicator will light safety information. after you start your vehicle. either ON or OFF if there is weight on the seat, to let you know the 4-16 Instruments and Controls

If, after several seconds, all status Service Airbag Charging System Light indicator lights remain on, there Notification System may be a problem with the lights or the passenger sensing system. Message See your dealer/retailer for service. If the Service Airbag Notification System message appears on the The charging system light comes on { CAUTION radio display, the vehicle may not briefly when the ignition is turned be able to provide the Automatic on, but the engine is not running, If the airbag readiness light in the Notification of Airbag Deployment as a check to show the light is ¨ instrument panel cluster ever feature. See OnStar System on working. It should go out when the comes on and stays on, it means page 4-25 for information on this engine is started. that something may be wrong with feature. See your dealer/retailer for service. If the light stays on, or comes on the airbag system. If this ever while driving, there could be a happens, have the vehicle problem with the electrical charging serviced promptly, because an system. Have it checked by your adult-size person sitting in the dealer/retailer. Driving while this light right front passenger’s seat may is on could drain the battery. not have the protection of the airbag(s). See Airbag Readiness If a short distance must be driven Light on page 4-14 for more on with the light on, be sure to turn off this, including important safety all accessories, such as the radio and air conditioner. information. Instruments and Controls 4-17

Brake System Warning If it does not come on, have it ﬁxed so it will be ready to warn if { CAUTION Light there is a problem. The vehicle’s hydraulic brake The brake system might not be When the ignition is on, the brake system is divided into two parts. working properly if the brake system warning light also comes If one part is not working, the other system warning light is on. on when the parking brake is part can still work and stop the Driving with the brake system set. The light will stay on if the vehicle. For good braking both parts warning light on can lead to a parking brake does not fully release. need to be working well. crash. If the light is still on after the If it stays on after the parking vehicle has been pulled off the If the warning light comes on, there brake is fully released, it means is a brake problem. Have the brake there is a brake problem. road and carefully stopped, have system inspected right away. the vehicle towed for service.

See Antilock Brake System (ABS) Warning Light later in this section and Towing Your Vehicle on page 9-75. United States Canada If the vehicle has anti-lock brakes, this light should come on when the key is turned to START. 4-18 Instruments and Controls

Antilock Brake System If the regular brake system If the warning light stays on, or warning light is also on, there are comes on while driving, the Speed (ABS) Warning Light no antilock brakes and there is Sensitive Power Steering may a problem with the regular brakes. not be working. See your See Brake System Warning Light dealer/retailer for service. on page 4-17. Low Tire Pressure United States Canada Speed Sensitive Power Warning Light Steering (SSPS) The ABS warning light comes on briefly when the ignition key is Warning Light turned to ON/RUN. This is normal. If the light does not come on then, have it fixed so it will be ready to warn you if there is a problem. This light should come on briefly as If the light stays on, turn the ignition the engine is started. to LOCK/OFF. If the light comes Vehicles with this feature, have a If there is a tire with low tire on while driving, stop as soon warning light that comes on briefly pressure, the light will stay on or as possible and turn the ignition off. when the ignition is turned to come back on. Then start the engine again to ON/RUN as a check to show it is reset the system. If the light working. See Tire Pressure Monitor System on page 9-48 for more information. still stays on, or comes on again If the warning light does not come while driving, the vehicle needs on, have it fixed so it will be able to service. If the regular brake system warn if there is a problem. warning light is not on, there are still brakes, but no antilock brakes. Instruments and Controls 4-19

Traction Control System StabiliTrak® Indicator See Traction Control System (TCS) (TCS) Warning Light Light on page 8-21 for more information. Contact your dealer/retailer, if the light does not come on or if it stays on.

This light warns that there is a Engine Coolant problem with the Traction Control Temperature Gage This warning light comes on brieﬂy System (TCS) or the Vehicle when the ignition is turned to Stability Control (VSC) system. ON/RUN. The light comes on when the ignition It also comes on when the Traction is turned to ON/RUN. Control System is turned off by If the light comes on while driving, pressing the TRAC OFF button. the system is not working. See Traction Control System (TCS) on page 8-21 for more information. The TCS light comes on when the United States Canada VSC system warning light comes on, If it stays on or comes on while This gage shows the engine coolant even if the TRAC OFF button is driving, there is a problem with the temperature. If the gage pointer not pressed. Traction Control System (TCS), moves into the red area, the engine contact your dealer/retailer. See StabiliTrak¨ System on is too hot. Pull off the road, stop page 8-22 for more information on the vehicle, and turn off the engine Vehicle Stability Control System. as soon as possible. See Engine Overheating on page 9-22. 4-20 Instruments and Controls

Malfunction If the check engine light comes on Notice: Modifications made and stays on, when the engine to the engine, transmission, Indicator Lamp is running, this indicates that there exhaust, intake, or fuel system of Check Engine Light is an OBD II problem and service the vehicle or the replacement is required. of the original tires with other A computer system called OBD II than those of the same Tire (On-Board Diagnostics-Second Malfunctions often are indicated by Performance Criteria (TPC) can Generation) monitors operation of the system before any problem affect the vehicle’s emission the fuel, ignition, and emission is apparent. Heeding the light can controls and can cause this light control systems. It makes sure prevent more serious damage to the to come on. Modifications to that emissions are at acceptable vehicle. This system assists the these systems could lead levels for the life of the vehicle, service technician in correctly to costly repairs not covered helping to produce a cleaner diagnosing any malfunction. by the vehicle warranty. This environment. Notice: If the vehicle is could also result in a failure continually driven with this light to pass a required Emission on, after a while, the emission Inspection/Maintenance test. controls might not work as well, See Accessories and the vehicle’s fuel economy Modifications on page 9-3. United States Canada might not be as good, and the engine might not run as This light comes on when the ignition smoothly. This could lead is on, but the engine is not running, to costly repairs that might as a check to show it is working. If it not be covered by the vehicle does not, have the vehicle serviced warranty. by your dealer/retailer. Instruments and Controls 4-21

This light comes on during a Light On Steady: An emission • Make sure to fuel the vehicle with malfunction in one of two ways: control system malfunction has been quality fuel. Poor fuel quality Light Flashing: A misfire condition detected on the vehicle. Diagnosis causes the engine not to run as has been detected. A misfire and service might be required. efficiently as designed and may increases vehicle emissions and An emission system malfunction cause: stalling after start-up, could damage the emission control might be corrected by doing stalling when the vehicle is system on the vehicle. Diagnosis the following: changed into gear, misfiring, and service might be required. hesitation on acceleration, or • Make sure the fuel cap is fully stumbling on acceleration. The following can prevent more installed. See Filling the Tank on These conditions might go away serious damage to the vehicle: page 8-38. The diagnostic system once the engine is warmed up. can determine if the fuel cap • Reduce vehicle speed. If one or more of these conditions has been left off or improperly occurs, change the fuel brand • Avoid hard accelerations. installed. A loose or missing fuel used. It will require at least cap allows fuel to evaporate into • Avoid steep uphill grades. one full tank of the proper fuel the atmosphere. A few driving to turn the light off. • If towing a trailer, reduce the trips with the cap properly amount of cargo being hauled installed should turn the light off. See Gasoline Octane on as soon as it is possible. page 8-36. • If the vehicle has been driven If the light continues to flash, when through a deep puddle of water, If none of the above have made the it is safe to do so, stop the vehicle. the vehicle’s electrical system light turn off, your dealer/retailer can Find a safe place to park the might be wet. The condition is check the vehicle. The dealer/retailer vehicle. Turn the key off, wait at usually corrected when the has the proper test equipment and least 10 seconds, and restart electrical system dries out. diagnostic tools to fix any mechanical the engine. If the light is still A few driving trips should turn or electrical problems that might flashing, follow the previous steps the light off. have developed. and see your dealer/retailer for service as soon as possible. 4-22 Instruments and Controls

Emissions Inspection and inspection. This can happen if Oil Pressure Light Maintenance Programs the battery has recently been replaced or if the battery has run { Some state/provincial and local down. The diagnostic system CAUTION governments have or might begin is designed to evaluate critical Do not keep driving if the oil programs to inspect the emission emission control systems pressure is low. The engine can control equipment on the vehicle. during normal driving. This can Failure to pass this inspection could take several days of routine become so hot that it catches ﬁre. prevent getting a vehicle registration. driving. If this has been done Someone could be burned. Check Here are some things to know to and the vehicle still does not the oil as soon as possible and help the vehicle pass an inspection: pass the inspection for lack have the vehicle serviced. of OBD II system readiness, • The vehicle will not pass this your dealer/retailer can prepare inspection if the check engine Notice: Lack of proper engine oil the vehicle for inspection. light is on with the engine maintenance can damage the running, or if the key is in the engine. The repairs would not be ON/RUN and the light is not on. Security Light covered by the vehicle warranty. Always follow the maintenance • The vehicle will not pass schedule in this manual for this inspection if the OBD II changing engine oil. (on-board diagnostic) system determines that critical emission For information regarding this light control systems have not been and the vehicle’s security system, completely diagnosed by the see Content Theft-Deterrent system. The vehicle would on page 2-10. The oil pressure light should come be considered not ready for on brieﬂy as the engine is started. If it does not come on have the vehicle serviced by your dealer/retailer. Instruments and Controls 4-23

If the light comes on and stays on, Lights On Reminder Cruise Control Light it means that oil is not ﬂowing through the engine properly. The vehicle could be low on oil and might have some other system problem. The CRUISE light comes on when the cruise control is on. This light comes on whenever the Fog Lamp Light headlights are on. See Cruise Control on page 4-4 for more information. See Exterior Lamps Controls on page 5-1 for more information. Low Washer Fluid Taillamp Indicator Light Warning Light For vehicles with this feature, this light comes on whenever the front fog lamps are on. See Exterior Lamps Controls on page 5-1 for more information. Canada Only

This light will come on when your Canada Only taillamps are on. This light comes on when the See Exterior Lamps Controls on windshield washer ﬂuid is low. page 5-1 for more information. See Windshield Washer Fluid on page 9-24 for more information. 4-24 Instruments and Controls

Service All-Wheel Drive Highbeam On Light Fuel Gage Light

This light will come on briefly when This light comes on when the the ignition is turned on, and the high-beam headlamps are in use. engine is not running, as a check to See Headlamp High/Low-Beam United States Canada show you it is working. Changer on page 4-7 for more The fuel gage shows about how It should go out when the engine is information. much fuel is in the fuel tank. started. It should go out when the An arrow on the fuel gage indicates engine is started. If it stays on, or Door Ajar Light that the fuel filler door is on the driver comes on while you are driving, you side of the vehicle. The fuel gage may have a problem with the system. works only when the ignition switch is Have it checked by your dealer/ turned to ON/RUN. When the gage retailer. first indicates E or empty, there is still The four-wheel-drive indicator will about 2 gallons ( 7.6 L) of fuel left, light up when the All-Wheel drive but more needs to be added right is active. This light comes on if any door, away. When the vehicle is low on fuel the rear liftgate, or the rear liftglass the low fuel warning light, located are not completely closed. below the empty mark, comes on. Instruments and Controls 4-25

Five things that do not indicate a Low Fuel Warning Light OnStar® System problem with the fuel gage: • At the gas station, the fuel pump shuts off before the gage reads F or full. • It takes a little more or less fuel OnStar uses several innovative to fill up than the gage indicated. technologies and live advisors to For example, the gage may United States Canada provide a wide range of safety, have indicated the tank was half security, information, and full, but it actually took more This light, on the fuel gage, comes convenience services. If the airbags or less than half the tank’s on when the fuel tank is low on deploy, the system is designed to capacity to fill it. fuel. To turn if off, add fuel to the fuel tank. make an automatic call to OnStar • It takes the gage several minutes Emergency advisors who can to read F or full after filling the request emergency services be vehicle with fuel. sent to your location. If the keys are • The gage moves a little when locked in the vehicle, call OnStar at you turn, stop or speed up. 1-888-4-ONSTAR to have a signal sent to unlock the doors. OnStar • The gage does not go back to Hands-Free Calling, including E or empty when you turn off 30 trial minutes good for 60 days, is the ignition. available on most vehicles. Press the OnStar button to have an OnStar advisor contact Roadside Service. 4-26 Instruments and Controls

OnStar service is provided subject and system limitations, see the OnStar Services Included with to the OnStar Terms and Conditions OnStar Owner’s Guide in the Directions & Connections Plan included in the OnStar Subscriber glove box or visit www.onstar.com • All Safe and Sound Plan Services glove box literature. (U.S.) or www.onstar.ca (Canada), contact OnStar at 1-888-4-ONSTAR • Driving Directions - Advisor Some services such as Remote Door (1-888-466-7827) or TTY Delivered Unlock or Stolen Vehicle Location 1-877-248-2080, or press the Assistance may not be available until • RideAssist OnStar button to speak with an the owner of the vehicle registers OnStar advisor 24 hours a day, • Information and Convenience with OnStar. After the first prepaid 7 days a week. Services year, contact OnStar to select a monthly or annual subscription OnStar Services Available OnStar Hands-Free Calling payment plan. If a payment plan is with the Safe & Sound Plan OnStar Hands-Free Calling allows not selected, the OnStar system eligible OnStar subscribers to make and all services, including airbag • Automatic Notification of Airbag Deployment and receive calls using voice notification and emergency services, commands. Hands-Free Calling is may be deactivated and no longer • Link to Emergency Services fully integrated into the vehicle, and available. For more information • Roadside Assistance can be used with OnStar Pre-Paid visit www.onstar.com (U.S.) or Minute Packages. Most vehicles www.onstar.ca (Canada), or press • Stolen Vehicle Location Assistance include 30 trial minutes good for the OnStar button to speak with an 60 days. Hands-Free Calling can advisor. • Remote Door Unlock/Vehicle also be linked to a Verizon Wireless Not all OnStar services are available Alert service plan in the U.S. or a Bell on all vehicles. To check if this • OnStar Hands-Free Calling with Mobility service plan in Canada, vehicle is able to provide the 30 trial minutes depending on eligibility. services described below, or for a • OnStar Virtual Advisor (U.S. Only) full description of OnStar services Instruments and Controls 4-27

To ﬁnd out more, refer to the OnStar the airbags deploy. This information Location information about the Owner’s Guide in the vehicle’s glove usually includes the vehicles GPS vehicle is only available if the GPS box, visit www.onstar.com or location and, in the event of a crash, satellite signals are unobstructed www.onstar.ca, or speak with additional information regarding the and available. an OnStar advisor by pressing crash that the vehicle was involved in The vehicle must have a working the OnStar button or calling (e.g. the direction from which the electrical system, including adequate 1-888-4-ONSTAR (1-888-466-7827). vehicle was hit). When the Virtual battery power, for the OnStar Advisor feature of OnStar OnStar Virtual Advisor equipment to operate. There are Hands-Free Calling is used, the other problems OnStar cannot OnStar Virtual Advisor is a feature of vehicle also sends OnStar the control that may prevent OnStar from OnStar Hands-Free Calling that uses vehicles GPS location so they can providing OnStar service at any minutes to access location-based provide services where it is located. particular time or place. Some weather, local traffic reports, and OnStar service cannot work unless examples are damage to important stock quotes. Press the phone parts of the vehicle in a crash, hills, button and give a few simple voice the vehicle is in a place where OnStar has an agreement with a tall buildings, tunnels, weather or commands to browse through the wireless phone network congestion. various topics. See the OnStar wireless service provider for service Owner’s Guide for more information. in that area. OnStar service also Your Responsibility cannot work unless the vehicle is in This feature is only available in the Increase the volume of the radio if a place where the wireless service continental U.S. the OnStar advisor cannot be heard. provider OnStar has hired for that If the light next to the OnStar buttons How OnStar Service Works area has coverage, network capacity is red, the system may not be and reception when the service is The OnStar system can record functioning properly. If the light needed, and technology that is and transmit vehicle information. appears clear (no light is appearing), compatible with the OnStar service. This information is automatically your OnStar subscription has Not all services are available sent to an OnStar Call Center when expired and all services have been everywhere, particularly in remote the OnStar button is pressed, the deactivated. Press the OnStar button or enclosed areas, or at all times. emergency button is pressed, or if to conﬁrm that the OnStar equipment is active. 4-28 Instruments and Controls

✍ NOTES Lighting 5-1

Lighting The exterior lamp switch has three Lighting positions: Exterior Lamps Controls ( (Off): Turns off all lamps, except the Daytime Running Lamps (DRL). Lighting Exterior Lamps Controls .....5-1 ; (Parking Lamps): Turns on Daytime Running the parking lamps together with the Lamps (DRL) ...... 5-2 following: Automatic Headlamp • Sidemarker Lamps System ...... 5-2 Fog Lamps ...... 5-2 • Taillamps The lever on the left side of the Instrument Panel • License Plate Lamp ...... 5-3 steering column operates the Brightness • Instrument Panel Lights Dome Lamp(s) ...... 5-3 exterior lamps. Entry Lighting ...... 5-3 P / ; (Exterior Lamps): Turn the 5 (Headlamps): Turns on the ...... 5-4 Reading Lamps outside band of the lever to operate headlamps, together with the Battery Run-Down the lamps. For vehicles sold in the previously listed lamps and lights. Protection ...... 5-4 P U.S., appears on the instrument Headlamps on Reminder panel cluster when the exterior lamps are on. For vehicles ﬁrst A tone sounds when the ignition is sold in Canada, ; appears in the turned to LOCK/OFF, the driver door is opened and the key instrument panel cluster. See Lights is removed from the ignition while On Reminder on page 4-23. the lamps are on. 5-2 Lighting

Daytime Running The headlamps automatically switch If the vehicle is driven through a from DRL to the regular headlamps parking garage, overcast weather, or Lamps (DRL) depending on the darkness of a tunnel, the automatic headlamp Daytime Running Lamps (DRL) can the surroundings. See “Automatic system may turn on. There is make it easier for others to see Headlamp System” following. a delay before the lights turn on the front of your vehicle during the when starting the car at night. DRL also comes on if only the day. Fully functional DRL are parking lamps are being used. Do not cover the automatic light required on all vehicles ﬁrst sold sensor, located on the top left corner in Canada. Automatic Headlamp of the instrument panel. If the The DRL system makes the System sensor is covered the headlamps headlamps come on at a reduced will stay on continuously. brightness when the following When it is dark enough outside, conditions are met: the automatic headlamp system Fog Lamps turns on the low-beam headlamps at • The ignition is on with the the normal brightness along with # (Fog Lamps): For vehicles with engine running. other lamps such as the taillamps, fog lamps, move the band on the turn • The exterior lamps switch is off. sidemarker, parking lamps and signal/multifunction lever to # to turn • The parking brake is released. instrument panel lights. An indicator them on. The fog lamps only come light on the instrument panel comes on when the headlamps are on When the exterior lamp switch on when the headlamps are on. low beam. is turned to the headlamp position, See Instrument Panel Cluster on the DRL go off and the headlamps page 4-12. Some localities have laws that come on. The other lamps that require the headlamps to be come on with the headlamps also on along with the fog lamps. come on. Lighting 5-3

Instrument Panel Dome Lamp(s) Entry Lighting Brightness The interior lamps control is located After all the doors and liftgate on the overhead lamp. To change are closed, and the key is out of the interior lamps setting, slide the ignition, in LOCK/OFF or the switch to one of the following ACC/ACCESSORY, the light positions: remains on for about 15 seconds and then goes out, except under OFF: Turns the lamp off. the following conditions: ON: Keeps the lamp on all • The ignition is turned to Use the trip odometer knob located the time. ACC/ACCESSORY or ON/RUN on the right side of the instrument Door: Turns the lamp on when after all the doors and liftgate panel cluster to adjust the are closed. instrument panel brightness. any door or the liftgate is opened. The lamp goes off when all the side • All the doors and the liftgate are Turn the knob clockwise or doors and the liftgate are closed. locked and the light is still on. counterclockwise to brighten or dim the instrument panel. If the lamp switch is in the door When any door is unlocked with the position and a door is left open, key or Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) The brightness of the instrument the lamps will go off automatically system transmitter, the light comes panel lights decreases when after 20 minutes. on for 15 seconds, even if the door is the headlamps are on. not opened. 5-4 Lighting

Reading Lamps Battery Run-Down For vehicles with a sunroof, there is Protection a reading lamp near the sunroof The vehicle has a battery saver switch. feature designed to protect OFF: Turns the lamp off. the vehicle’s battery. ON: Keeps the lamp on all This feature will only work with the the time. dome lamp in the Door position. When any interior lamp is left on Door: Turns the lamp on when and the ignition is turned off, any door or the liftgate is opened. the battery rundown protection The lamp goes off when all the side system automatically turns the lamp doors and the liftgate are closed. off after 20 minutes. This prevents draining of the battery. Infotainment 6-1

Audio System(s) To minimize taking your eyes off the Infotainment road while driving, do the following Determine which radio the vehicle while the vehicle is parked: has and read the following pages to • Become familiar with the become familiar with its features. Audio System(s) operation and controls of Audio System(s) ...... 6-1 { the audio system. Setting the Clock ...... 6-2 CAUTION • Set up the tone, speaker Radio(s) ...... 6-3 adjustments, and preset radio Taking your eyes off the road for Using an MP3 ...... 6-9 stations. XM Radio Messages ...... 6-12 extended periods could cause Audio Steering Wheel a crash resulting in injury or For more information, see Defensive Controls ...... 6-13 death to you or others. Do not Driving on page 8-17. Radio Reception ...... 6-14 give extended attention to Fixed Mast Antenna ...... 6-14 entertainment tasks while driving. XM™ Satellite Radio Antenna System ...... 6-14 This system provides access to many audio and non audio listings. 6-2 Infotainment

Setting the Clock 5. To increase the time or date, To change the time default setting do one of the following: turn from 12 hour to 24 hour, and to The radio has a CLOCK button for the TUNE ADJ (Tune/Adjust) change the date default setting from adjusting the time and date. knob clockwise, press month/day/year to day/month/year: The date does not automatically SEEK/TRACK y, press display. To see the date press 1. Press the CLOCK button CLOCK while the radio is on. FWD ( (Forward), or continue and then the button below the The date with display times out after to press the button under the forward arrow label on the a few seconds and goes back to category to be adjusted. display. The 12H and 24H, and the date MMDD (month and the normal radio and time display. 6. To decrease the time or date, To adjust the time and date: day) and DDMM (day and month) do one of the following: categories will display. 1. Turn the ignition key to turn the TUNE ADJ knob ACC/ACCESSORY or ON/RUN. counterclockwise, press 2. Press the button below the 12H or 24H label, and the 2. Press the PWR VOL SEEK/TRACK z, or press ) date MMDD (month and day) or (Power/Volume) knob to REV (Reverse). DDMM (day and month) label turn on the radio. 7. To save the settings, press to choose how the radio displays 3. Press the CLOCK button, and the CLOCK button, or let the time and date. the HR, MIN, MM, DD, YYYY the display time out. 3. To save the settings, press (hour, minute, month, day, the CLOCK button, or let and year) categories display. the screen time out. 4. Press the button under the category to be adjusted. Infotainment 6-3

Radio(s) Finding a Station BAND: Press to select AM, FM, or XM. TUNE ADJ (Tune/Adjust): Turn to select radio stations. y SEEK TRACKz: Press to go to the previous or next radio station. The radio only stops at stations with a strong signal. SCAN: Press to enter scan mode. The radio will display Scanning, then goes to the next station, plays for a few seconds, then continues on to the next station. Press SCAN again to stop scanning. The radio only stops at stations with a strong signal. Radio with CD (MP3) shown, Radio with CD (Base) similar INFO (Information) (FM-RDS, XM™ Satellite Radio Service, and Playing the Radio CLOCK: Press to adjust the time. MP3 Features): Press to display See Setting the Clock on page 6-2 information for the current FM-RDS, PWR VOL (Power/Volume): Press for more information. XM station, or MP3 song. Choose to turn the radio on and off. Turn from Channel, Song, Artist, and the PWR VOL knob to adjust CAT (category). the volume. NO INFO displays when information is not available from the station. 6-4 Infotainment

Setting Preset Stations To store a radio station as a favorite: EQ (Equalization): To select customized equalization settings: FAV (Favorites): Press to select 1. Tune to the desired radio station. up to six pages of favorites. 2. Press the FAV button to 1. Press EQ. Each page contains six favorite display the page where it can 2. Press the button below the label: stations, and each page of favorites be stored. POP, ROCK, COUNTRY, TALK, can contain any combination of JAZZ, and CLASSICAL. AM, FM, or XM™ stations. 3. Press and hold one of the six buttons until a beep sounds. Adjusting the Speakers For vehicles without XM, only 4. Repeat the steps to store another (Balance/Fade) four pages of favorites are available. radio station. To adjust the balance or fade, To setup the number of favorites perform the following steps: pages: Setting the Tone (Bass/Midrange/Treble) 1. Press the TUNE ADJ knob. 1. Press the MENU button to display the radio setup menu. To adjust the bass, midrange, and 2. Turn the TUNE ADJ knob treble: or press the button below BAL 2. Press the button located below FADE so it is highlighted. the FAV 1-6 label. 1. Press the TUNE ADJ knob. 2. Turn the TUNE ADJ knob, or 3. Press the TUNE ADJ knob to 3. Select the desired number of select the tone to adjust. favorites pages by pressing press the button below BASS, the button located below MID, or TREB so it is highlighted. 4. Turn the TUNE ADJ knob to the displayed page numbers. 3. Press the TUNE ADJ knob adjust the audio balance to to select BASS, MID, or TREB. the right or the left speakers 4. Press the FAV button, or let the and the fade to adjust the audio menu time out, to return to the 4. Turn the TUNE ADJ knob volume to the front or rear radio screen. to adjust the level. speakers. 5. Press the TUNE ADJ knob to set 5. Press the TUNE ADJ knob to set the adjustment. the adjustment. Infotainment 6-5

Finding a Category (CAT) Scanning Categories (CAT) XM Satellite Radio Service Station (XM Satellite Radio (XM Satellite Radio XM is a satellite radio service Service Only) Service Only) that is based in the 48 contiguous If CAT times out and is no longer To scan a desired category: United States and 10 Canadian provinces. XM Satellite Radio on the display, return to Step 1. 1. Press the CAT button to enter has a wide variety of programming the category select mode. To select and ﬁnd a desired and commercial-free music, category: 2. Turn the TUNE ADJ knob to coast-to-coast, and in digital-quality 1. Press the CAT button. select a category. sound. During your trial or when you subscribe, you will get unlimited 2. Turn the TUNE ADJ knob to 3. Press y or z for two seconds select a category. access to XM Radio Online for when to scan the stations in the you are not in your vehicle. A service 3. Press y or z to go to the selected category. fee is required to receive the XM category’s ﬁrst station, when the 4. Press y or z again to stop service. For more information, desired category is displayed. scanning. contact XM at www.xmradio.com 4. Press y or z to go to another or call 1-800-929-2100 in the U.S. NOT FOUND displays if the desired and www.xmradio.ca or call station within the selected category cannot be found. category. 1-877-438-9677 in Canada. 5. Press CAT to exit the category select mode or wait for CAT to time out. NOT FOUND displays if the desired category cannot be found. 6-6 Infotainment

Radio Data System (RDS) When the radio is tuned to an RDS • The RDS alert feature cannot be The audio system has Radio Data station, the station name or call turned off. letters display instead of the System (RDS). RDS features are • Alert is not affected by tests of the frequency. RDS stations can also available for use only on FM stations emergency broadcast system. that broadcast RDS information. provide the time of day, a program type (PTY) for current programming, MSG (Message): Displays if the With RDS: and the name of the program being current RDS station has a message. • Stations can be selected based broadcast. The message displays the artist, on programming. song title, call in phone numbers, RDS Messages • Stations with traffic etc. If the entire message does not announcements can be selected. ALERT: Displays when local or display, parts of the message appear national emergency announcements every three seconds until the • Announcements concerning local are received. If the radio tunes to message is completed. MSG and national emergencies can be a related network station for the disappears from the display once the received. announcement, it returns to the completed message has displayed. • Messages display from radio original station when the stations. announcement ends. The Radio Messages for XM Only RDS relies on receiving speciﬁc announcement should be heard See XM Radio Messages on information from radio stations and even if the volume is low or a CD is page 6-12 later in this section for only works when the information playing. If a CD is playing, it will stop further detail. is available. In rare cases, a playing during the announcement. radio station could broadcast • The RDS alert feature is not incorrect information that causes the supported by all RDS radio radio features to work improperly. stations. Contact the radio station if this happens. Infotainment 6-7

Playing a CD TUNE ADJ: Turn the TUNE ADJ CD/AUX (CD/Auxiliary): Press to knob to select tracks on the CD. play a CD when listening to the radio. The CD player can play the smaller 3 inch (8 cm) single CDs with an y SEEK TRACK z: Press y to Press the CD/AUX button again and adapter ring. go to the start of the current the system begins playing audio from 1. Insert a CD label side up track, if more than ten seconds the connected portable audio player. partway into the slot. have played. Press z to go to the If a portable audio player is not next track. Holding or pressing connected, “No Input Device Found” 2. The CD player pulls the CD in displays. and begins playing. y or z multiple times causes the See “Using the Auxiliary Input Jack” 3. The CD symbol and track player to continue moving backward later in this section. number displays. or forward through the tracks on the CD. 4. The CD stays in the player if the INFO (Information): Press to ignition or radio is turned off. ( FWD REV ) (Fast Forward/ switch the display between the Fast Reverse): Press and hold ( track number, elapsed time of the 5. If the CD was the last source track, and the time. When the to advance playback quickly within a selected, it resumes playing ignition is off, press this button to when the radio is turned on. track. Release to resume playing the ) display the time. Y track. Press and hold to reverse (EJECT): Press and release to playback quickly within a track. EQ (Equalization): Press to select eject a CD. Once ejected it can be Release to resume playing the track. an equalization setting while playing removed. If the CD is not removed a CD. See “EQ” listed previously for after several seconds the CD player BAND: Press to listen to the radio more information. If an EQ setting is automatically pulls the disc back into when a CD is playing. selected for a CD, it is activated each the player and starts playing. time a CD is played. 6-8 Infotainment

Care of CDs To clean a CD, use a soft lint free Playing an MP3 CD-R Disc cloth, or dampen a clean soft cloth The sound quality of the CD player Radios with the MP3 feature are in a mild neutral detergent solution can be reduced because of: capable of playing an MP3 CD-R mixed with water. Wipe the CD from disc. For more information on how to • The CD-R quality. the center to the edge. play an MP3 CD-R disc, see Using • The method of recording Care of The CD Player an MP3 later in this section. the CD-R. Use a marking pen to identify CDs, CD Messages • The quality of the music that has do not add labels. been recorded on the CD-R. If the CD ejects, it could be for Do not use CD lens cleaners; they • The way the CD-R has been one of the following reasons: could damage the CD player. handled. • The CD player is very hot. Notice: If a label is added to a CD, When the temperature returns to Store CD-R(s) in their original cases or more than one CD is inserted normal, the CD should play. or other protective cases and into the slot at a time, or an away from dust and direct sunlight. attempt is made to play scratched • The road is very rough. When The CD player scans the bottom or damaged CDs, the CD player the road becomes smoother, surface of the disc. If the surface could be damaged. While using the CD should play. of a CD is damaged, such as the CD player, use only CDs in cracked, broken, or scratched, the • The CD is dirty, scratched, wet, good condition without any label, or upside down. CD may not play properly or at load one CD at a time, and keep all. Do not touch the bottom side of the CD player and the loading slot • The air is very humid. If so, wait a CD while handling it; this could free of foreign materials, liquids, about an hour and try again. damage the surface. Pick up CDs and debris. • The format of the CD might not by grasping the outer edges or be compatible. See Using an the edge of the hole and the If an error displays, see “CD MP3 later in this section. outer edge. Messages” later in this section. Infotainment 6-9

• A problem may have occurred To use a portable audio player, Using an MP3 while burning the CD. connect a 3.5 mm (1/8 inch) cable to the radio’s front auxiliary input MP3 CD-R Disc • The label could be caught in the jack. When a device is connected, CD player. MP3 Format press the radio CD/AUX button If any error occurs repeatedly or if to begin playing audio from The MP3 player will only play an error cannot be corrected, the device over the vehicle CD-R discs. It can read and play a contact your dealer/retailer. If the speakers. maximum of: radio displays an error message, • 50 folders PWR VOL (Power/Volume): Turn write it down and provide it to your • 11 folders in depth dealer/retailer when reporting to adjust the volume. Additional • 50 playlists the problem. volume adjustments may have to be made from the portable device if • 10 sessions the volume is too quiet or not loud. Using the Auxiliary Input Jack • 255 files The radio has an auxiliary input BAND: Press to listen to the All folders, playlists, sessions and jack located on the lower right side radio when a portable audio device files over the maximum are ignored. of the faceplate. This is not an is playing. audio output; do not plug the Record an MP3 disc: CD/AUX (CD/Auxiliary): Press to headphone set into the front • Onto a CD-R disc. auxiliary input jack. An external play a CD when a portable audio • Record playlists with an .m3u or audio device such as an iPod, device is playing. Press again .wpl extension. laptop computer, MP3 player, CD and the system begins playing changer, etc. can be connected audio from the connected portable • Do not mix standard audio and to the auxiliary input jack for use audio player. MP3 files on the same disc. as another audio source. • Record the entire disc at once. • Finalize the disc when recording an MP3 disc with multiple sessions. 6-10 Infotainment

Root Directory Order of Play File System and Naming The root directory is treated as a CDs that have playlists play the The radio display shows, track folder. All .mp3 files in the root tracks in the following order: names that are shorter than directory are accessed before 1. After the first track in the first 39 characters. Names that are folders in the root directory. playlist ends, play continues longer are shortened. The track name appears as: Empty Directory or Folder sequentially through all tracks in each playlist • The song name that is in the Empty folders and directories do ID3 tag. not display. The system ignores 2. After the last track of the last empty directories and folders and playlist ends, play restarts • The file name without the file advances to the next directory from the first track of the first extension if the song name is or folder that has .mp3 files in it. playlist. not in the ID3 tag. CDs that do not have playlists play No Folder Preprogrammed Playlists the tracks in the following order: On a CD that contains only .mp3 Playlists are accessed before files 1. The first file in the root directory files in the root directory the or folders in the root directory. plays. next and previous folder functions Preprogrammed playlists created do not work. 2. After all files from the root by WinAmp™, MusicMatch™, directory have played, files in the or Real Jukebox™ software can On a CD that contains playlists folders play. and .mp3 files the next and previous be accessed and are treated folder functions search playlists 3. After playing the last file from the as special folders containing first and then search .mp3 files in last folder, play restarts with the compressed audio song files. the root folder. first file in the root directory. Infotainment 6-11

Music Navigator 3. The CD stays in the player if the ( FWD REV ) (Fast Forward/ ignition or radio is turned off. The music navigator feature lets Fast Reverse): Press and hold ) MP3 CDs play in order by artist or 4. If the CD was the last source to advance playback quickly within album. selected, it resumes playing a track. Release ( to resume when the radio is turned on. • The MP3 player scans the disc playing the track. Press and hold ) to sort the files by artist and Y (EJECT): Press and release to reverse playback quickly within a album ID3 tag information. to eject a CD. Once the disc is track. Release ( to resume • It can take several minutes to ejected it can be removed. playing the track. scan the disc depending If the CD is not removed after on the number of MP3 files several seconds the CD player BAND: Press to listen to the radio recorded to the CD-R. automatically pulls the disc back when a CD is playing. into the player and starts playing. • The radio starts playing while INFO (Information): Press when the disc is being scanned. y SEEK TRACK z: Press to go to an MP3 CD is loaded, then press • After the scan is finished, the start of the current track, if the button below the Song, Artist, the disc starts playing. more than ten seconds have played. Album, or Folder label to view the information. Playing an MP3 Press z to go to the next track. The MP3 player can play the Holding or pressing y or z multiple CD/AUX (CD/Auxiliary): Press to smaller 3 inch (8 cm) single CDs times will cause the player to play a CD when listening to the with an adapter ring. continue moving backward or radio. forward through the tracks on 1. Insert a CD label side up Press the CD/AUX button again and the CD. partway into the slot. the system begins playing audio from the connected portable audio 2. The CD player pulls the CD in player. If a portable audio player and begins playing. is not connected, “No Input Device Found” displays. 6-12 Infotainment

RDM (Random): Press the button XM Radio Messages CH Off Air: This channel is not below the RDM label to hear currently in service. Tune to another the tracks in random order. XL (Explicit Language Channels): channel. These channels, or any others, can S c (Previous Folder): Press be blocked at a customer’s request, CH Unavail: This previously the button below to go to the by calling 1-800-852-XMXM (9696). assigned channel is no longer first track in the previous folder. assigned. Tune to another station. c T Updating: The encryption code If this station was one of the presets, (Next Folder): Press in the receiver is being updated, choose another station for that the button below to go to the first and no action is required. This preset button. track in the next folder. process should take no longer than 30 seconds. No Info: No artist, song title, h (Music Navigator): Press the category, or text information is button below to play MP3 files in No Signal: The system is available at this time on this channel. order by artist or album. functioning correctly, but the vehicle The system is working properly. is in a location that is blocking SORT: Press the button below the the XM™ signal. When the vehicle No Info: No text or informational SORT label to change between is moved into an open area, the messages are available at this time playback by artist or album while signal should return. on this channel. The system is using the Music Navigator. working properly. Loading XM: The audio system is BACK: Press the button below the acquiring and processing audio Not Found: There are no channels BACK label to return to the main and text data. No action is needed. available for the selected category. music navigator screen. This message should disappear The system is working properly. ST(Previous/Next): Press the shortly. button below to go to the next or previous artist or album in alphabetical order while using the Music Navigator. Infotainment 6-13

XM Locked: The XM™ receiver in Audio Steering Wheel ª«(Next/Previous): Press to your vehicle may have previously Controls select the next or previous radio been in another vehicle. For security station, CD track, or MP3 folder. purposes, XM™ receivers cannot be swapped between vehicles. If this • Press ª or « to go to the next message is received after having or previous preset station. your vehicle serviced, check • Press and hold ª or « until a with your dealer/retailer. beep is heard to go to the next Radio ID: If tuned to channel 0, or previous radio station. this message alternates with Only stations with a strong the XM™ Radio eight digit radio signal will be selected. ID label. This label is needed • Press ª or « to go to the next to activate the service. or previous CD track. Unknown: If this message is • Press and hold ª or « until a received when tuned to channel 0, For vehicles with audio steering beep is heard to go to the next or there may be a receiver fault. wheel controls some audio controls previous MP3 folder. Consult with your dealer/retailer. can be adjusted at the steering MODE: Press to turn the audio Chk XMRcvr: If this message does wheel. They include the following: system on or to select between AM, not clear within a short period of − q + (Volume): Press to FM, XM, CD, or AUX. time, the receiver may have a fault. decrease or increase the volume. Consult with your dealer/retailer. Press and hold to turn the audio system off. 6-14 Infotainment

Radio Reception FM Stereo Fixed Mast Antenna Frequency interference and static FM stereo gives the best sound, The ﬁxed mast antenna can can occur during normal radio but FM signals only reach about withstand most car washes without reception if items such as cell phone 10 to 40 miles (16 to 65 km). being damaged. If the mast should chargers, vehicle convenience Tall buildings or hills can interfere ever become slightly bent, straighten accessories, and external electronic with FM signals, causing the it out by hand. If the mast is badly devices are plugged into the sound to fade in and out. bent, replace it. accessory power outlet. If there is XM™ Satellite Radio Service Check occasionally to make sure interference or static, unplug the item the mast is still tightened to the from the accessory power outlet. XM Satellite Radio Service gives antenna base located on the roof digital radio reception from of the vehicle. If tightening is AM coast-to-coast in the 48 contiguous required, tighten by hand. The range for most AM stations is United States, and in Canada. Just greater than for FM, especially at as with FM, tall buildings or hills can XM™ Satellite Radio night. The longer range can cause interfere with satellite radio signals, Antenna System station frequencies to interfere causing the sound to fade in and out. with each other. For better radio In addition, traveling or standing The XM Satellite Radio antenna is reception, most AM radio stations under heavy foliage, bridges, located on the roof of the vehicle. boost the power levels during the garages, or through tunnels could Keep this antenna clear of snow and day, and then reduce these levels cause loss of the XM signal for a ice build up for clear radio reception. during the night. Static can also period of time. The radio may If the vehicle has a sunroof, the occur when things like storms and display NO XM SIGNAL to indicate performance of the XM system may power lines interfere with radio interference. be affected if the sunroof is open. reception. When this happens, try Loading items onto the roof of reducing the treble on the radio. the vehicle can interfere with the performance of the XM system. Make sure the XM Satellite Radio antenna is not obstructed. Climate Controls 7-1 Climate Controls Climate Controls Climate Control System Climate Controls The heating, cooling, and ventilation for the vehicle can be controlled with Climate Control System ...... 7-1 this system. Outlet Adjustment ...... 7-3 Passenger Compartment Air Filter ...... 7-4

Fan Control If the airﬂow seems low when the fan is at the highest setting, the 9 (Fan): Turn the center knob passenger compartment air ﬁlter toward 4 to turn the system may need to be replaced. For more on or increase fan speed. information, see Passenger Compartment Air Filter on page 7-4 and Scheduled Maintenance on page 11-4. 7-2 Climate Controls

Temperature Control Use the defog mode to clear the Air Conditioning inside of the windshield of fog Turn the right knob clockwise or For vehicles with this feature, there or moisture and to warm the counterclockwise to increase or will be the following controls: decrease the temperature inside passengers. The air conditioning the vehicle. compressor runs automatically A/C (Air Conditioning): Press to in this setting without pressing A/C, turn the air conditioning system Air Delivery Mode Control unless the outside temperature on or off. An indicator light shows is at or below 32°F (0°C). Turn the left knob to select from the that it is on. following modes: 1 (Defrost): Air is directed to MAX A/C (Maximum Air Conditioning): Press the A/C and H (Vent): Air is directed to the the windshield, instrument panel outlets and the side windows. recirculation buttons at the same upper instrument panel outlets. time to select MAX A/C. Use the defrost mode to remove ) (Bi-Level): Air is directed to fog or frost from the outside of the On hot days, open the windows to the upper instrument panel outlets windshield more quickly. The air let hot inside air escape; then close and the floor outlets. conditioning compressor runs them. The vehicle will cool quicker 6 automatically in this setting without and the A/C system operates more (Floor): Air is directed to the pressing A/C, unless the outside efficiently. floor and side window outlets. temperature is at or below Because the A/C system removes 32°F (0°C). - (Defog): Air is directed between moisture from the air, it is normal the windshield, side windows, Do not drive the vehicle until all the for a small amount of water to instrument panel outlets and the windows are clear. drip under the vehicle while idling floor outlets. or just after turning the engine off. Climate Controls 7-3

Recirculation = (Rear Defogger): Press to turn Outlet Adjustment the rear window defogger on or off. ? (Recirculation): Press to Use the air outlets located in An indicator light shows that it is on. turn the recirculation mode on or off. the center and outboard sides of Depending on the vehicle, the rear the instrument panel, to change the An indicator light shows that it is on. window defogger either stays on until This mode recirculates the air inside direction of the air flowing through it is manually turned off or turns off the vents. the vehicle and helps to heat or cool automatically after a set amount of the air more quickly. It can be used to time. Clear any snow from the rear Operation Tips prevent outside air and odors from window. entering the vehicle. • Clear away any ice, snow or If the ignition is turned off, while leaves from the outside air Press the button again to turn the rear window defogger is on, the inlets at the base of the the recirculation mode off and the defogger turns back on automatically windshield. outside air mode on. Recirculation when the ignition is in the ON/RUN • Use of non-GM approved hood is automatically turned off when the position again. climate control system mode knob deflectors can adversely affect is turned to defog, defrost, or is Notice: Do not use a razor blade the performance of the system. positioned between modes. or sharp object to clear the inside • Keep the area under the rear window. Do not adhere front seats clear of objects for Rear Window Defogger anything to the defogger grid lines more effective air circulation. The rear window defogger uses a in the rear glass. These actions may damage the rear defogger. • If the airflow seems low when warming grid to clear fog from the the fan is at the highest setting, rear window. It will only work when Repairs would not be covered by your warranty. the passenger compartment air the ignition is in the ON/RUN filter might need to be replaced. position. For more information, see Passenger Compartment Air Filter later in this section. 7-4 Climate Controls

Passenger Compartment The access panel for the air filter is behind the glove box. To replace Air Filter the filter: Both outside and recirculated air are routed through a passenger compartment air filter. Pollen, dust particles and other contaminants are removed by the filter. Airflow reductions indicate that the filter needs to be replaced. For a replacement filter see your dealer/ retailer. See Scheduled Maintenance on page 11-4 for replacement intervals. 2. Push the side fastener to release and remove the filter cover.

1. Open the glove box door. Push each side of the glovebox in and pull out to remove. Climate Controls 7-5

3. Remove the air filter. 4. Install a new air filter and reassemble the unit by reversing the steps. Replacing the air filter is recommended, but will not damage the vehicle if it is not. 7-6 Climate Controls

✍ NOTES Driving and Operating 8-1

Parking the Vehicle Driving in Rain and on Driving and (Manual Transmission) ....8-15 Wet Roads ...... 8-27 Operating Parking Over Things Before Leaving on a That Burn ...... 8-16 Long Trip ...... 8-28 Engine Exhaust ...... 8-16 Highway Hypnosis ...... 8-28 Running the Vehicle Hill and Mountain Roads ...8-28 While Parked ...... 8-17 Winter Driving ...... 8-29 If Your Vehicle is Stuck in Starting and Operating Driving Your Vehicle Your Vehicle Sand, Mud, Ice, or Snow ...8-31 Defensive Driving ...... 8-17 Rocking Your Vehicle to New Vehicle Break-In ...... 8-2 Drunk Driving ...... 8-18 Ignition Positions ...... 8-2 Get It Out ...... 8-31 Control of a Vehicle ...... 8-18 Loading the Vehicle ...... 8-32 Retained Accessory Braking ...... 8-19 Power (RAP) ...... 8-4 Antilock Brake Fuel Starting the Engine ...... 8-4 System (ABS) ...... 8-20 Fuel ...... 8-36 Engine Coolant Heater ...... 8-5 Traction Control Gasoline Octane ...... 8-36 Automatic Transmission System (TCS) ...... 8-21 Gasoline Speciﬁcations .....8-36 Operation (Four Speed) ....8-6 All-Wheel Drive (AWD) California Fuel ...... 8-36 Automatic Transmission System ...... 8-22 Additives ...... 8-37 Operation (Five Speed) .....8-8 StabiliTrak® System ...... 8-22 Fuels in Foreign Manual Transmission Steering ...... 8-23 Countries ...... 8-37 Operation ...... 8-11 Off-Road Recovery ...... 8-24 Filling the Tank ...... 8-38 Parking Brake ...... 8-12 Passing ...... 8-25 Filling a Portable Fuel Shifting Into Park ...... 8-13 Loss of Control ...... 8-25 Container ...... 8-40 Shifting Out of Park ...... 8-14 Driving at Night ...... 8-26 8-2 Driving and Operating

Starting and • Avoid making hard stops for Ignition Positions the ﬁrst 200 miles (322 km) or Operating Your so. During this time the new The ignition switch has four different Vehicle brake linings are not yet broken positions. in. Hard stops with new linings To shift out of P (Park), turn the New Vehicle Break-In can mean premature wear and ignition to ON/RUN and apply earlier replacement. Follow this the brake pedal. Notice: The vehicle does breaking-in guideline every not need an elaborate break-in. time you get new brake linings. But it will perform better in • Do not tow a trailer during the long run if you follow break-in. See Towing a Trailer these guidelines: on page 9-77 for the trailer • Do not drive at any one towing capabilities of your constant speed, fast or slow, vehicle and more information. for the ﬁrst 500 miles (805 km). Following break-in, engine speed Do not make full-throttle and load can be gradually starts. Avoid downshifting increased. to brake or slow the vehicle.

Notice: Using a tool to force the key to turn in the ignition could cause damage to the switch or break the key. Use the correct key, make sure it is all the way in, and turn it only with your hand. If the key cannot be turned by hand, see your dealer/retailer. Driving and Operating 8-3

LOCK/OFF: This is the only position ON/RUN: The ignition switch stays from which you can remove the key. { CAUTION in this position when the engine is This locks the steering wheel, running. This position can be used to ignition and automatic transmission. On manual transmission vehicles, operate the electrical accessories, Push in the ignition switch as you turning the key to LOCK/OFF and including the ventilation fan and turn the key toward you. removing it will lock the steering 115 volt power outlet, as well as to column and result in a loss of display some warning and indicator On vehicles with an automatic ability to steer the vehicle. lights. The transmission is also transmission, the shift lever must be This could cause a collision. unlocked in this position on in P (Park) to turn the ignition switch If you need to turn the engine automatic transmission vehicles. to the LOCK/OFF position. off while the vehicle is moving, The battery could be drained turn the key only to ACC/ A warning tone will sound if the driver if you leave the key in the ACC/ door is opened with the key in the ACCESSORY. Do not push the ACCESSORY or ON/RUN position ignition. key in while the vehicle is moving. with the engine off. You may not be The ignition switch can bind in the able to start the vehicle if the battery LOCK/OFF position with your wheels ACC/ACCESSORY: This position is allowed to drain for an extended turned off center. If this happens, provides power to some of the period of time. electrical accessories. It unlocks the move the steering wheel from right START: This position starts the to left while turning the key to steering wheel and ignition. To move the key from ACC/ACCESSORY to engine. When the engine starts, ACC/ACCESSORY. If this doesn’t release the key. The ignition switch work, then the vehicle needs service. LOCK/OFF, push in the key and then turn it to LOCK/OFF. will return to ON/RUN for normal driving. A warning tone will sound when the driver door is opened when the ignition is still in ACC/ACCESSORY or LOCK/OFF and the key is in the ignition. 8-4 Driving and Operating

Retained Accessory Manual Transmission not start and the key is held in START for many seconds, The shift lever should be in Power (RAP) cranking will be stopped after NEUTRAL and the parking brake These vehicle accessories may be 25 seconds to prevent cranking engaged. Hold the clutch pedal used for less than a minute after motor damage. To prevent gear to the ﬂoor and start the engine. the engine is turned off. damage, this system also The vehicle will not start if the clutch • Power Windows, if equipped prevents cranking if the engine is pedal is not all the way down. • Sunroof, if equipped already running. Engine cranking can be stopped by turning The power windows and sunroof Starting Procedure the ignition switch to ACC/ will continue to work for less than a 1. With your foot off the accelerator ACCESSORY or LOCK/OFF. minute or until either front door is pedal, turn the ignition to START. opened. The radio will work when When the engine starts, let go of Vehicles equipped with the the key is in ON/RUN or ACC/ the key. The idle speed will go 2.4L engine should not be ACCESSORY. down as the engine gets warm. cranked for more than 30 seconds at a time. Starting the Engine Vehicles equipped with This may overheat the the 1.8L engine have a starter and wiring systems. Automatic Transmission Computer-Controlled Cranking Move the shift lever to P (Park) or System. This feature assists in Notice: Holding the key in N (Neutral). The engine will not start starting the engine and protects START for longer than 15 seconds in any other position. To restart components. If the ignition key is at a time will cause the battery to when you are already moving, turned to the START position, be drained much sooner. And use N (Neutral) only. and then released when the the excessive heat can damage engine begins cranking, the the starter motor. Wait about Notice: Shifting into P (Park) engine will continue cranking for 15 seconds between each try to with the vehicle moving could a about 30 seconds or until the help avoid draining the battery damage the transmission. vehicle starts. If the engine does or damaging the starter. Shift into P (Park) only when your vehicle is stopped. Driving and Operating 8-5

2. If the engine does not start, wait Notice: The engine is designed To Use the Engine Coolant about 15 seconds and try again to work with the electronics in Heater to start the engine by turning the vehicle. If electrical parts or 1. Turn off the engine. the ignition to START. Wait about accessories are added, you could 15 seconds between each try. change the way the engine 2. Open the hood and unwrap the When the engine has run operates. Before adding electrical electrical cord. The electrical about 10 seconds to warm up, equipment, check with your cord is located on the driver side the vehicle is ready to be driven. dealer/retailer. If you do not, of the engine compartment. Do not run the engine at high the engine might not perform 3. Plug it into a normal, grounded speed when it is cold. properly. Any resulting damage 110-volt AC outlet. would not be covered by the If the weather is below freezing vehicle warranty. (32°F or 0°C), let the engine run { CAUTION for a few minutes to warm up. Engine Coolant Heater 3. If the engine still will not start, or Plugging the cord into an starts but then stops, it could be The engine coolant heater, if ungrounded outlet could cause flooded with too much gasoline. available, can help in cold weather an electrical shock. Also, the − Try pushing the accelerator pedal conditions at or below 0°F ( 18°C) wrong kind of extension cord could all the way to the floor and holding for easier starting and better fuel overheat and cause a fire. You it there as you hold the key in economy during engine warm-up. could be seriously injured. Plug the START for about three seconds. Plug in the coolant heater at least cord into a properly grounded If the vehicle starts briefly but then four hours before starting the vehicle. three-prong 110-volt AC outlet. stops again, do the same thing, If the cord will not reach, use a but this time keep the pedal down heavy-duty three-prong extension for five or six seconds. This clears cord rated for at least 15 amps. the extra gasoline from the engine. 8-6 Driving and Operating

4. Before starting the engine, be Automatic Transmission sure to unplug and store the { CAUTION cord as it was before to keep Operation (Four Speed) it away from moving engine It is dangerous to get out of the parts. If you do not, it could vehicle if the shift lever is not fully be damaged. in P (Park) with the parking brake ﬁrmly set. The vehicle can roll. The length of time the heater should remain plugged in depends on Do not leave the vehicle when the several factors. Ask a dealer/retailer engine is running unless you have in the area where you will be parking to. If you have left the engine the vehicle for the best advice running, the vehicle can move on this. suddenly. You or others could be injured. To be sure the vehicle will not move, even when you are on fairly level ground, always set the The shift lever is located on the parking brake and move the shift console between the seats. lever to P (Park). See Shifting Into Park on page 8-13. If you are P (Park): This position locks the pulling a trailer, see Towing a front wheels. It is the best position Trailer on page 9-77. to use when you start the engine because the vehicle cannot move easily. Make sure the shift lever is fully in P (Park) before starting the engine. The vehicle has an automatic transmission shift lock control system. Driving and Operating 8-7

You must fully apply the regular N (Neutral): In this position, the D (Drive): This position is for brake ﬁrst and move the shift lever to engine does not connect with the normal driving. It provides the best the right before you can shift from wheels. To restart the vehicle when fuel economy. If you need more P (Park) when the ignition key is in it is already moving, use N (Neutral) power for passing, and you are: ON/RUN. If you cannot shift out of only. Also, use N (Neutral) when the • Going less than 35 mph P (Park), ease pressure on the shift vehicle is being towed. (56 km/h), push the accelerator lever, then push the shift lever all the pedal about halfway down. way into P (Park) as you maintain { CAUTION brake application. Then move the • Going about 35 mph (56 km/h) shift lever to the right and move the or more, push the accelerator Shifting into a drive gear while the all the way down. shift lever into another gear. See engine is running at high speed is Shifting Out of Park on page 8-14. dangerous. Unless your foot is Notice: If the vehicle seems to R (Reverse): Use this gear to ﬁrmly on the brake pedal, the start up rather slowly or not shift back up. vehicle could move very rapidly. gears when you go faster, and you You could lose control and hit continue to drive the vehicle that Notice: Shifting to R (Reverse) people or objects. Do not shift way, you could damage the while the vehicle is moving into a drive gear while the engine transmission. Have the vehicle forward could damage the is running at high speed. serviced right away. You can drive transmission. The repairs would in L2 (Low) when you are driving not be covered by the vehicle less than 35 mph (56 km/h) and warranty. Shift to R (Reverse) Notice: Shifting out of P (Park) D (Drive) for higher speeds only after the vehicle is stopped. or N (Neutral) with the engine until then. running at high speed may To rock the vehicle back and damage the transmission. The 2 (Second): This position reduces forth to get out of snow, ice or sand repairs would not be covered by vehicle speed more than D (Drive) without damaging the transmission, the vehicle warranty. Be sure without using the brakes. You see If Your Vehicle is Stuck in the engine is not running at high can use 2 (Second) on hills. Sand, Mud, Ice, or Snow on speed when shifting the vehicle. page 8-31. 8-8 Driving and Operating

It can help control vehicle speed as Automatic Transmission you go down steep mountain roads, { CAUTION but then you would also want to use Operation (Five Speed) the brakes off and on. It is dangerous to get out of the vehicle if the shift lever is not fully L (Low): This position reduces in P (Park) with the parking brake vehicle speed even more than ﬁrmly set. The vehicle can roll. 2 (Second) without using the brakes. You can use it on very steep hills, Do not leave the vehicle when the or in deep snow or mud. If the engine is running unless you have shift lever is put in L (Low), to. If you have left the engine the transmission will not shift running, the vehicle can move into low gear until the vehicle suddenly. You or others could be is going slow enough. injured. To be sure the vehicle will not move, even when you are on fairly level ground, always set the The shift lever is located on the parking brake and move the shift console between the seats. lever to P (Park). See Shifting Into Park on page 8-13. If you are P (Park): This position locks the pulling a trailer, see Towing a front wheels. It is the best position Trailer on page 9-77. to use when starting the engine because the vehicle cannot move easily. Make sure the shift lever is fully in P (Park) before starting the engine. The vehicle has an automatic transmission shift lock control system. Driving and Operating 8-9

You must fully apply the regular N (Neutral): In this position, the Notice: Shifting out of P (Park) brake ﬁrst and move the shift lever to engine does not connect with or N (Neutral) with the engine the right before shifting from P (Park) the wheels. To restart the engine running at high speed may while the ignition key is in ON/RUN. when the vehicle is already moving, damage the transmission. The If you cannot shift out of P (Park), use N (Neutral) only. Also, use repairs would not be covered by ease pressure on the shift lever and N (Neutral) when the vehicle the vehicle warranty. Be sure push the shift lever all the way into is being towed. the engine is not running at high P (Park) as you maintain brake speed when shifting the vehicle. application. Then move the shift { CAUTION lever into another gear. See Shifting D (Drive): This position is for Out of Park on page 8-14. normal driving. It provides the best Shifting into a drive gear while the fuel economy from the vehicle. R (Reverse): Use this gear to engine is running at high speed is If you need more power for back up. dangerous. Unless your foot is passing, and you are: ﬁrmly on the brake pedal, the • Going less than 35 mph Notice: Shifting to R (Reverse) vehicle could move very rapidly. while the vehicle is moving (55 km/h), push the accelerator You could lose control and hit pedal about halfway down. forward could damage the people or objects. Do not shift transmission. The repairs would into a drive gear while the engine • Going about 35 mph (55 km/h) not be covered by the vehicle is running at high speed. or more, push the accelerator warranty. Shift to R (Reverse) all the way down. only after the vehicle is stopped. To rock your vehicle back and forth to get out of snow, ice, or sand without damaging the transmission, see If Your Vehicle is Stuck in Sand, Mud, Ice, or Snow on page 8-31. 8-10 Driving and Operating

Driver Shift Control (DSC) The number displayed in the The transmission will only allow instrument cluster is the highest gear shifting into gears appropriate DSC mode allows you to choose that the transmission will be allowed for the vehicles speed and engine the top gear limit of the vehicle’s to operate in. However, your vehicle revolutions per minute (RPM): transmission and the vehicle’s speed can automatically shift to lower gears while driving down hill or towing a • The transmission will not as required by various driving trailer. To use this feature, do the automatically shift to the next conditions. This means that all gears following: higher gear if the vehicle speed below that number are available. or engine RPM is too high. 1. Move the shift lever from D (Drive) left to S (Shift Control). The display in the instrument • The transmission will not allow cluster will change from the currently shifting to the next lower gear if While driving in this mode, displayed message to 4 (Fourth) the transmission will remain the vehicle speed or engine RPM when you enter S (Shift Control), is too high. An audible warning in the driver selected range. and change to indicate the requested When coming to a stop, the will sound and the downshift will gear range when moving the shift not be allowed. The downshift vehicle will automatically shift lever forward or rearward. into 1 (First) gear. request will have to be made While using the DSC feature the again once the vehicle reaches 2. Move the shift lever forward to transmission will have ﬁrmer shifting an acceptable speed. increase the gear range, or and sportier performance. You can rearward to decrease the gear use this for sport driving or when Downshift Required range available based upon your climbing hills to stay in gear longer Requested Vehicle Speed current driving conditions and or to downshift for more power or 4 (Fourth) to Below 95 mph needs. engine braking. 3 (Third) (153 km/h) 3 (Third) to Below 60 mph 2 (Second) (97 km/h) 2 (Second) to Below 30 mph 1 (First) (48 km/h) Driving and Operating 8-11

Manual Transmission You can shift into 1 (First) when To stop, let up on the accelerator you are going less than 20 mph pedal and press the brake pedal. Operation (32 km/h). If you have come to a Just before the vehicle stops, press complete stop and it is hard to shift the clutch pedal and the brake pedal, into 1 (First), put the shift lever in and shift to NEUTRAL. NEUTRAL and let up on the clutch. Press the clutch pedal back down. Neutral: Use this position when Then shift into 1 (First). you start or idle the engine. 2 (Second): Press the clutch pedal R (Reverse): To back up, press as you let up on the accelerator down on the clutch pedal and shift pedal and shift into 2 (Second). into R (Reverse). Let up on the Then, slowly let up on the clutch clutch pedal slowly while pressing pedal as you press the accelerator the accelerator pedal. pedal. Notice: Shifting to R (Reverse) 3 (Third), 4 (Fourth), 5 (Fifth): while the vehicle is moving 1 (First): Press the clutch pedal and Shift into 3 (Third), 4 (Fourth) forward could damage the shift into 1 (First). Then, slowly let and 5 (Fifth) the same way you transmission. The repairs would up on the clutch pedal as you press do for 2 (Second). Slowly let up not be covered by the vehicle the accelerator pedal. on the clutch pedal as you press warranty. Shift to R (Reverse) the accelerator pedal. only after the vehicle is stopped. Also, use R (Reverse) along with the parking brake for parking your vehicle. 8-12 Driving and Operating

Shift Speeds Manual Transmission If your speed drops below 20 mph Recommended Shift Speeds (32 km/h), or if the engine is not { CAUTION running smoothly, you should Engine 1.8L downshift to the next lower gear. You may have to downshift two or If you skip a gear when you 1to2 34 mph downshift, you could lose control (55 km/h) more gears to keep the engine running smoothly or for good of your vehicle. You could injure 56 mph 2to3 performance. yourself or others. Do not shift (91 km/h) 82 mph down more than one gear at a 3to4 time when you downshift. (132 km/h) Parking Brake 121 mph 4to5 To set the parking brake, hold the This chart shows the maximum (195 km/h) brake pedal down and pull up on the allowable speeds in each gear when parking brake lever. If the ignition maximum acceleration is necessary. Engine 2.4L is on, the brake system warning light will come on. 31 mph 1to2 (50 km/h) 53 mph 2to3 (86 km/h) 82 mph 3to4 (132 km/h) 112 mph 4to5 (181 km/h) Driving and Operating 8-13

If you are towing a trailer, see To shift into P (Park), do the Towing a Trailer on page 9-77. following: 1. Hold the brake pedal down Shifting Into Park and set the parking brake. See Parking Brake on page 8-12 { CAUTION for more information. 2. Move the shift lever into P (Park) It can be dangerous to get out of by pushing the lever all the way the vehicle if the shift lever is not toward the front of the vehicle fully in P (Park) with the parking and to the left. brake ﬁrmly set. The vehicle can 3. Turn the ignition key to roll. If you have left the engine LOCK/OFF. To release the parking brake, hold running, the vehicle can move the brake pedal down. Pull the suddenly. You or others could be 4. Remove the key and take it with parking brake lever up until you can injured. To be sure the vehicle will you. If you can leave the vehicle press the release button. Hold the not move, even when you are on with the key in your hand, the release button in as you move the fairly level ground, use the steps vehicle is in P (Park). lever all the way down. that follow. If you are pulling a trailer, see Towing a Trailer on Notice: Driving with the parking page 9-77. brake on can overheat the brake system and cause premature wear or damage to brake system parts. Make sure that the parking brake is fully released and the brake warning light is off before driving. 8-14 Driving and Operating

Leaving Your Vehicle Torque Lock (Automatic Shifting Out of Park With the Engine Running Transmission) (Automatic Transmission) This vehicle has an electronic shift If you are parking on a hill and you lock release system. The shift do not shift into P (Park) properly, the lock release is designed to: { CAUTION weight of the vehicle may put too • Prevent ignition key removal much force on the parking pawl in unless the shift lever is in It can be dangerous to leave the the transmission. You may find it P (Park). vehicle with the engine running. difficult to pull the shift lever out of The vehicle could move suddenly P (Park). This is called “torque lock.” • Prevent movement of the shift if the shift lever is not fully in To prevent torque lock, set the lever out of P (Park), unless P (Park) with the parking brake parking brake and then shift into the ignition is in ON/RUN and firmly set. And, if you leave the P (Park) properly before you leave the brake pedal is applied. vehicle with the engine running, the driver seat. To find out how, see The shift lock release is always it could overheat and even catch Shifting Into Park on page 8-13. functional except in the case of fire. You or others could be Move the shift lever out of P (Park) an uncharged or low voltage injured. Do not leave the vehicle before you release the parking (less than 9 volt) battery. with the engine running. brake. If the vehicle has an uncharged If torque lock does occur, you may battery or a battery with low voltage, If you have to leave an automatic need to have another vehicle push try charging or jump starting the transmission vehicle with the engine yours a little uphill to take some of battery. See Jump Starting on running, be sure the vehicle is in the pressure from the parking pawl in page 9-71 for more information. P (Park) and the parking brake the transmission, so you can pull the is firmly set before you leave it. shift lever out of P (Park). Driving and Operating 8-15

To shift out of P (Park) use the Parking the Vehicle Evaporation Pump following: (Manual Transmission) The vehicle is equipped with 1. Apply the brake pedal. a vacuum pump for the fuel Before you get out of the vehicle, evaporation system. This pump 2. Move the shift lever to the move the shift lever into R (Reverse), performs a fuel evaporation leakage desired position. and ﬁrmly apply the parking brake. test approximately ﬁve hours Once the shift lever has been placed If you still are unable to shift out of after the engine is turned off. into R (Reverse) with the clutch P (Park): You may hear a sound coming pedal pressed in, you can turn the from underneath the rear cargo 1. Fully release the shift lever. ignition key to LOCK/OFF, remove compartment for several minutes. 2. Hold the brake pedal down. the key and release the clutch. The noise is normal and does not 3. Move the shift lever to the If you are parking on a hill, or if signify a malfunction. See your desired position. the vehicle is pulling a trailer, see dealer/retailer with any questions. Towing a Trailer on page 9-77. If you still cannot move the shift lever from P (Park), consult your dealer/retailer or a professional towing service. 8-16 Driving and Operating

Parking Over Things That Burn CAUTION (Continued) CAUTION (Continued) { Exhaust may enter the vehicle if: If unusual fumes are detected or CAUTION • The vehicle idles in areas if it is suspected that exhaust is with poor ventilation (parking coming into the vehicle: Things that can burn could touch garages, tunnels, deep snow • Drive it only with the windows hot exhaust parts under the that may block underbody completely down. vehicle and ignite. Do not park airflow or tail pipes). over papers, leaves, dry grass, • Have the vehicle repaired • The exhaust smells or or other things that can burn. immediately. sounds strange or different. Never park the vehicle with the • The exhaust system leaks engine running in an enclosed Engine Exhaust due to corrosion or damage. area such as a garage or a • The vehicle’s exhaust system building that has no fresh air { CAUTION has been modified, damaged ventilation. or improperly repaired. Engine exhaust contains Carbon • There are holes or openings Monoxide (CO) which cannot be in the vehicle body from seen or smelled. Exposure to CO damage or after-market can cause unconsciousness and modifications that are not even death. completely sealed. (Continued) (Continued) Driving and Operating 8-17

Running the Vehicle { Driving Your Vehicle While Parked CAUTION Defensive Driving It is better not to park with the It can be dangerous to get out engine running. But if you ever have of the vehicle if the automatic Defensive driving means “always to, here are some things to know. transmission shift lever is not fully expect the unexpected.” The ﬁrst in P (Park) with the parking brake step in driving defensively is to wear ﬁrmly set. The vehicle can roll. your safety belt, see Safety Belts on { CAUTION Do not leave the vehicle when the page 1-8. engine is running unless you have Idling a vehicle in an enclosed { CAUTION area with poor ventilation is to. If you have left the engine running, the vehicle can move dangerous. Engine exhaust may Assume that other road users enter the vehicle. Engine exhaust suddenly. You or others could be injured. To be sure the vehicle will (pedestrians, bicyclists, and other contains Carbon Monoxide (CO) drivers) are going to be careless which cannot be seen or smelled. not move, even when you are on fairly level ground, always set the and make mistakes. Anticipate It can cause unconsciousness what they might do and be ready. and even death. Never run the parking brake and move the shift lever to P (Park). In addition: engine in an enclosed area that • Allow enough following has no fresh air ventilation. For distance between you and Follow the proper steps to be more information, see Engine the driver in front of you. sure the vehicle will not move. Exhaust Engine Exhaust on • Focus on the task of driving. page 8-16. See Shifting Into Park on page 8-13. Driver distraction can cause If parking on a hill and pulling a collisions resulting in injury or trailer, see Towing a Trailer possible death. These simple on page 9-77. defensive driving techniques could save your life. 8-18 Driving and Operating

Drunk Driving Police records show that to the brain, spinal cord, or heart. almost 40 percent of all motor This means that when anyone who { vehicle-related deaths involve has been drinking — driver or CAUTION alcohol. In most cases, these deaths passenger — is in a crash, that are the result of someone who was person’s chance of being killed or Drinking and then driving is drinking and driving. In recent years, permanently disabled is higher than very dangerous. Your reﬂexes, more than 17,000 annual motor if the person had not been drinking. perceptions, attentiveness, and vehicle-related deaths have been judgment can be affected by associated with the use of alcohol, Control of a Vehicle even a small amount of alcohol. with about 250,000 people injured. You can have a serious — or even The following three systems help fatal — collision if you drive after For persons under 21, it is against to control your vehicle while drinking. Do not drink and drive or the law in every U.S. state to driving — brakes, steering, and ride with a driver who has been drink alcohol. There are good accelerator. At times, as when medical, psychological, and drinking. Ride home in a cab; or if driving on snow or ice, it is easy to developmental reasons for you are with a group, designate a ask more of those control systems these laws. driver who will not drink. than the tires and road can provide. The obvious way to eliminate the Meaning, you can lose control of your vehicle. Death and injury associated with leading highway safety problem drinking and driving is a global is for people never to drink alcohol Adding non-dealer/non-retailer tragedy. and then drive. accessories can affect your vehicle’s Medical research shows that alcohol performance. See Accessories Alcohol affects four things that and Modiﬁcations on page 9-3. anyone needs to drive a vehicle: in a person’s system can make crash judgment, muscular coordination, injuries worse, especially injuries vision, and attentiveness. Driving and Operating 8-19

Braking And, of course, actual stopping If your vehicle’s engine ever stops distances vary greatly with the while you are driving, brake normally See Brake System Warning Light on surface of the road, whether it is but do not pump the brakes. If you page 4-17. pavement or gravel; the condition of do, the pedal could get harder to Braking action involves perception the road, whether it is wet, dry, or icy; push down. If the engine stops, you time and reaction time. First, you tire tread; the condition of the brakes; will still have some power brake have to decide to push on the brake the weight of the vehicle; and the assist. But you will use it when you pedal. That is perception time. Then amount of brake force applied. brake. Once the power assist is used up, it can take longer to stop and the you have to bring up your foot and do Avoid needless heavy brake pedal will be harder to push. it. That is reaction time. braking. Some people drive Average reaction time is about in spurts — heavy acceleration Adding non-dealer/non-retailer three-fourths of a second. But that followed by heavy braking — rather accessories can affect your vehicle’s is only an average. It might be less than keeping pace with traffic. performance. See Accessories with one driver and as long as two or This is a mistake. The brakes might and Modiﬁcations on page 9-3. three seconds or more with another. not have time to cool between hard Age, physical condition, alertness, stops. The brakes will wear out much coordination, and eyesight all play faster if you do a lot of heavy braking. a part. So do alcohol, drugs, and If you keep pace with the traffic frustration. But even in three-fourths and allow realistic following of a second, a vehicle moving at distances, you will eliminate a lot of 60 mph (100 km/h) travels 66 feet unnecessary braking. That means (20 m). That could be a lot of better braking and longer brake life. distance in an emergency, so keeping enough space between your vehicle and others is important. 8-20 Driving and Operating

Antilock Brake Let us say the road is wet and you decrease stopping distance. If you are driving safely. Suddenly, an get too close to the vehicle in front of System (ABS) animal jumps out in front of you. you, you will not have time to apply Your vehicle has the Antilock You slam on the brakes and continue the brakes if that vehicle suddenly Brake System (ABS), an advanced braking. Here is what happens slows or stops. Always leave enough electronic braking system that with ABS: room up ahead to stop, even though will help prevent a braking skid. you have ABS. A computer senses that the wheels When you start the engine and are slowing down. If one of the Using ABS begin to drive away, ABS will check wheels is about to stop rolling, itself. You might hear a momentary the computer will separately work Do not pump the brakes. Just hold motor or clicking noise while this test the brakes at each wheel. the brake pedal down ﬁrmly and is going on, and you might even let antilock work for you. You might ABS can change the brake pressure notice that the brake pedal moves a hear the antilock pump or motor to each wheel, as required, faster little. This is normal. operate, and feel the brake than any driver could. This can help pedal pulsate, but this is normal. you steer around the obstacle while braking hard. Braking in Emergencies As you brake, the computer keeps With ABS, you can steer and receiving updates on wheel speed brake at the same time. In many and controls braking pressure emergencies, steering can help accordingly. you more than even the very best United States Canada Remember: ABS does not change braking. If there is a problem with ABS, the time you need to get your foot this warning light will stay on. up to the brake pedal or always See Antilock Brake System (ABS) Warning Light on page 4-18. Driving and Operating 8-21

Traction Control the front wheels. To turn off traction System (TCS) control, press and release the g switch. The traction control Your vehicle has a traction control system warning light will come on. system that limits wheel spin. This To turn the traction control system is especially useful in slippery road back on, press the g switch again conditions. The system operates This light should come on brieﬂy or increase vehicle speed and the only if it senses that one or both of when the engine is started. the drive wheels are spinning or system will automatically turn back beginning to lose traction. When this The traction control system warning on. The traction control system happens, the system works the front light ﬂashes and an alarm will warning light will go off. See Traction brakes and reduces engine power to sound intermittently when the Control System (TCS) Warning Light limit wheel spin. system is limiting wheel spin. on page 4-19 Traction Control System (TCS) Warning Light for You may feel or hear the system more information. working, but this is normal. Leave the system on during ordinary driving so that it can operate when needed. When the ignition is turned to ON/RUN, the system automatically The g switch is located to the left turns on. If the system has been of the steering wheel below the To turn off both the traction control turned off, it will automatically turn on instrument panel cluster. system and StabiliTrak®, press at 35 mph (55 km/h). TCS cannot be and hold the g switch while turned off above 35 mph (55 km/h). When getting the vehicle out of mud or newly fallen snow, turn off the the vehicle is stopped. The traction traction control system. The system control system warning light and that controls engine performance the VSC OFF light will come on. interferes with the process of freeing 8-22 Driving and Operating

To turn the systems back on, StabiliTrak® System press the g switch again. If both Your vehicle has StabiliTrak. This systems are turned off, they will not system helps provide integrated turn back on automatically when control of systems such as the vehicle speed increases. Antilock Brake System, traction If the VSC OFF light flashes, control and engine control. This If the vehicle is going to skid during there is a problem in the traction system automatically controls the driving, the traction control system control system or StabiliTrak. brakes and engine to help prevent warning light flashes and an alarm the vehicle from skidding when Adding non-GM accessories can sounds intermittently. Adjust your cornering on a slippery road surface driving accordingly. affect your vehicle’s performance. or turning the steering wheel See Accessories and Modifications abruptly. on page 9-3 Accessories and Modifications for more information. This system activates when your vehicle speed reaches or exceeds All-Wheel Drive (AWD) 9 mph (15 km/h), and deactivates when the vehicle speed reduces to System below 9 mph (15 km/h). To turn off both the traction control If your vehicle has this feature, system and StabiliTrak, press You may hear a sound in the engine engine power is sent to all four and hold the g switch while the compartment for a few seconds wheels all the time. This is like vehicle is stopped. when the engine is started or just four-wheel drive, but it is fully after the vehicle begins to move. automatic. This means that the system is in the self-check mode, but does not indicate a problem. Driving and Operating 8-23

Steering Steering Tips If the engine stalls while you are It is important to take curves at a driving, the power steering assist reasonable speed. system will continue to operate until Traction in a curve depends on the you are able to stop your vehicle. The traction control system warning condition of the tires and the road If you lose power steering assist surface, the angle at which the curve light and the VSC OFF light will come because the electric power steering on. To turn the systems back on, is banked, and your speed. While in system is not functioning, you can a curve, speed is the one factor you press the g switch again. If both steer, but it will take more effort. can control. systems are turned off, they will not turn back on automatically when If you turn the steering wheel in If you need to reduce speed, do it vehicle speed increases. either direction several times until it before you enter the curve, while the stops, or hold the steering wheel in front wheels are straight ahead. If the VSC OFF light ﬂashes, the stopped position for an extended there is a problem in the traction amount of time, you may notice a Try to adjust the speed so you can control system or StabiliTrak. reduced amount of power steering drive through the curve. Maintain assist. The normal amount of power a reasonable, steady speed. Wait steering assist should return shortly to accelerate until you are out of the after a few normal steering curve, and then accelerate gently movements. into the straightaway. The electric power steering system does not require regular maintenance. If you suspect steering system problems, contact your dealer/retailer for service repairs. 8-24 Driving and Operating

Steering in Emergencies Off-Road Recovery There are times when steering can Your vehicle’s right wheels can drop be more effective than braking. off the edge of a road onto the For example, you come over a hill shoulder while driving. and ﬁnd a truck stopped in your lane, or a car suddenly pulls out from nowhere, or a child darts out from between parked cars and stops right in front of you. You can avoid these problems by braking — if you can stop in time. But sometimes you cannot; there is not room. That is the An emergency like this requires time for evasive action — steering close attention and a quick decision. around the problem. If you are holding the steering wheel Your vehicle can perform very at the recommended 9 and 3 o’clock well in emergencies like these. positions, you can turn it a full If the level of the shoulder is First apply the brakes. See Braking 180 degrees very quickly without only slightly below the pavement, on page 8-19. It is better to remove removing either hand. But you have recovery should be fairly easy. as much speed as you can from a to act fast, steer quickly, and just as Ease off the accelerator and then, if possible collision. Then steer around quickly straighten the wheel once there is nothing in the way, steer so the problem, to the left or right you have avoided the object. that your vehicle straddles the edge depending on the space available. The fact that such emergency of the pavement. Turn the steering situations are always possible is a wheel 3 to 5 inches, 76 to 127 mm, good reason to practice defensive (about one-eighth turn) until the right driving at all times and wear front tire contacts the pavement safety belts properly. edge. Then turn the steering wheel to go straight down the roadway. Driving and Operating 8-25

Passing Loss of Control The three types of skids correspond to your vehicle’s three control Passing another vehicle on a Let us review what driving experts systems. In the braking skid, the two-lane road can be dangerous. say about what happens when the wheels are not rolling. In the steering To reduce the risk of danger three control systems — brakes, or cornering skid, too much speed while passing: steering, and acceleration — do not or steering in a curve causes tires • Look down the road, to the sides, have enough friction where the tires to slip and lose cornering force. and to crossroads for situations meet the road to do what the driver And in the acceleration skid, too that might affect a successful has asked. much throttle causes the driving pass. If in doubt, wait. In any emergency, do not give up. wheels to spin. • Watch for traffic signs, pavement Keep trying to steer and constantly If your vehicle starts to slide, ease markings, and lines that could seek an escape route or area of your foot off the accelerator pedal indicate a turn or an intersection. less danger. and quickly steer the way you want Never cross a solid or Skidding the vehicle to go. If you start steering double-solid line on your side quickly enough, your vehicle may of the lane. In a skid, a driver can lose control straighten out. Always be ready for of the vehicle. Defensive drivers • Do not get too close to the vehicle a second skid if it occurs. avoid most skids by taking you want to pass. Doing so can reasonable care suited to existing reduce your visibility. conditions, and by not overdriving • Wait your turn to pass a slow those conditions. But skids are vehicle. always possible. • When you are being passed, ease to the right. 8-26 Driving and Operating

Of course, traction is reduced when Driving at Night • Watch for animals. water, snow, ice, gravel, or other • When tired, pull off the road. material is on the road. For safety, Night driving is more dangerous you want to slow down and adjust than day driving because • Do not wear sunglasses. your driving to these conditions. It is some drivers are likely to be impaired — by alcohol or drugs, • Avoid staring directly into important to slow down on slippery approaching headlamps. surfaces because stopping distance with night vision problems, or is longer and vehicle control more by fatigue. • Keep the windshield and all glass on your vehicle clean — inside limited. Night driving tips include: and out. While driving on a surface with • Drive defensively. reduced traction, try your best to • Keep your eyes moving, • Do not drink and drive. avoid sudden steering, acceleration, especially during turns or curves. or braking, including reducing vehicle • Reduce headlamp glare by No one can see as well at night as speed by shifting to a lower gear. adjusting the inside rearview in the daytime. But, as we get older, Any sudden changes could cause mirror. these differences increase. the tires to slide. You might not • Slow down and keep more space A 50-year-old driver might need at realize the surface is slippery until between you and other vehicles least twice as much light to see the your vehicle is skidding. Learn to because headlamps can only same thing at night as a 20-year-old. recognize warning clues — such as light up so much road ahead. enough water, ice, or packed snow on the road to make a mirrored surface — and slow down when you have any doubt. Remember: Any Antilock Brake System (ABS) helps avoid only the braking skid. Driving and Operating 8-27

Driving in Rain and on There is no hard and fast rule about CAUTION (Continued) hydroplaning. The best advice is Wet Roads to slow down when the road is wet. Rain and wet roads can reduce Flowing or rushing water creates vehicle traction and affect your strong forces. Driving through Other Rainy Weather Tips ability to stop and accelerate. flowing water could cause your Besides slowing down, other wet Always drive slower in these types vehicle to be carried away. If this weather driving tips include: of driving conditions and avoid happens, you and other vehicle • Allow extra following distance. driving through large puddles and occupants could drown. Do not Pass with caution. deep-standing or flowing water. ignore police warnings and be • very cautious about trying to • Keep windshield wiping { CAUTION drive through flowing water. equipment in good shape. • Keep the windshield washer fluid Wet brakes can cause crashes. reservoir filled. They might not work as well in Hydroplaning a quick stop and could cause Hydroplaning is dangerous. Water • Have good tires with proper tread pulling to one side. You could can build up under your vehicle’s depth. See Tires on page 9-41. lose control of the vehicle. tires so they actually ride on the • Turn off cruise control, if water. This can happen if the road After driving through a large equipped. is wet enough and you are going puddle of water or a car/vehicle fast enough. When your vehicle is wash, lightly apply the brake hydroplaning, it has little or no pedal until the brakes work contact with the road. normally. (Continued) 8-28 Driving and Operating

Before Leaving on a Highway Hypnosis Hill and Mountain Roads Long Trip Always be alert and pay attention Driving on steep hills or through To prepare your vehicle for a long to your surroundings while driving. mountains is different than driving trip, consider having it serviced If you become tired or sleepy, find on flat or rolling terrain. Tips for by your dealer/retailer before a safe place to park your vehicle driving in these conditions include: departing. and rest. • Keep the vehicle serviced Things to check on your own Other driving tips include: and in good shape. include: • Keep the vehicle well ventilated. • Check all fluid levels and brakes, tires, cooling system, and • Windshield Washer Fluid: • Keep interior temperature cool. Reservoir full? Windows transmission. • Keep your eyes moving — scan clean — inside and outside? • Going down steep or long hills, the road ahead and to the sides. • Wiper Blades: In good shape? shift to a lower gear. • Check the rearview mirror and • Fuel, Engine Oil, Other Fluids: All vehicle instruments often. { levels checked? CAUTION • Lamps: Do they all work and are If you do not shift down, the lenses clean? brakes could get so hot that they • Tires: Are treads good? Are would not work well. You would tires inflated to recommended then have poor braking or even pressure? none going down a hill. You could • Weather and Maps: Safe to crash. Shift down to let the engine travel? Have up-to-date maps? assist the brakes on a steep downhill slope. Driving and Operating 8-29

Winter Driving The Antilock Brake System (ABS) { CAUTION on page 8-20 improves vehicle Driving on Snow or Ice stability during hard stops on Coasting downhill in N (Neutral) or a slippery roads, but apply the with the ignition off is dangerous. Drive carefully when there is snow or ice between the tires and the road, brakes sooner than when on The brakes will have to do all the creating less traction or grip. Wet ice dry pavement. work of slowing down and they can occur at about 32°F (0°C) when Allow greater following distance could get so hot that they would freezing rain begins to fall, resulting on any slippery road and watch for not work well. You would then in even less traction. Avoid driving on slippery spots. Icy patches can occur have poor braking or even none wet ice or in freezing rain until roads on otherwise clear roads in shaded going down a hill. You could crash. can be treated with salt or sand. areas. The surface of a curve or an Always have the engine running Drive with caution, whatever the overpass can remain icy when the and the vehicle in gear when going surrounding roads are clear. Avoid downhill. condition. Accelerate gently so traction is not lost. Accelerating too sudden steering maneuvers and braking while on ice. • Stay in your own lane. Do not quickly causes the wheels to spin swing wide or cut across the and makes the surface under the Turn off cruise control, if equipped, center of the road. Drive at tires slick, so there is even less on slippery surfaces. speeds that let you stay in traction. your own lane. Try not to break the fragile traction. • Top of hills: Be alert — something If you accelerate too fast, the drive could be in your lane (stalled car, wheels will spin and polish the accident). surface under the tires even more. • Pay attention to special road signs (falling rocks area, winding roads, long grades, passing or no-passing zones) and take appropriate action. 8-30 Driving and Operating

Blizzard Conditions CAUTION (Continued) CAUTION (Continued) Being stuck in snow can be in a serious situation. Stay with the vehicle unless there is help nearby. If the vehicle is stuck in the snow: For more information about If possible, use the Roadside • Clear away snow from carbon monoxide, see Engine Assistance Program on page 12-5. around the base of your Exhaust on page 8-16. To get help and keep everyone in vehicle, especially any that Snow can trap exhaust gases the vehicle safe: is blocking the exhaust pipe. under your vehicle. This can • Turn on the Hazard Warning • Check again from time to cause deadly CO (carbon Flashers on page 4-3. time to be sure snow does monoxide) gas to get inside. CO not collect there. • Tie a red cloth to an outside could overcome you and kill you. • Open a window about mirror. You cannot see it or smell it, so two inches on the side of you might not know it is in your the vehicle that is away from vehicle. Clear away snow from { CAUTION the wind to bring in fresh air. around the base of your vehicle, • Fully open the air outlets especially any that is blocking the Snow can trap engine exhaust on or under the instrument exhaust under the vehicle. This may cause panel. exhaust gases to get inside. • Adjust the Climate Control Engine exhaust contains carbon Run the engine for short periods system to a setting that only as needed to keep warm, monoxide (CO) which cannot be circulates the air inside but be careful. seen or smelled. It can cause the vehicle and set the fan unconsciousness and even death. speed to the highest setting. (Continued) See Climate Control System in the Index. (Continued) Driving and Operating 8-31

To save fuel, run the engine for only If Your Vehicle is Stuck Rocking Your Vehicle to short periods as needed to warm the in Sand, Mud, Ice, vehicle and then shut the engine off Get It Out and close the window most of the or Snow Turn the steering wheel left and right way to save heat. Repeat this until Slowly and cautiously spin the to clear the area around the front help arrives but only when you feel wheels to free the vehicle when wheels. Turn off any traction or really uncomfortable from the cold. stuck in sand, mud, ice, or snow. stability system. Shift back and forth Moving about to keep warm also See Rocking Your Vehicle to Get It between R (Reverse) and a forward helps. Out on page 8-31. gear, or with a manual transmission, between 1 (First) or 2 (Second) and If it takes some time for help to R (Reverse), spinning the wheels arrive, now and then when you run { CAUTION as little as possible. To prevent the engine, push the accelerator transmission wear, wait until the pedal slightly so the engine runs If you let your vehicle’s tires spin wheels stop spinning before shifting faster than the idle speed. This at high speed, they can explode, gears. Release the accelerator pedal keeps the battery charged to restart and you or others could be while shifting, and press lightly on the vehicle and to signal for help with injured. The vehicle can overheat, the accelerator pedal when the the headlamps. Do this as little as causing an engine compartment transmission is in gear. Slowly possible to save fuel. ﬁre or other damage. Spin the spinning the wheels in the forward wheels as little as possible and and reverse directions causes a avoid going above 35 mph rocking motion that could free the (55 km/h) as shown on the vehicle. If that does not get the speedometer. vehicle out after a few tries, it might need to be towed out. If the vehicle For information about using tire does need to be towed out, see chains on the vehicle, see Tire Towing Your Vehicle on page 9-75. Chains on page 9-60. 8-32 Driving and Operating

Loading the Vehicle Tire and Loading Information positions (A), and the maximum Label vehicle capacity weight (B) in It is very important to know how kilograms and pounds. This much weight your vehicle can weight includes the weight of carry. Two labels on the vehicle all occupants, cargo, and all show how much weight it may nonfactory-installed options. properly carry, the Tire and Loading Information label and The Tire and Loading the Certification label. Information label also shows the tire size of the original equipment { tires (C), and the recommended CAUTION cold tire inflation pressures (D). For more information on tires and Do not load the vehicle any inflation see Tires on page 9-41 heavier than the Gross Vehicle Label Example and Inflation - Tire Pressure on Weight Rating (GVWR), or page 9-47. either the maximum front or rear Gross Axle Weight Rating A vehicle specific Tire and There is also important loading (GAWR). If you do, parts on Loading Information label is information on the Certification the vehicle can break, and it attached to the vehicle’s center label. It tells you the Gross can change the way your pillar (B-pillar). With the driver’s Vehicle Weight Rating (GVWR) vehicle handles. These could door open you will find the label and the Gross Axle Weight cause you to lose control and attached below the door lock post Rating (GAWR) for the front crash. Also, overloading can (striker). The Tire and Loading and rear axle. See “Certification shorten the life of the vehicle. Information label shows the Label” later in this section. number of occupant seating Driving and Operating 8-33

Steps for Determining Correct 5. Determine the combined Load Limit weight of luggage and cargo being loaded on the 1. Locate the statement “The combined weight vehicle. That weight may not of occupants and cargo safely exceed the available should never exceed XXX kg cargo and luggage load or XXX lbs” on your vehicle’s capacity calculated in Step 4. placard. 6. If your vehicle will be towing a trailer, the load from your 2. Determine the combined weight of the driver and trailer will be transferred to passengers that will be your vehicle. Consult this riding in your vehicle. manual to determine how this reduces the available cargo Example 1 3. Subtract the combined weight and luggage load capacity of A. Vehicle Capacity Weight of the driver and passengers your vehicle. = from XXX kg or XXX lbs. for Example 1 1,000 lbs If your vehicle can tow a (453 kg). 4. The resulting ﬁgure equals trailer, see Towing a Trailer B. Subtract Occupant Weight the available amount of cargo on page 9-77 for important × = and luggage load capacity. 150 lbs (68 kg) 2 300 lbs information on towing a trailer, (136 kg). For example, if the “XXX” towing safety rules and amount equals 1400 lbs trailering tips. C. Available Occupant and and there will be ﬁve 150 lb Cargo Weight = 700 lbs passengers in your vehicle, (317 kg). the amount of available cargo and luggage load capacity is 650 lbs (1400 − 750 (5 x 150) = 650 lbs). 8-34 Driving and Operating

The combined weight of the driver, passengers, and cargo should never exceed the vehicle’s maximum vehicle capacity weight. Certiﬁcation Label

Example 2 Example 3 A. Vehicle Capacity Weight for A. Vehicle Capacity Weight for Example 2 = 1,000 lbs Example 3 = 1,000 lbs (453 kg). (453 kg). B. Subtract Occupant Weight B. Subtract Occupant Weight 150 lbs (68 kg) × 5 = 750 lbs 200 lbs (91 kg) × 5 = 1,000 lbs (340 kg). (453 kg). Label Example C. Available Cargo C. Available Cargo Weight = 250 lbs (113 kg). Weight = 0 lbs (0 kg). A vehicle specific Certification label is attached to the center Refer to your vehicle’s Tire pillar, near the driver’s door and Loading Information label latch. It tells you the gross for specific information about weight capacity of your vehicle, the vehicle’s capacity weight called the Gross Vehicle and seating positions. Weight Rating (GVWR). Driving and Operating 8-35

The GVWR includes the weight Notice: Overloading your of the vehicle, all occupants, fuel, vehicle may cause damage. CAUTION (Continued) and cargo. Never exceed the Repairs would not be covered GVWR for the vehicle, or the by your warranty. Do not of your trunk. You can use Gross Axle Weight Rating overload your vehicle. these anchors to tie down lighter loads. They are not (GAWR) for either the front If you put things inside your or rear axle. strong enough for heavy vehicle — like suitcases, things, however, so put And, if you do have a heavy tools, packages, or anything them as far forward as load, you should spread it out. else — they will go as fast as the you can in the trunk or See “Steps for Determining vehicle goes. If you have to stop rear area. Correct Load Limit” earlier in or turn quickly, or if there is a • Never stack heavier this section. crash, they will keep going. things, like suitcases, inside the vehicle so that { CAUTION { CAUTION some of them are above the tops of the seats. Do not load the vehicle any Things you put inside your • Do not leave an heavier than the Gross Vehicle vehicle can strike and injure unsecured child restraint Weight Rating (GVWR), or people in a sudden stop or in your vehicle. either the maximum front or turn, or in a crash. • When you carry something rear Gross Axle Weight Rating • Put things in the rear area inside the vehicle, secure (GAWR). If you do, parts on of your vehicle. Try to it whenever you can. the vehicle can break, and it spread the weight evenly. • Do not leave a seat folded can change the way your If you have fold-down rear down unless you need to. vehicle handles. These could seats, you will ﬁnd four cause you to lose control and anchors on the back wall crash. Also, overloading can shorten the life of the vehicle. (Continued) 8-36 Driving and Operating

Fuel Gasoline Specifications See the underhood emission control label. If this fuel is not available in Use of the recommended fuel At a minimum, gasoline should meet states adopting California emissions is an important part of the proper ASTM specification D 4814 in the standards, the vehicle will operate maintenance of this vehicle. To help United States or CAN/CGSB-3.5 satisfactorily on fuels meeting federal keep the engine clean and maintain or 3.511 in Canada. Some specifications, but emission control optimum vehicle performance, we gasolines contain an system performance might be recommend the use of gasoline octane-enhancing additive called affected. The malfunction indicator advertised as TOP TIER Detergent methylcyclopentadienyl manganese lamp could turn on and the vehicle Gasoline. tricarbonyl (MMT). We recommend might fail a smog-check test. against the use of gasolines See Malfunction Indicator Lamp on Gasoline Octane containing MMT. See Additives on page 4-20. If this occurs, return to page 8-37 for additional information. your authorized dealer/retailer for Use regular unleaded gasoline diagnosis. If it is determined that the with a posted octane rating of 87 or California Fuel condition is caused by the type of higher. If the octane rating is less If the vehicle is certified to meet fuel used, repairs might not be than 87, you might notice an audible covered by the vehicle warranty. knocking noise when you drive, California Emissions Standards, commonly referred to as spark it is designed to operate on fuels knock. If this occurs, use a gasoline that meet California specifications. rated at 87 octane or higher as soon as possible. If you are using gasoline rated at 87 octane or higher and you hear heavy knocking, the engine needs service. Driving and Operating 8-37

Additives We recommend that you use these Fuels containing MMT can reduce gasolines, if they comply with the the life of spark plugs and the To provide cleaner air, all gasolines speciﬁcations described earlier. performance of the emission in the United States are now required However, E85 (85% ethanol) and control system could be affected. to contain additives that help prevent other fuels containing more than The malfunction indicator lamp might engine and fuel system deposits 10% ethanol must not be used in turn on. If this occurs, return to your from forming, allowing the emission vehicles that were not designed for dealer/retailer for service. control system to work properly. those fuels. In most cases, you should not have Fuels in Foreign to add anything to the fuel. However, Notice: This vehicle was not some gasolines contain only designed for fuel that contains Countries the minimum amount of additive methanol. Do not use fuel If you plan on driving in another required to meet U.S. Environmental containing methanol. It can country outside the United States or Protection Agency regulations. corrode metal parts in the fuel Canada, the proper fuel might be To help keep fuel injectors and system and also damage plastic hard to ﬁnd. Never use leaded intake valves clean, or if the vehicle and rubber parts. That damage gasoline or any other fuel not experiences problems due to dirty would not be covered under recommended in the previous text injectors or valves, look for gasoline the vehicle warranty. on fuel. Costly repairs caused that is advertised as TOP TIER Some gasolines that are by use of improper fuel would not Detergent Gasoline. Also, your not reformulated for low be covered by the vehicle warranty. dealer/retailer has additives that emissions can contain an To check the fuel availability, ask will help correct and prevent most octane-enhancing additive called deposit-related problems. an auto club, or contact a major methylcyclopentadienyl manganese oil company that does business Gasolines containing oxygenates, tricarbonyl (MMT); ask the attendant in the country where you will such as ethers and ethanol, and where you buy gasoline whether the be driving. reformulated gasolines might fuel contains MMT. We recommend be available in your area. against the use of such gasolines. 8-38 Driving and Operating

Filling the Tank

{ CAUTION

Fuel vapor burns violently and a fuel fire can cause bad injuries. To help avoid injuries to you and others, read and follow all the instructions on the pump island. Turn off the engine when you are refueling. Do not smoke if you are near fuel or refueling the vehicle. The fuel door release lever is near The tethered fuel cap is located Do not use cellular phones. Keep the floor under the driver seat behind a hinged fuel door on sparks, flames, and smoking on the outboard side. the driver side of the vehicle. materials away from fuel. Do not leave the fuel pump unattended To remove the fuel cap, turn it when refueling the vehicle. This is slowly counterclockwise. On some against the law in some places. vehicles you may have to push Do not re-enter the vehicle while in while turning the cap. pumping fuel. Keep children away While refueling, hang the fuel cap from the fuel pump; never let inside of the fuel door. children pump fuel. Driving and Operating 8-39

When replacing the fuel cap, turn Notice: If you need a new fuel { CAUTION it clockwise until it clicks. Make cap, be sure to get the right type. sure the cap is fully installed. Your dealer/retailer can get one for Fuel can spray out on you if you The diagnostic system can you. If you get the wrong type, it open the fuel cap too quickly. determine if the fuel cap has been may not fit properly. This may If you spill fuel and then something left off or improperly installed. cause the malfunction indicator ignites it, you could be badly This would allow fuel to evaporate lamp to light and may damage the burned. This spray can happen if into the atmosphere. See fuel tank and emissions system. the tank is nearly full, and is more Malfunction Indicator Lamp See Malfunction Indicator Lamp likely in hot weather. Open the fuel on page 4-20. on page 4-20. cap slowly and wait for any hiss noise to stop. Then unscrew the { CAUTION cap all the way. If a fire starts while you are Do not to spill fuel. Do not top off refueling, do not remove the or overfill the tank and wait a few nozzle. Shut off the flow of fuel seconds to remove the nozzle. Clean by shutting off the pump or by fuel from painted surfaces as soon notifying the station attendant. as possible. See Exterior Cleaning Leave the area immediately. on page 9-86. 8-40 Driving and Operating

Filling a Portable Fuel Container CAUTION (Continued) • Bring the fill nozzle in contact { CAUTION with the inside of the fill opening before operating the Never fill a portable fuel container nozzle. Contact should be while it is in the vehicle. Static maintained until the filling is electricity discharge from the complete. container can ignite the fuel • Do not smoke while vapor. You can be badly burned pumping fuel. and the vehicle damaged if this • Do not use a cellular phone occurs. To help avoid injury to while pumping fuel. you and others: • Dispense fuel only into approved containers. • Do not fill a container while it is inside a vehicle, in a vehicle’s trunk, pickup bed, or on any surface other than the ground. (Continued) Vehicle Service and Care 9-1

Vehicle Service Automatic Transmission Electrical System Fluid ...... 9-14 Add-On Electrical and Care Manual Transmission Equipment ...... 9-35 Fluid ...... 9-16 Headlamp Wiring ...... 9-35 Hydraulic Clutch ...... 9-17 Windshield Wiper Fuses ....9-36 Cooling System ...... 9-18 Power Windows and Service Engine Coolant ...... 9-18 Other Power Options ...... 9-36 Service ...... 9-2 Pressure Cap ...... 9-22 Fuses and Circuit Accessories and Engine Overheating ...... 9-22 Breakers ...... 9-36 Modifications ...... 9-3 Power Steering Fluid ...... 9-24 Instrument Panel Fuse California Proposition Windshield Washer Fluid ...9-24 Block ...... 9-36 65 Warning ...... 9-3 Windshield Wiper Blade Engine Compartment California Perchlorate Replacement ...... 9-25 Fuse Block ...... 9-39 Materials Requirements .....9-3 Brakes ...... 9-27 Doing Your Own Battery ...... 9-30 Tires Service Work ...... 9-4 Tires ...... 9-41 Headlamp Aiming Tire Sidewall Labeling ...... 9-42 Adding Equipment to the Headlamp Aiming ...... 9-30 Outside of the Vehicle ...... 9-4 Tire Terminology and Bulb Replacement Definitions ...... 9-44 Owner Checks Inflation - Tire Pressure ....9-47 Bulb Replacement ...... 9-31 Tire Pressure Monitor Owner Checks ...... 9-5 Halogen Bulbs ...... 9-31 Hood Release ...... 9-5 System ...... 9-48 Headlamps and Parking Tire Pressure Monitor Engine Compartment Lamps ...... 9-31 Overview ...... 9-6 Operation ...... 9-50 Taillamps ...... 9-33 Tire Inspection and Engine Oil ...... 9-9 License Plate Lamp ...... 9-34 Engine Air Cleaner/Filter ....9-12 Rotation ...... 9-53 Replacement Bulbs ...... 9-35 When It Is Time for New Tires ...... 9-54 9-2 Vehicle Service and Care

Buying New Tires ...... 9-54 Jump Starting Service Different Size Tires and Jump Starting ...... 9-71 Wheels ...... 9-56 For service and parts needs, visit Uniform Tire Quality Towing your dealer/retailer. You will receive Grading ...... 9-56 Towing Your Vehicle ...... 9-75 genuine GM parts and GM-trained Wheel Alignment and Recreational Vehicle and supported service people. Tire Balance ...... 9-58 Towing ...... 9-75 Genuine GM parts have one Wheel Replacement ...... 9-59 Towing a Trailer ...... 9-77 of these marks: Tire Chains ...... 9-60 Appearance Care Tire Changing Interior Cleaning ...... 9-83 If a Tire Goes Flat ...... 9-61 Exterior Cleaning ...... 9-86 Changing a Flat Tire ...... 9-62 Sheet Metal Damage ...... 9-89 Removing the Spare Finish Damage ...... 9-89 Tire and Tools ...... 9-63 Underbody Maintenance ....9-90 Removing the Flat Tire Chemical Paint Spotting ....9-90 and Installing the Spare Tire ...... 9-64 Storing a Flat or Spare Tire and Tools ...... 9-68 Compact Spare Tire ...... 9-70 Vehicle Service and Care 9-3

Accessories and you go to your GM dealer/retailer California Perchlorate and ask for GM Accessories, you will Modiﬁcations know that GM-trained and supported Materials Requirements When non-dealer/non-retailer service technicians will perform the Certain types of automotive accessories are added to the vehicle, work using genuine GM Accessories. applications, such as airbag they can affect vehicle performance initiators, seat belt pretensioners, Also, see Adding Equipment to and safety, including such things and lithium batteries contained in Your Airbag-Equipped Vehicle on as airbags, braking, stability, ride remote keyless transmitters, may page 1-34. and handling, emissions systems, contain perchlorate materials. aerodynamics, durability, and Special handling may be necessary. electronic systems like antilock California Proposition 65 For additional information, see brakes, traction control, and stability Warning www.dtsc.ca.gov/hazardouswaste/ control. Some of these accessories Most motor vehicles, including this perchlorate. could even cause malfunction or one, contain and/or emit chemicals damage not covered by the vehicle known to the State of California to warranty. cause cancer and birth defects or GM Accessories are designed other reproductive harm. Engine to complement and function with exhaust, many parts and systems other systems on the vehicle. (including some inside the vehicle), Your GM dealer/retailer can many ﬂuids, and some component accessorize the vehicle using wear by-products contain and/or genuine GM Accessories. When emit these chemicals. 9-4 Vehicle Service and Care

Doing Your Own If doing some of your own service Adding Equipment to the work, use the proper service manual. Service Work It tells you much more about how to Outside of the Vehicle service the vehicle than this manual Things added to the outside of { CAUTION can. To order the proper service the vehicle can affect the airﬂow manual, see Service Publications around it. This can cause wind noise You can be injured and the Ordering Information on page 12-16. and can affect fuel economy and vehicle could be damaged if you windshield washer performance. This vehicle has an airbag system. try to do service work on a vehicle Check with your dealer/retailer Before attempting to do your without knowing enough about it. before adding equipment to own service work, see Servicing the outside of the vehicle. • Be sure you have sufficient Your Airbag-Equipped Vehicle knowledge, experience, the on page 1-33. proper replacement parts, and tools before attempting any Keep a record with all parts receipts vehicle maintenance task. and list the mileage and the date • Be sure to use the proper of any service work performed. See Part E: Maintenance Record nuts, bolts, and other on page 11-20. fasteners. English and metric fasteners can be easily confused. If the wrong fasteners are used, parts can later break or fall off. You could be hurt. Vehicle Service and Care 9-5

Owner Checks Hood Release 2. From the front of the vehicle, pull up on the secondary To open the hood: hood release located near { CAUTION the middle of the hood.

An electric fan under the hood 3. Lift the hood. can start up and injure you even 4. Release the hood prop rod from when the engine is not running. its retainer and insert into the slot, Keep hands, clothing, and tools moving it straight up. If it is moved away from any underhood to the side or toward the inside electric fan. of the vehicle, it may become detached. Before closing the hood, be sure { CAUTION all the filler caps are on properly. Return the hood prop rod carefully Things that burn can get on hot back to its retainer to avoid engine parts and start a fire. These 1. Pull the release handle, located damaging the vehicle. include liquids like fuel, oil, coolant, below the instrument panel to brake fluid, windshield washer and the left of the steering wheel. other fluids, and plastic or rubber. You or others could be burned. Be careful not to drop or spill things that will burn onto a hot engine. 9-6 Vehicle Service and Care

Engine Compartment Overview When you open the hood on the 1.8L L4 engine, this is what you see. Vehicle Service and Care 9-7

A. Engine Oil Dipstick. See G. Brakes on page 9-27 and ″Checking Engine Oil″ under Hydraulic Clutch on page 9-17 Engine Oil on page 9-9. (If Equipped). B. Pressure Cap on page 9-22. H. Engine Compartment Fuse Block C. Windshield Washer Fluid on page 9-39. on page 9-24. I. Battery on page 9-30. D. Coolant Recovery Tank. J. Remote Positive (+) Terminal. See Engine Coolant on See Jump Starting on page 9-71. page 9-18. K. Automatic Transmission E. Engine Oil Fill Cap. See “When Fluid Dipstick. See ″Checking to Add Engine Oil” under Engine the Fluid Level″ under Automatic Oil on page 9-9. Transmission Fluid on page 9-14 F. Engine Air Cleaner/Filter on (If Equipped) (Out of View). page 9-12. 9-8 Vehicle Service and Care

When you open the hood on the 2.4L L4 engine, this is what you see. Vehicle Service and Care 9-9

A. Engine Oil Dipstick. See I. Battery on page 9-30. The engine oil dipstick handle “Checking Engine Oil” under J. Remote Positive (+) Terminal. is a yellow loop. See Engine Engine Oil on page 9-9. See Jump Starting on page 9-71. Compartment Overview on page 9-6 B. Pressure Cap on page 9-22. for the location of the engine oil K. Automatic Transmission dipstick. C. Windshield Washer Fluid Fluid Dipstick. See ″Checking on page 9-24. the Fluid Level″ under Automatic 1. Turn off the engine and give the oil several minutes to drain back D. Coolant Recovery Tank. See Transmission Fluid on page 9-14 into the oil pan. If you do not Engine Coolant on page 9-18. (If Equipped) (Out of View). do this, the oil dipstick might E. Engine Oil Fill Cap. See “When not show the actual level. to Add Engine Oil” under Engine Engine Oil Oil on page 9-9. 2. Pull out the dipstick and clean Checking Engine Oil it with a paper towel or cloth, F. Brakes on page 9-27 and then push it back in all the way. Hydraulic Clutch on page 9-17 It is a good idea to check the Remove it again, keeping the tip (If Equipped). engine oil every time you get fuel. down, and check the level. G. Engine Air Cleaner/Filter on In order to get an accurate reading, page 9-12. the oil must be warm and the vehicle must be on level ground. H. Engine Compartment Fuse Block on page 9-39. 9-10 Vehicle Service and Care

When to Add Engine Oil

See Engine Compartment Overview 1.8L Engine on page 9-6 for the location of the engine oil ﬁll cap. Add enough oil to put the level somewhere in the proper operating range. Push the dipstick all the way back in when you are through. What Kind of Engine Oil 2.4L Engine to Use If the oil is below the indent at Look for three things: the tip of the dipstick, add at least GM6094M one quart/liter of the recommended • oil. This section explains what kind of Use only an oil that meets oil to use. For engine oil crankcase GM Standard GM6094M. capacity, see Capacities and • SAE 5W-20 Speciﬁcations on page 10-2. SAE 5W-20 is best for the Notice: Do not add too much oil. vehicle. If the engine has so much oil that the oil level gets above the upper hole, the engine could be damaged. Vehicle Service and Care 9-11

These numbers on an oil If you are in an area of extreme What to Do with Used Oil container show its viscosity, cold, where the temperature Used engine oil contains certain or thickness. Do not use falls below −20°F (−29°C), it is elements that can be unhealthy for other viscosity oils such as recommend that you use an your skin and could even cause SAE 20W-50. SAE 0W-20 oil. SAE 0W-20 oil cancer. Do not let used oil stay on provides easier cold starting and • Oils meeting these requirements your skin for very long. Clean your better protection for the engine should have the starburst symbol skin and nails with soap and water, at extremely low temperatures. on the container. This symbol or a good hand cleaner. Wash or indicates that the oil has been Engine Oil Additives / Engine properly dispose of clothing or rags certified by the American Oil Flushes containing used engine oil. See the Petroleum Institute (API). manufacturer’s warnings about the Do not add anything to the oil. use and disposal of oil products. The recommended oils with the starburst symbol that meet GM Used oil can be a threat to the Standard GM6094M are all you environment. If you change your own need for good performance and oil, be sure to drain all the oil from the engine protection. filter before disposal. Never dispose of oil by putting it in the trash, pouring Engine oil system flushes are not it on the ground, into sewers, or into Notice: Use only engine oil recommended and could cause streams or bodies of water. Recycle identified as meeting GM Standard engine damage not covered by the it by taking it to a place that collects GM6094M and showing the vehicle warranty. used oil. American Petroleum Institute Certified For Gasoline Engines When to Change Engine Oil starburst symbol. Failure to use Change the oil and filter the recommended oil can result in every 5,000 miles (8 000 km) or engine damage not covered by the 3 months, whichever occurs first. vehicle warranty. See Scheduled Maintenance on page 11-4. 9-12 Vehicle Service and Care

Engine Air Cleaner/Filter How to Inspect the Engine Air Cleaner/Filter The engine air cleaner/filter is in the engine compartment on To inspect the air cleaner/filter the driver side of the vehicle. remove the filter from the vehicle See Engine Compartment Overview and lightly shake the filter to release on page 9-6 for more information loose dust and dirt. If the filter on location. remains caked with dirt, a new filter is required. When to Inspect the Engine Air Cleaner/Filter To inspect or replace the engine air cleaner/filter: If you are driving in dusty/dirty conditions, inspect the air cleaner/filter at each engine oil 2. Lift the cover. change. Replace the filter every 3. Inspect or replace the engine air 30,000 miles (48 000 km) or cleaner/filter. 24 months, whichever occurs first. See Part A: Scheduled Maintenance 4. Reinstall the cover. Services on page 11-3 for more information.

1.8L Engine 1. Release the two clips that hold the cover. Vehicle Service and Care 9-13

{ CAUTION

Operating the engine with the air cleaner/filter off can cause you or others to be burned. The air cleaner not only cleans the air; it helps to stop flames if the engine backfires. If it is not there and the engine backfires, you could be burned. Do not drive with it off, and be careful working on the engine with the air cleaner/filter off. 2.4L Engine 2. Lift the cover. 1. Release the three clips that hold 3. Inspect or replace the engine air Notice: If the air cleaner/filter the cover. cleaner/filter. is off, a backfire can cause a 4. Reinstall the cover. damaging engine fire. And, dirt can easily get into the engine, which will damage it. Always have the air cleaner/filter in place when you are driving. 9-14 Vehicle Service and Care

Automatic Transmission Notice: Use of the incorrect Get the vehicle warmed up by automatic transmission fluid may driving about 15 miles (24 km) Fluid damage your vehicle, and the when outside temperatures are When to Check and Change damages may not be covered by above 50°F (10°C). If it is colder Automatic Transmission Fluid your warranty. Always use the than 50°F (10°C), you may have automatic transmission fluid to drive longer. Check the fluid in the transmission listed in Part D: Recommended and differential at the intervals listed Fluids and Lubricants on Checking the Fluid Level in Part A: Scheduled Maintenance page 11-18. Prepare your vehicle as follows: Services on page 11-3, and be sure to use the transmission fluid Wait at least 30 minutes before 1. Park your vehicle on a level listed in Part D: Recommended checking the transmission fluid level place. Keep the engine running. Fluids and Lubricants on if you have been driving: 2. With the parking brake applied, page 11-18. • When outside temperatures are place the shift lever in P (Park). How to Check Automatic above 90°F (32°C). 3. With your foot on the brake Transmission Fluid • At high speed for quite a while. pedal, move the shift lever through each gear range, This operation can be difficult, you • In heavy traffic — especially in hot weather. pausing for about three seconds may choose to have this done at the in each range. Then, position dealer/retailer service department. • While pulling a trailer. the shift lever in P (Park). If you do it yourself, be sure to follow To get the right reading, the fluid 4. Let the engine run at idle for all the instructions here, or you should be at normal operating three to five minutes. could get a false reading on temperature, which is 158°F to the dipstick. 176°F (70°C to 80°C). Vehicle Service and Care 9-15

Then, without shutting off the 4. If the fluid level is in the Notice: Too much or too engine, follow these steps: acceptable range, push little fluid can damage your the dipstick back in all the way; transmission. Too much can mean The automatic transmission then press the tab down to that some of the fluid could come dipstick has an orange handle lock the dipstick in place. out and fall on hot engine parts or and is located near the front of the exhaust system parts, starting a engine compartment. See Engine How to Add Automatic fire. Too little fluid could cause the Compartment Overview on page 9-6 Transmission Fluid transmission to overheat. Be sure for more information on location. Refer to the Maintenance to get an accurate reading if you 1. Release the tab and pull out the Schedule to determine what check your transmission fluid. dipstick and wipe it with a clean kind of transmission fluid to use. 3. After adding fluid, recheck the rag or paper towel. Part D: Recommended Fluids fluid level as described under 2. Push it back in all the way, wait and Lubricants on page 11-18. “How to Check Automatic three seconds and then pull it If the fluid level is low, add Transmission Fluid,” earlier back out again. only enough of the proper fluid in this section. to bring the level into the area 4. When the correct fluid level is between dimples on the dipstick. obtained, push the dipstick 1. Pull out the dipstick. back in all the way; then press the tab down to lock the dipstick 2. Using a long-neck funnel, add in place. enough fluid at the dipstick hole to bring it to the proper level. 1.8L shown It does not take much fluid, 3. Check both sides of the dipstick, generally less than one pint and read the lower level. The (0.5 L). Do not overfill. fluid level must be between the two dimples in the hot range. 9-16 Vehicle Service and Care

Manual Transmission come out and fall on hot engine How to Add Fluid parts or exhaust system parts, Here is how to add fluid. Refer Fluid starting a fire. Too little fluid to the Maintenance Schedule could cause the transmission When to Check to determine what kind of fluid to to overheat. Be sure to get use. Part D: Recommended A good time to have your manual an accurate reading if you Fluids and Lubricants on transmission fluid level checked check your transmission fluid. is when the engine oil is changed. page 11-18. However, the fluid in your manual Check the fluid level only when your 1. Remove the filler plug. transmission does not require engine is off, the vehicle is parked on changing. a level place and the transmission is 2. Add fluid at the filler plug hole. cool enough for you to rest your Add only enough fluid to bring How to Check fingers on the transmission case. the fluid level up to the bottom of the filler plug hole. This operation can be difficult, you Then, follow these steps: may choose to have this done 3. Install the filler plug. Be sure the 1. Remove the filler plug. at your dealer/retailer service plug is fully seated. department. 2. Check that the lubricant level is up to the bottom of the filler If you do it yourself, be sure to plug hole. follow all the instructions here, or you could get a false reading. 3. If the fluid level is good, install the plug and be sure it is fully Notice: Too much or too seated. If the fluid level is low, little fluid can damage your add more fluid as described in transmission. Too much can the next steps. mean that some of the fluid could Vehicle Service and Care 9-17

Hydraulic Clutch When to Check and What Refer to the Maintenance Schedule to Use to determine how often you should The hydraulic clutch linkage in check the fluid level in your master your vehicle is self-adjusting. cylinder reservoir and for the proper The master cylinder reservoir is fluid. Part B: Owner Checks and filled with DOT-3 brake fluid. Services on page 11-12 and Part D: It is not necessary to regularly check Recommended Fluids and the fluid unless you suspect there Lubricants on page 11-18. is a leak in the system. Adding fluid will not correct a leak. How to Check and Add Fluid Check that the fluid level is at The hydraulic clutch and brake or above the MIN mark. If the level master cylinder use the same is below the MIN mark, see the reservoir. instructions on the reservoir cap. A fluid loss in this system could indicate a problem. Have the system The reservoir is located at the back inspected and repaired. of the engine compartment, on the driver side of the vehicle. Engine Compartment Overview on page 9-6. 9-18 Vehicle Service and Care

Cooling System Engine Coolant { CAUTION When it is safe lift the hood: The coolant in the vehicle should An electric engine cooling fan last for five years or 150,000 miles under the hood can start up even (240 000 km), whichever occurs when the engine is not running first. When coolant is added ® and can cause injury. Keep or changed, use DEX-COOL hands, clothing, and tools away coolant. from any underhood electric fan. The following explains the cooling system and how to add coolant when it is low. If there is a problem with { CAUTION engine overheating, see Engine Overheating on page 9-22 Engine Heater and radiator hoses, and Overheating. other engine parts, can be very hot. Do not touch them. If you do, What to Use A. Electric Engine Cooling Fans you can be burned. Use a 50/50 mixture of clean, B. Pressure Cap ® Do not run the engine if there drinkable water and DEX-COOL C. Engine Coolant Recovery Tank is a leak. If you run the engine, it coolant, which will not damage could lose all coolant. That could aluminum parts. If this coolant mixture is used, nothing else cause an engine fire, and you needs to be added. could be burned. Get any leak fixed before you drive the vehicle. Vehicle Service and Care 9-19

Notice: If you use extra coolant may require changing { CAUTION inhibitors and/or additives in sooner, at 30,000 miles your vehicle’s cooling system, (50 000 km) or 24 months, Adding only plain water to the you could damage your vehicle. whichever occurs ﬁrst. Any cooling system can be dangerous. Use only the proper mixture of repairs would not be covered by Plain water, or some other liquid the engine coolant listed in this the vehicle warranty. Always such as alcohol, can boil before manual for the cooling system. use DEX-COOL (silicate-free) the proper coolant mixture will. See Part D: Recommended Fluids coolant in your vehicle. The vehicle’s coolant warning and Lubricants on page 11-18 for system is set for the proper more information. Checking Coolant coolant mixture. With plain water • Gives freezing protection down to The vehicle must be on a level or the wrong mixture, the engine −34°F (− 38°C). surface. When the engine is cold, could get too hot but would not the coolant level should be at LOW, get the overheat warning. The • Gives boiling protection up to or a little higher. When the engine engine could catch ﬁre and you 265°F (129°C). is warm, the level should be up to or others could be burned. Use a • Protects against rust and FULL, or a little higher. If it is not, 50/50 mixture of clean, drinkable corrosion. there could be a leak at the pressure ® water and DEX-COOL coolant. • Helps keep the proper engine cap or in the radiator hoses, heater temperature. hoses, radiator, water pump, or somewhere else in the cooling Notice: If an improper coolant • Lets the warning lights and gages system. mixture is used, the engine could work as they should. overheat and be badly damaged. See Engine Compartment Overview The repair cost would not be Notice: Using coolant other than on page 9-6 Engine Compartment covered by the vehicle warranty. DEX-COOL can cause premature Overview for the location of the Too much water in the mixture engine, heater core or radiator coolant recovery tank. can freeze and crack the engine, corrosion. In addition, the engine radiator, heater core, and other parts. 9-20 Vehicle Service and Care

How to Add Coolant to the Coolant Recovery Tank { CAUTION CAUTION (Continued) You can be burned if you spill you or others could be burned. coolant on hot engine parts. Use a 50/50 mixture of clean, Coolant contains ethylene glycol, drinkable water and a proper and it will burn if the engine parts coolant. are hot enough. Do not spill coolant on a hot engine. Notice: In cold weather, water can freeze and crack the engine, radiator, heater core and other { CAUTION parts. Use the recommended coolant and the proper coolant Adding only plain water to your mixture. cooling system can be dangerous. Plain water, or some other liquid How to Add Coolant to the If you need more coolant, add the Radiator proper DEX-COOL® coolant mixture such as alcohol, can boil before at the coolant recovery tank, but the proper coolant mixture will. When the coolant in the coolant be careful not to spill it. Your vehicle’s coolant warning recovery tank is at the FULL mark, system is set for the proper start the vehicle. Occasionally check the coolant level coolant mixture. With plain water If the overheat warning continues, in the radiator. For information on or the wrong mixture, your engine how to add coolant to the radiator, there is one more thing that can could get too hot but you would see Cooling System on page 9-18 be done. Add the proper coolant not get the overheat warning. Cooling System. mixture directly to the radiator but Your engine could catch ﬁre and be sure the cooling system is (Continued) cool before you do it. Vehicle Service and Care 9-21

{ CAUTION { CAUTION

Steam and scalding liquids from a Turning the radiator pressure cap hot cooling system can blow out when the engine and radiator are and burn you badly. They are hot can allow steam and scalding under pressure, and if you turn the liquids to blow out and burn you radiator pressure cap — even a badly. With the coolant recovery little — they can come out at high tank, you will almost never have speed. Never turn the cap when to add coolant at the radiator. the cooling system, including the Never turn the radiator pressure radiator pressure cap, is hot. Wait cap — even a little — when the for the cooling system and radiator engine and radiator are hot. pressure cap to cool if you ever If you hear a hiss, wait for that to stop. A hiss means there have to turn the pressure cap. 1. Remove the pressure cap when is still some pressure left. the cooling system, including the pressure cap and upper radiator 2. Keep turning the pressure cap, hose, is no longer hot. Turn but now push down while turning. the pressure cap slowly Remove the pressure cap. counterclockwise until it ﬁrst 3. Fill the radiator with the proper stops. Do not press down while coolant mixture, up to the base turning the pressure cap. of the ﬁller neck. For more information about the proper coolant mixture look earlier in this section. 9-22 Vehicle Service and Care

4. Then fill the coolant recovery Pressure Cap If no problem is apparent, but the tank to the FULL mark. coolant level is not at or above the Notice: If the pressure cap is not FULL mark, add a 50/50 mixture 5. Put the cap back on the coolant tightly installed, coolant loss and recovery tank, but leave the of clean, drinkable water and possible engine damage may ® pressure cap off. DEX-COOL coolant at the coolant occur. Be sure the cap is properly recovery tank. See Engine Coolant 6. Start the engine and let it run and tightly secured. on page 9-18 for more information until you can feel the upper See Engine Compartment Overview about the proper coolant mixture. radiator hose getting hot. Watch on page 9-6 for more information out for the engine cooling fan. If the coolant inside the coolant on location. recovery tank is boiling, do not do 7. By this time, the coolant level anything else until it cools down. inside the radiator filler neck may Engine Overheating The vehicle should be parked on be lower. If the level is lower, a level surface. add more of the proper coolant A coolant temperature gage is mixture through the filler neck located on the vehicle’s instrument until the level reaches the base panel. See Engine Coolant of the filler neck. Temperature Gage on page 4-19. 8. Then replace the pressure cap. Check to see if the electric engine At any time during this procedure cooling fan is running. If the engine if coolant begins to flow out of is overheating, the fan should be the filler neck, reinstall the running. If it is not, the vehicle pressure cap. Be sure the ears needs service. on the pressure cap are in line with the vent tube. Vehicle Service and Care 9-23

If Steam Is Coming From Your Notice: If the engine catches ﬁre If the overheat warning is displayed Engine because of being driven with no with no sign of steam, try this for coolant, your vehicle can be badly a minute or so: damaged. The costly repairs { CAUTION 1. In heavy traffic, let the engine would not be covered by the idle in N (Neutral) while stopped. vehicle warranty. Steam from an overheated engine If it is safe to do so, pull off can burn you badly, even if you If No Steam Is Coming From the road, shift to P (Park) just open the hood. Stay away Your Engine or N (Neutral) and let the from the engine if you see or hear engine idle. If an engine overheat warning is steam coming from it. Just turn it displayed but steam is not heard or 2. Turn on the heater to full hot at off and get everyone away from seen escaping, the problem may the highest fan speed and open the vehicle until it cools down. Wait not be too serious. Sometimes the windows as necessary. until there is no sign of steam or the engine can get a little too If the overheat warning is no longer coolant before you open the hood. hot when the vehicle: displayed, the vehicle can be driven. If you keep driving when your • Climbs a long hill on a hot day. Just to be safe, drive slower for about engine is overheated, the liquids 10 minutes. If the warning does not in it can catch ﬁre. You or others • Stops after high-speed driving. come back on, continue to drive. could be badly burned. Stop your • Idles for long periods in traffic. If the warning continues, pull over, engine if it overheats, and get out • Tows a trailer. stop, and park the vehicle right away. of the vehicle until the engine is cool. If there is still no sign of steam, idle the engine for three minutes while the vehicle is parked. If the warning is still displayed, turn off the engine and get everyone out of the vehicle until it cools down. 9-24 Vehicle Service and Care

You may decide not to lift the How to Check Windshield Adding Washer Fluid hood but to get service help Washer Fluid right away. Power Steering Fluid The vehicle has electronic power steering and does not use power steering fluid. If you suspect a Open the cap with the washer problem, see your dealer/retailer. To check windshield washer fluid. symbol on it. Add washer fluid until the holes of the dipstick are Windshield Washer Fluid 1. Pull dipstick out of windshield filled between the LOW (B) and washer reservoir. What to Use NORMAL (A). See Engine 2. Washer fluid should fill the holes Compartment Overview on When you need windshield between the LOW (B) and page 9-6 for reservoir location. washer fluid, be sure to read the NORMAL (A) mark. manufacturer’s instructions before use. If you will be operating your 3. If the fluid reads LOW (B) add vehicle in an area where the fluid. temperature may fall below freezing, use a fluid that has sufficient protection against freezing. Vehicle Service and Care 9-25

Notice: Windshield Wiper Blade • When using concentrated Replacement washer fluid, follow the manufacturer’s instructions Front Windshield Wiper for adding water. Windshield wiper blades should be • Do not mix water with inspected at least twice a year for ready-to-use washer fluid. wear or cracking. See At Least Water can cause the solution Twice a Year on page 11-13. to freeze and damage your Replacement blades come in washer fluid tank and other different types and are removed parts of the washer system. in different ways. To remove 2. Push the release lever and slide Also, water does not clean the wiper blade: as well as washer fluid. the wiper assembly toward the driver side of the vehicle. • Fill the washer fluid tank only three-quarters full when it is very cold. This allows for fluid expansion if freezing occurs, which could damage the tank if it is completely full. • Do not use engine coolant (antifreeze) in your windshield washer. It can damage the vehicle’s windshield washer system and paint. 1. Pull the windshield wiper arm away from the windshield. 9-26 Vehicle Service and Care

Rear Windshield Wiper

3. Slide the new wiper assembly 2. Raise the wiper arm until it into place. comes off. 1. Disengage the two pins and 4. Push the release lever down to disconnect the rear wiper arm You will hear a clicking sound lock into place. by pulling them up. when the arm comes off. Vehicle Service and Care 9-27

Brakes There are only two reasons why the brake fluid level in the reservoir Brake Fluid might go down: • The brake fluid level goes down because of normal brake lining wear. When new linings are installed, the fluid level goes back up. • A fluid leak in the brake and/or The brake master cylinder and, clutch hydraulic system can also on manual transmission vehicles, cause a low fluid level. Have the the clutch hydraulic system use the brake and/or clutch hydraulic 3. Push the rear wiper assembly same reservoir. The reservoir is system fixed, since a leak means straight into the rear wiper arm. filled with DOT-3 brake fluid. that sooner or later the brakes and/or clutch will not work well. 4. Reengage the two pins to the rear wiper arm by pushing them down. 9-28 Vehicle Service and Care

Do not top off the brake/clutch fluid. What to Add Notice: Adding fluid does not correct a leak. Use only new DOT-3 brake fluid • Using the wrong fluid can If fluid is added when the brake from a sealed container. See badly damage brake or clutch linings are worn, there will be too Part D: Recommended Fluids hydraulic system parts. much fluid when new brake linings and Lubricants on page 11-18. For example, just a few drops are installed. Add or remove fluid, as of mineral-based oil, such as Always clean the brake fluid necessary, only when work is done engine oil, in the brake or clutch reservoir cap and the area around on the brake/clutch hydraulic system. hydraulic system can damage the cap before removing it. This brake or clutch hydraulic helps keep dirt from entering the { system parts so badly that they CAUTION reservoir. will have to be replaced. Do not If too much brake fluid is added, it let someone put in the wrong can spill on the engine and burn, { CAUTION kind of fluid. if the engine is hot enough. You • If brake fluid is spilled on the With the wrong kind of fluid in the or others could be burned, and vehicle’s painted surfaces, the brake or clutch hydraulic system, the vehicle could be damaged. paint finish can be damaged. Add brake fluid only when work the brakes or clutch might not Be careful not to spill brake is done on the brake hydraulic work well. This could cause a fluid on the vehicle. If you do, system. crash. Always use the proper wash it off immediately. See brake fluid. Exterior Cleaning on page 9-86. When the brake fluid falls to a low level, the brake warning light comes on. See Brake System Warning Light on page 4-17. Vehicle Service and Care 9-29

Brake Wear Some driving conditions or climates Brake Adjustment can cause a brake squeal when the This vehicle has disc brakes. Every time the brakes are applied, brakes are first applied or lightly Disc brake pads have built-in wear with or without the vehicle moving, applied. This does not mean indicators that make a high-pitched the brakes adjust for wear. something is wrong with the brakes. warning sound when the brake pads are worn and new pads are Properly torqued wheel nuts are Replacing Brake System Parts needed. The sound can come necessary to help prevent brake The braking system on a vehicle is and go or be heard all the time pulsation. When tires are rotated, complex. Its many parts have to be the vehicle is moving, except when inspect brake pads for wear and of top quality and work well together applying the brake pedal firmly. evenly tighten wheel nuts in if the vehicle is to have really good the proper sequence to torque braking. The vehicle was designed { CAUTION specifications in Capacities and and tested with top-quality brake Specifications on page 10-2. parts. When parts of the braking The brake wear warning sound Brake linings should always be system are replaced — for example, means that soon the brakes will replaced as complete axle sets. when the brake linings wear down not work well. That could lead to and new ones are installed — be an accident. When the brake wear Brake Pedal Travel sure to get new approved replacement parts. If this is not done, warning sound is heard, have the See your dealer/retailer if the brake the brakes might not work properly. vehicle serviced. pedal does not return to normal For example, if someone puts in height, or if there is a rapid increase brake linings that are wrong for in pedal travel. This could be a sign Notice: Continuing to drive the vehicle, the balance between that brake service might be required. with worn-out brake pads could the front and rear brakes can result in costly brake repair. change — for the worse. The braking performance expected can change in many other ways if the wrong replacement brake parts are installed. 9-30 Vehicle Service and Care

Battery Vehicle Storage Headlamp Aiming This vehicle has a maintenance { Headlamp aim has been preset at free battery. When it is time for a CAUTION the factory and should need no new battery, see your dealer/retailer further adjustment. for one that has the replacement Batteries have acid that can burn number shown on the original you and gas that can explode. However, if your vehicle is damaged battery’s label. See Engine You can be badly hurt if you are in a crash, the headlamp aim may Compartment Overview on not careful. See Jump Starting be affected. Aim adjustment to the page 9-6 for battery location. on page 9-71 for tips on working low-beam headlamps may be necessary if oncoming drivers ﬂash Warning: Battery posts, terminals, around a battery without their high-beam headlamps at you and related accessories contain lead getting hurt. (for vertical aim). and lead compounds, chemicals known to the State of California to Infrequent Usage: If the vehicle is If the headlamps need to be cause cancer and reproductive harm. driven infrequently, remove the re-aimed, it is recommended Wash hands after handling. black, negative (−) cable from the that you take the vehicle to your battery. This helps keep the battery dealer/retailer for service. from running down. Extended Storage: For extended storage of the vehicle, remove the black, negative (−) cable from the battery or use a battery trickle charger. This helps maintain the charge of the battery over an extended period of time. Vehicle Service and Care 9-31

Bulb Replacement Headlamps and Parking High-beam and Low-beam Headlamps For the proper type of replacement Lamps bulbs, see Replacement Bulbs To replace the High-beam or on page 9-35. Low-beam Headlamp: For any bulb changing procedure 1. Open the hood. See Hood not listed in this section, contact Release on page 9-5. your dealer/retailer. Halogen Bulbs

{ CAUTION

Halogen bulbs have pressurized gas inside and can burst if you drop or scratch the bulb. You or A. High-beam Headlamp others could be injured. Be sure B. Turn Signal Lamp/Parking Lamp 2. Turn the bulb socket to read and follow the instructions C. Low-beam Headlamp on the bulb package. counterclockwise and pull it out of the headlamp assembly. 9-32 Vehicle Service and Care

Front Turn Signal Lamp and Parking Lamp To replace the Front Turn Signal Lamp or Parking Lamp: 1. Open the hood. See Hood Release on page 9-5.

3. Pull the old bulb straight out of the bulb socket. 4. Push the new bulb straight in 3. Unplug the connector while until it clicks. pressing down on the release tab. 5. Push the bulb socket into 4. Pull the old bulb straight out. the lamp assembly and turn clockwise to secure it in 5. Push the new bulb straight 2. Turn the bulb socket its original location. in until it clicks. counterclockwise and pull 6. Push the bulb socket into the it out of the lamp assembly. headlamp assembly and turn it clockwise to secure it in its original location. Vehicle Service and Care 9-33

Taillamps To replace one of these lamps: 1. Open the liftgate.

Driver Side

A. Turn Signal Lamp 2. Remove the storage B. Stoplamp/Sidemarker Passenger Side compartment cover in the rear Lamp/Taillamp cargo area of the vehicle to C. Back-up Lamp access the bulbs. 3. Turn the bulb socket counterclockwise and pull it out. 9-34 Vehicle Service and Care

License Plate Lamp To replace the license plate lamp bulb:

4. Pull the bulb straight out of the 2. Turn the bulb socket socket. counterclockwise to remove it 5. Push the new bulb straight in from the license plate assembly. until it clicks to secure. 3. Pull the bulb straight out of 1. Press the tabs in to disengage the bulb socket. 6. Push the bulb socket in and turn them and remove the license it clockwise to secure. plate lamp assembly. 4. Push the new bulb straight in the 7. Reinstall the cover. bulb socket until it clicks. 5. Push the bulb socket straight into the license plate assembly and turn it clockwise to secure it. 6. Reinstall the license plate assembly into its original location making sure the tabs reengage. Vehicle Service and Care 9-35

Replacement Bulbs Electrical System Add-on equipment can drain the vehicle battery, even if the vehicle is not operating. Exterior Lamp Bulb Add-On Electrical Number Equipment The vehicle has an airbag system. High-beam Before attempting to add anything Headlamps 9005 Notice: Do not add anything electrical to the vehicle, see electrical to the vehicle unless you Servicing Your Airbag-Equipped Low-beam 9006 check with your dealer/retailer Vehicle on page 1-33. Headlamps ﬁrst. Some electrical equipment can damage the vehicle and the Sidemarker Headlamp Wiring damage would not be covered by Lamp/Stoplamp/ 7443 The headlamp wiring is protected Taillamp the vehicle’s warranty. Some add-on electrical equipment can by a circuit breaker. An electrical For replacement bulbs not listed keep other components from overload will cause the lamps to here, contact your dealer/retailer. working as they should. go on and off, or in some cases to remain off. If this happens, have your headlamp wiring checked right away. 9-36 Vehicle Service and Care

Windshield Wiper Fuses Fuses and Circuit Instrument Panel Fuse The windshield wiper motor is Breakers Block protected by a circuit breaker and The wiring circuits in the vehicle a fuse. If the motor overheats due are protected from short circuits to heavy snow or ice, the wiper will by a combination of fuses, circuit stop until the motor cools. If the breakers and fusible thermal overload is caused by some links. This greatly reduces the electrical problem, and not snow chance of fires caused by or ice, be sure to get it fixed. electrical problems. Power Windows and Look at the silver-colored band inside the fuse. If the band is broken Other Power Options or melted, replace the fuse. Be sure Circuit breakers in the fuse block you replace a bad fuse with a new protect the power windows and other one of the identical size and rating. power accessories. When the current Fuses of the same amperage The fuse block is located under load is too heavy, the circuit breaker can be temporarily borrowed from the instrument panel on the driver opens and closes, protecting the another fuse location, if a fuse goes side of the vehicle. circuit until the problem is fixed or out. Replace the fuse as soon as goes away. you can. Vehicle Service and Care 9-37

Fuses Usage Outside Rearview Mirrors, Audio System, Main Body 8 Engine Control Unit (ECU), Clock, Brake Transmission Shift Interlock 9 Empty 10 Empty Airbag System, Multiport Fuel Injection System/ Sequential Multiport 11 Fuel Injection System, Front Passenger Occupant Classiﬁcation Fuses Usage Fuses Usage System Parking Lamps, 3 Power Windows 12 Gages and Meters License Plate 4 Power Windows Air Conditioning Lamps, Taillamp, 13 System, Rear Multiport Fuel 5 Power Windows Window Defogger 1 Injection System/ 6 Sunroof 14 Windshield Wipers Sequential Multiport Cigarette Lighter, 15 Rear Window Wipers Fuel Injection 7 Accessory Power System, Instrument Outlet 16 Windshield Washer Panel Lights 2 Switch Illumination 9-38 Vehicle Service and Care

Fuses Usage Fuses Usage Fuses Usage Main Body ECU, Stoplamps, Center 23 All-Wheel Drive Electric Power High-Mounted System Steering, Electric Stoplamps (CHMSL), 24 Front Foglamps Cooling Fans, ABS, Vehicle Brake Transmission Stability Control Ignition, Outside Shift Interlock, Rearview Mirrors, 20 System, Multiport Antilock Braking Fuel Injection Audio System, Main System (ABS), System/Sequential 25 Body ECU, Clock, Brake Transmission 17 Multiport Fuel Multiport Fuel Injection Injection System, Shift Interlock, System/Sequential Brake Transmission Cigarette Lighter Multiport Fuel Shift Interlock Rear Window Injection System, Power Door Lock Defogger, Heated Tire Pressure 21 System Mirrors, Multiport Monitoring 26 Fuel Injection System (TPMS), Outside Rearview System/Sequential Vehicle Stability Mirrors, Audio Multiport Fuel Control System System, Main Body Injection System 22 ECU, Clock, Brake Back-up Lamps, Transmission Shift 27 Power Windows 18 Charging System, Interlock, Cigarette Rear Window Lighter Defogger Onboard Diagnosis 19 System Vehicle Service and Care 9-39

Engine Compartment Fuse Block

This engine compartment fuse block is located in the engine compartment on the driver side of the vehicle Fuses Usage Fuses Usage near the air cleaner. See Engine Electric ABS, Vehicle Compartment Overview on page 9-6. 1 Cooling Fans 4 Stability Control System Notice: Spilling liquid on any Electric electrical components on 2 Cooling Fans Air Conditioning 5 System the vehicle may damage it. Antilock Braking Always keep the covers on System (ABS), 6 Charging System any electrical component. 3 Vehicle Stability Control System Electric Power 7 Steering 9-40 Vehicle Service and Care

Fuses Usage Fuses Usage Fuses Usage Emission Control Multiport Fuel Engine Immobilizer 8 System Main, Horn, Injection 23 System Ignition 2 16 System/Sequential Multiport Fuel Main Body ECU, 9 Headlamp Main Injection System Gages, Daytime Running Emission Control Turn Signal Lamps, 10 17 Lights (DRL), System 2 Hazard Lamps 24 Air Conditioning System, Wireless Multiport Fuel 18 Charging System Injection System/ Remote Control, 11 Sequential Multiport Starting System, Theft Deterrent Fuel Injection Multiport Fuel System System Injection System/ 25 Audio System 19 Sequential Multiport 12 Driver Side Fuel Injection Interior Lamps, Headlamp System 26 Personal Lamps, Clock 13 Passenger Side Starting System, Headlamp Multiport Fuel 27 Spare Driver Side Injection System/ 20 Sequential Multiport 28 Spare 14 Low-Beam Headlamp, Fuel Injection 29 Spare Front Foglamps System 30 Audio System Passenger Side 21 Empty 31 OnStar® 15 Low-Beam 22 Starting System Headlamp Vehicle Service and Care 9-41

Fuses Usage Tires CAUTION (Continued) Multiport Fuel Your new vehicle comes Injection with high-quality tires made • Underinflated tires pose System/Sequential by a leading tire manufacturer. the same danger as Multiport Fuel 32 Injection System, If you ever have questions about overloaded tires. The Horn, Emission your tire warranty and where to resulting accident could Control System 1, obtain service, see your vehicle cause serious injury. Emission Control Warranty booklet for details. Check all tires frequently to System 2 For additional information refer maintain the recommended 33 Horn to the tire manufacturer. pressure. Tire pressure should be checked when Multiport { CAUTION your vehicle’s tires are Fuel Injection cold. See Inflation - Tire System/Sequential Pressure on page 9-47. 34 Multiport Fuel Poorly maintained and Injection System, improperly used tires are • Overinflated tires are more Horn, Ignition, Meter dangerous. likely to be cut, punctured, or broken by a sudden 35 PTC Heater 1 • Overloading your vehicle’s tires can cause impact — such as when 36 PTC Heater 3 overheating as a result you hit a pothole. Keep tires at the recommended 37 Air Conditioning of too much flexing. You Inverter could have an air-out and pressure. a serious accident. See • Worn, old tires can cause Loading the Vehicle on accidents. If the tire’s tread page 8-32. is badly worn, or if your vehicle’s tires have been (Continued) damaged, replace them. 9-42 Vehicle Service and Care

Tire Sidewall Labeling (A) Tire Size: The tire size (D) Tire Ply Material: The type is a combination of letters and of cord and number of plies Useful information about a numbers used to define a in the sidewall and under tire is molded into its sidewall. particular tire’s width, height, the tread. The examples show a typical aspect ratio, construction type, passenger vehicle tire and a and service description. See the (E) Uniform Tire Quality compact spare tire sidewall. “Tire Size” illustration later in this Grading (UTQG): Tire section for more detail. manufacturers are required to grade tires based on three (B) DOT (Department of performance factors: treadwear, Transportation): The traction, and temperature Department of Transportation resistance. For more information (DOT) code indicates that the tire see Uniform Tire Quality Grading is in compliance with the U.S. on page 9-56. Department of Transportation Motor Vehicle Safety Standards. (F) Maximum Cold Inflation Load Limit: Maximum load (C) Tire Identification Number that can be carried and the (TIN): The letters and numbers maximum pressure needed following DOT (Department of to support that load. Passenger (P-Metric) Tire Transportation) code is the Tire Example Identification Number (TIN). The TIN shows the manufacturer and plant code, tire size, and date the tire was manufactured. The TIN is molded onto both sides of the tire, although only one side may have the date of manufacture. Vehicle Service and Care 9-43

(B) Tire Ply Material: The type (E) Tire Inflation: The of cord and number of plies temporary use tire or compact in the sidewall and under spare tire should be inflated the tread. to 60 psi (420 kPa). For more information on tire pressure and (C) Tire Identification Number inflation see Inflation - Tire (TIN): The letters and numbers Pressure on page 9-47. following the DOT (Department of Transportation) code is the (F) Tire Size : A combination Tire Identification Number (TIN). of letters and numbers define a The TIN shows the manufacturer tire’s width, height, aspect ratio, and plant code, tire size, and construction type, and service date the tire was manufactured. description. The letter T as the Compact Spare Tire Example The TIN is molded onto both first character in the tire size sides of the tire, although only means the tire is for temporary (A) Temporary Use Only: The one side may have the date of use only. compact spare tire or temporary manufacture. use tire has a tread life of approximately 3,000 miles (D) Maximum Cold Inflation (5 000 km) and should not be Load Limit: Maximum load that driven at speeds over 65 mph can be carried and the maximum (105 km/h). The compact spare pressure needed to support tire is for emergency use when a that load. regular road tire has lost air and gone flat. If your vehicle has a compact spare tire. See Compact Spare Tire on page 9-70 and If a Tire Goes Flat on page 9-61. 9-44 Vehicle Service and Care

Tire Size (B) Tire Width: The three-digit (F) Service Description: These number indicates the tire section characters represent the load The following illustration width in millimeters from sidewall range and speed rating of the shows an example of a typical to sidewall. tire. The load index represents passenger vehicle tire size. the load carry capacity a tire is (C) Aspect Ratio: A two-digit certified to carry. The load index number that indicates the tire can range from 1 to 279. The height-to-width measurements. speed rating is the maximum For example, if the tire size speed a tire is certified to carry aspect ratio is 60, as shown in a load. Speed ratings range item C of the illustration, it would fromAtoZ. mean that the tire’s sidewall is 60 percent as high as it is wide. (A) Passenger (P-Metric) Tire: Tire Terminology and The United States version of a (D) Construction Code: A letter Definitions metric tire sizing system. The code is used to indicate the type letter P as the first character in Air Pressure: The amount of air of ply construction in the tire. inside the tire pressing outward the tire size means a passenger The letter R means radial ply vehicle tire engineered to on each square inch of the tire. construction; the letter D means Air pressure is expressed in standards set by the U.S. Tire diagonal or bias ply construction; and Rim Association. Tires pounds per square inch (psi) and the letter B means or kilopascal (kPa). engineered to European belted-bias ply construction. standards do not use the Accessory Weight: This means letter P as the first character (E) Rim Diameter: Diameter of the combined weight of optional in the tire size. the wheel in inches. accessories. Some examples of optional accessories are, automatic transmission, power steering, power brakes, power windows, power seats, and air conditioning. Vehicle Service and Care 9-45

Aspect Ratio: The relationship Curb Weight: The weight of GAWR RR: Gross Axle of a tire’s height to its width. a motor vehicle with standard Weight Rating for the rear axle. and optional equipment including See Loading the Vehicle on Belt: A rubber coated layer of the maximum capacity of fuel, page 8-32. cords that is located between the oil, and coolant, but without plies and the tread. Cords may passengers and cargo. Intended Outboard Sidewall: be made from steel or other The side of an asymmetrical tire, reinforcing materials. DOT Markings: A code that must always face outward molded into the sidewall of a when mounted on a vehicle. Bead: The tire bead contains tire signifying that the tire is steel wires wrapped by steel in compliance with the U.S. Kilopascal (kPa): The metric cords that hold the tire onto Department of Transportation unit for air pressure. the rim. (DOT) motor vehicle safety Light Truck (LT-Metric) Tire: Bias Ply Tire: A pneumatic standards. The DOT code A tire used on light duty trucks tire in which the plies are laid includes the Tire Identification and some multipurpose at alternate angles less than Number (TIN), an alphanumeric passenger vehicles. 90 degrees to the centerline designator which can also of the tread. identify the tire manufacturer, Load Index: An assigned production plant, brand, and number ranging from 1 to 279 Cold Tire Pressure: The date of production. that corresponds to the load amount of air pressure in a tire, carrying capacity of a tire. measured in pounds per square GVWR: Gross Vehicle Weight inch (psi) or kilopascals (kPa) Rating. See Loading the Vehicle Maximum Inflation Pressure: before a tire has built up heat on page 8-32. The maximum air pressure to which a cold tire can from driving. See Inflation - Tire GAWR FRT: Gross Axle Pressure on page 9-47. be inflated. The maximum Weight Rating for the front axle. air pressure is molded onto See Loading the Vehicle on the sidewall. page 8-32. 9-46 Vehicle Service and Care

Maximum Load Rating: Passenger (P-Metric) Tire: Traction: The friction between The load rating for a tire at the A tire used on passenger the tire and the road surface. maximum permissible inflation cars and some light duty trucks The amount of grip provided. pressure for that tire. and multipurpose vehicles. Tread: The portion of a tire that Maximum Loaded Vehicle Recommended Inflation comes into contact with the road. Weight: The sum of curb weight, Pressure: Vehicle accessory weight, vehicle manufacturer’s recommended Treadwear Indicators: Narrow capacity weight, and production tire inflation pressure as bands, sometimes called wear options weight. shown on the tire placard. bars, that show across the tread See Inflation - Tire Pressure of a tire when only 1/16 inch Normal Occupant Weight: The (1.6 mm) of tread remains. number of occupants a vehicle on page 9-47 and Loading the Vehicle on page 8-32. See When It Is Time for New is designed to seat multiplied by Tires on page 9-54. 150 lbs (68 kg). See Loading Radial Ply Tire: A pneumatic the Vehicle on page 8-32. tire in which the ply cords that UTQGS (Uniform Tire Quality Occupant Distribution: extend to the beads are laid at Grading Standards): A tire Designated seating positions. 90 degrees to the centerline of information system that provides the tread. consumers with ratings for a Outward Facing Sidewall: The tire’s traction, temperature, side of an asymmetrical tire that Rim: A metal support for a tire and treadwear. Ratings are has a particular side that faces and upon which the tire beads determined by tire manufacturers outward when mounted on a are seated. using government testing vehicle. The side of the tire that procedures. The ratings are contains a whitewall, bears white Sidewall: The portion of a tire molded into the sidewall of the lettering, or bears manufacturer, between the tread and the bead. tire. See Uniform Tire Quality brand, and/or model name Speed Rating: An alphanumeric Grading on page 9-56. molding that is higher or deeper code assigned to a tire indicating than the same moldings on the the maximum speed at which a other sidewall of the tire. tire can operate. Vehicle Service and Care 9-47

Vehicle Capacity Weight: Inflation - Tire Pressure A vehicle specific Tire and The number of designated Loading Information label is seating positions multiplied Tires need the correct amount attached to your vehicle. This by 150 lbs (68 kg) plus the rated of air pressure to operate label shows your vehicle’s cargo load. See Loading the effectively. original equipment tires and the Vehicle on page 8-32. Notice: Do not let anyone tell correct inflation pressures for you that under-inflation or your tires when they are cold. Vehicle Maximum Load on the The recommended cold tire Tire: Load on an individual tire over-inflation is all right. It is not. If your tires do not have inflation pressure, shown on the due to curb weight, accessory label, is the minimum amount of weight, occupant weight, and enough air (under-inflation), you can get the following: air pressure needed to support cargo weight. your vehicle’s maximum load • Too much flexing Vehicle Placard: A label carrying capacity. • Too much heat permanently attached to For additional information a vehicle showing the vehicle’s • Tire overloading regarding how much weight capacity weight and the • Premature or irregular wear your vehicle can carry, and an original equipment tire size • Poor handling example of the Tire and Loading and recommended inflation Information label, see Loading pressure. See “Tire and • Reduced fuel economy the Vehicle on page 8-32. Loading Information Label” If your tires have too much air How you load your vehicle under Loading the Vehicle (over-inflation), you can get affects vehicle handling and on page 8-32. the following: ride comfort. Never load your • Unusual wear vehicle with more weight than it was designed to carry. • Poor handling • Rough ride • Needless damage from road hazards 9-48 Vehicle Service and Care

When to Check Remove the valve cap from the Tire Pressure Monitor tire valve stem. Press the tire System Check your tires once a month gage firmly onto the valve to or more. Do not forget to get a pressure measurement. The Tire Pressure Monitor System check the compact spare tire, If the cold tire inflation pressure (TPMS) uses radio and sensor it should be at 60 psi (420 kPa). matches the recommended technology to check tire pressure For additional information pressure on the Tire and Loading levels. The TPMS sensors monitor regarding the compact spare Information label, no further the air pressure in your vehicle’s tire, see Compact Spare Tire adjustment is necessary. If the tires and transmit tire pressure on page 9-70. inflation pressure is low, add air readings to a receiver located How to Check until you reach the recommended in the vehicle. amount. Use a good quality pocket-type Each tire, including the spare gage to check tire pressure. If you overfill the tire, release air (if provided), should be checked You cannot tell if your tires are by pushing on the metal stem monthly when cold and inflated to properly inflated simply by in the center of the tire valve. the inflation pressure recommended looking at them. Radial tires may Re-check the tire pressure with by the vehicle manufacturer on the look properly inflated even when the tire gage. vehicle placard or tire inflation they are under-inflated. Check pressure label. (If your vehicle has Be sure to put the valve caps tires of a different size than the size the tire’s inflation pressure when back on the valve stems. the tires are cold. Cold means indicated on the vehicle placard or They help prevent leaks by tire inflation pressure label, you your vehicle has been sitting for keeping out dirt and moisture. at least three hours or driven no should determine the proper tire more than 1 mile (1.6 km). inflation pressure for those tires.) Vehicle Service and Care 9-49

As an added safety feature, your Your vehicle has also been alternate tires and wheels allow the vehicle has been equipped with equipped with a TPMS malfunction TPMS to continue to function a tire pressure monitoring system indicator to indicate when the system properly. (TPMS) that illuminates a low is not operating properly. The TPMS See Tire Pressure Monitor tire pressure telltale when one or malfunction indicator is combined Operation on page 9-50 for more of your tires is significantly with the low tire pressure telltale. additional information. under-inflated. When the system detects a malfunction, the telltale will flash Accordingly, when the low tire Federal Communications for approximately one minute and pressure telltale illuminates, you Commission (FCC) and then remain continuously illuminated. should stop and check your tires as Industry and Science Canada This sequence will continue upon soon as possible, and inflate them subsequent vehicle start-ups as The Tire Pressure Monitor to the proper pressure. Driving on long as the malfunction exists. System (TPMS) operates on a significantly under-inflated tire a radio frequency and complies causes the tire to overheat and can When the malfunction indicator is with Part 15 of the FCC Rules. lead to tire failure. Under-inflation illuminated, the system may not be Operation is subject to the also reduces fuel efficiency and able to detect or signal low tire following two conditions: tire tread life, and may affect the pressure as intended. TPMS vehicle’s handling and stopping malfunctions may occur for a variety 1. This device may not cause ability. of reasons, including the installation harmful interference. of replacement or alternate tires or 2. This device must accept any Please note that the TPMS is wheels on the vehicle that prevent interference received, including not a substitute for proper tire the TPMS from functioning properly. interference that may cause maintenance, and it is the driver’s Always check the TPMS malfunction undesired operation. responsibility to maintain correct telltale after replacing one or more tire pressure, even if under-inflation tires or wheels on your vehicle to has not reached the level to trigger ensure that the replacement or illumination of the TPMS low tire pressure telltale. 9-50 Vehicle Service and Care

The TPMS operates on a radio This could be an early indicator that frequency and complies with the air pressure in the tire(s) are RSS-210 of Industry and Science getting low and need to be inflated Canada. Operation is subject to to the proper pressure. the following two conditions: A Tire and Loading Information 1. This device may not cause label, attached to the vehicle, shows interference. When a low tire pressure condition the size of the vehicle’s original is detected, the low tire pressure 2. This device must accept any equipment tires and the correct warning light, located on the inflation pressure for the tires when interference received, including instrument panel cluster, comes on. interference that may cause they are cold. See Loading the undesired operation of the device. This light also comes on for a Vehicle on page 8-32, for an few seconds and then goes off when example of the Tire and Loading Changes or modifications to you turn the ignition to ON/RUN. Information label and its location on this system by other than an This indicates the TPMS is your vehicle. Also see Inflation - Tire authorized service facility could void functioning properly. If the low-tire Pressure on page 9-47. authorization to use this equipment. pressure warning light comes on The vehicle’s TPMS can warn you while driving the vehicle, the system Tire Pressure Monitor about a low tire pressure condition may have detected a low-tire but it does not replace normal tire Operation condition. You need to stop as soon maintenance. See Tire Inspection as possible and check the tires. The Tire Pressure Monitor System and Rotation on page 9-53 and Tires (TPMS) warns the driver when a low The low tire pressure warning light on page 9-41. tire pressure condition exists. TPMS may come on in cool weather when sensors are mounted onto each tire the vehicle is first started, and and wheel assembly, excluding the then turn off as you start to drive. spare tire and wheel assembly. Vehicle Service and Care 9-51

TPMS Malfunction Light • The initialization (reset) procedure • Operating electronic devices or The TPMS will not function properly failed. See “TPMS Reset” later in being near facilities using radio if one or more of the TPMS sensors this section. wave frequencies similar to the are missing or inoperable. When the • One or more TPMS sensors TPMS could cause the TPMS system detects a malfunction, the are missing or damaged. sensors to malfunction. low tire warning light ﬂashes for The TPMS malfunction light • If tire chains are installed on the about one minute and then stays should go off when the TPMS vehicle. on for the remainder of the ignition sensors are installed and the • If there is a lot of snow or ice cycle. The low tire warning light sensor matching process is around the wheels or wheel comes on at each ignition cycle until performed successfully. See housings. the problem is corrected. Some of your dealer/retailer for service. the conditions that can cause the • If a window tint that affects the • Replacement tires or wheels do radio wave signals is installed. malfunction light to come on are: not match the vehicle’s original • One of the road tires has been equipment tires or wheels. Tires If the TPMS is not functioning it replaced with the spare tire. The and wheels other than those cannot detect or signal a low tire spare tire does not have a TPMS recommended for your vehicle condition. See your dealer/retailer for sensor. The TPMS malfunction could prevent the TPMS from service if the TPMS malfunction light light and DIC message should go functioning properly. See Buying comes on and stays on. off once you re-install the road tire New Tires on page 9-54. containing the TPMS sensor. 9-52 Vehicle Service and Care

TPMS Reset 3. Adjust the tire pressure of all the Wait for a few minutes with the installed tires to the specified ignition in ON/RUN, and then turn The TPMS sensors and transmitters cold tire inflation pressure level the ignition to ACC/ACCESSORY have unique identification codes. indicated on the Tire and Loading or LOCK/OFF. Anytime you replace a TPMS sensor Information label attached to or transmitter the identification codes If the low-tire pressure warning the vehicle. need to be registered and the TPMS light does not flash three times needs to be reset (initialized). When 4. Turn the ignition to ON/RUN with while you press and hold the the system is initialized, the current the engine off. reset button, the reset has failed. air pressure in the tires is set as the Repeat the reset process. If the tire pressure benchmark. The tire reset cannot be performed, see pressure warning system determines your dealer/retailer for service. decreased air pressure by comparing If you press the tire pressure reset tire pressure to the benchmark switch while the vehicle is moving, pressure stored in the TPMS. the reset is not performed. If you Do not reset the TPMS without first press the tire pressure reset switch correcting the cause of a low-tire accidentally and initialization is condition. performed, adjust the tire pressure to the specified level and perform To reset the system: the reset procedure again. 1. Park the vehicle at a safe place and apply the parking brake. 5. Press and hold the tire pressure Turn the engine off. warning reset switch until the tire 2. Turn the ignition to pressure warning light flashes ACC/ACCESSORY or slowly on/off three times. LOCK/OFF. Vehicle Service and Care 9-53

Tire Inspection and Tires on page 9-54 and Wheel See Inflation - Tire Pressure on Rotation Replacement on page 9-59 for page 9-47 and Loading the more information. Vehicle on page 8-32. We recommend that you regularly inspect the vehicle’s { CAUTION tires, including the spare tire, for signs of wear or damage. See Rust or dirt on a wheel, or on When It Is Time for New Tires on the parts to which it is fastened, page 9-54 for more information. can make wheel nuts become Tires should be rotated every loose after time. The wheel 5,000 to 8,000 miles (8 000 to could come off and cause an 13 000 km). See Part A: accident. When you change a Scheduled Maintenance wheel, remove any rust or dirt Services on page 11-3. from places where the wheel When rotating the vehicle’s tires, attaches to the vehicle. In an The purpose of a regular tire emergency, you can use a rotation is to achieve a uniform always use the correct rotation pattern shown here. cloth or a paper towel to do wear for all tires on the vehicle. this; but be sure to use a This will ensure that the vehicle Tires should only be moved from scraper or wire brush later, if continues to perform most like it front to rear and rear to front on needed, to get all the rust or did when the tires were new. the same side of the vehicle. dirt off. See Changing a Flat Any time you notice unusual Do not include the compact Tire on page 9-62. wear, rotate the tires as soon spare tire in the tire rotation. as possible and check wheel After the tires have been rotated, Make certain that all wheel alignment. Also check for adjust the front and rear inflation nuts are properly tightened. damaged tires or wheels. pressures to the amounts See “Wheel Nut Torque” under See When It Is Time for New shown on the Tire and Capacities and Specifications Loading Information label. on page 10-2. 9-54 Vehicle Service and Care

When It Is Time for New You need new tires if any of the loading conditions, and inflation Tires following statements are true: pressure maintenance. With proper • You can see the indicators at care and maintenance tires typically Various factors, such as three or more places around wear out before they degrade due to maintenance, temperatures, the tire. age. If you are unsure about the driving speeds, vehicle loading, need to replace the tires as they get and road conditions influence • You can see cord or fabric older, consult the tire manufacturer when you need new tires. showing through the tire’s rubber. for more information. • The tread or sidewall is cracked, cut, or snagged deep enough to Buying New Tires show cord or fabric. GM has developed and matched • The tire has a bump, bulge, specific tires for the vehicle. If you or split. need replacement tires, GM strongly • The tire has a puncture, cut, or recommends that you get tires that other damage that cannot be are the same size, brand, load range, repaired well because of the speed rating, and construction type size or location of the damage. (radial and bias-belted tires) as the vehicle’s original tires. This way, the The rubber in tires degrades over vehicle will continue to have tires time, even if they are not being used. that are designed to give the same This is also true for the spare tire, performance and vehicle safety, One way to tell when it is time for if the vehicle has one. Multiple during normal use, as the original new tires is to check the treadwear conditions affect how fast this aging tires. See Tire Sidewall Labeling on indicators, which will appear takes place, including temperatures, page 9-42 for additional information. when the tires have only 1/16 inch (1.6 mm) or less of tread remaining. Vehicle Service and Care 9-55

GM recommends replacing tires Vehicles that have a tire pressure in sets of four. This is because CAUTION (Continued) monitoring system could give uniform tread depth on all tires will an inaccurate low-pressure warning help keep the vehicle performing damage to the vehicle. if tires not recommended for the most like it did when the tires were Be sure to use the correct vehicle are installed. Tires that do new. Replacing less than a full set size, brand, and type of tires not match the original equipment of tires can affect the braking and on all wheels. It is all right tires could give a low-pressure handling performance of the vehicle. to drive with the compact warning that is higher or lower See Tire Inspection and Rotation on spare temporarily, as it was than the proper warning level you page 9-53. developed for use on the would get with original equipment vehicle. See Compact tires. See Tire Pressure Monitor Spare Tire on page 9-70. { CAUTION System on page 9-48. The vehicle’s original equipment Mixing tires could cause you to tires are listed on the Tire and { CAUTION lose control while driving. If you Loading Information Label. See mix tires of different sizes, Loading the Vehicle on page 8-32, If you use bias-ply tires on the brands, or types (radial and for more information about the vehicle, the wheel rim ﬂanges bias-belted tires), the vehicle Tire and Loading Information label could develop cracks after may not handle properly, and and its location on the vehicle. you could have a crash. Using many miles of driving. A tire tires of different sizes, brands, and/or wheel could fail or types may also cause suddenly, causing a crash. Use only radial-ply tires with (Continued) the wheels on the vehicle. 9-56 Vehicle Service and Care

Different Size Tires and { Uniform Tire Quality Wheels CAUTION Grading If you add wheels or tires that are If you add different sized Quality grades can be found a different size than your original wheels, your vehicle may not where applicable on the tire equipment wheels and tires, this provide an acceptable level of sidewall between tread shoulder may affect the way your vehicle performance and safety if tires not and maximum selection width. performs, including its braking, recommended for those wheels For example: ride and handling characteristics, are selected. You may increase stability, and resistance to rollover. the chance that you will crash and Treadwear 200 Traction AA Additionally, if your vehicle has suffer serious injury. Only use GM Temperature A electronic systems such as, antilock specific wheel and tire systems The following information relates brakes, traction control, and developed for your vehicle, and to the system developed by the electronic stability control, the have them properly installed by Unites States National Highway performance of these systems a GM certified technician. Traffic Safety Administration can be affected. (NHTSA), which grades tires See Buying New Tires on page 9-54 by treadwear, traction, and and Accessories and Modifications temperature performance. on page 9-3 for additional This applies only to vehicles information. sold in the United States. Vehicle Service and Care 9-57

The grades are molded on Treadwear Traction — AA, A, B, C the sidewalls of most passenger The traction grades, from car tires. The Uniform Tire The treadwear grade is a comparative rating based on the highest to lowest, are AA, A, B, Quality Grading (UTQG) and C. Those grades represent system does not apply to deep wear rate of the tire when tested under controlled conditions on the tire’s ability to stop on wet tread, winter-type snow tires, pavement as measured under space-saver, or temporary use a specified government test course. For example, a tire controlled conditions on specified spare tires, tires with nominal government test surfaces of rim diameters of 10 to 12 inches graded 150 would wear one and a half (11⁄2) times as well on the asphalt and concrete. A tire (25 to 30 cm), or to some government course as a tire marked C may have poor limited-production tires. graded 100. The relative traction performance. While the tires available on performance of tires depends General Motors passenger upon the actual conditions of { WARNING cars and light trucks may vary their use, however, and may with respect to these grades, depart significantly from the The traction grade assigned they must also conform to norm due to variations in driving to this tire is based on federal safety requirements. habits, service practices, straight-ahead braking traction and differences in road tests, and does not include characteristics and climate. acceleration, cornering, hydroplaning, or peak traction characteristics. 9-58 Vehicle Service and Care

Temperature — A, B, C Vehicle Safety Standard No. 109. Wheel Alignment and The temperature grades Grades B and A represent higher Tire Balance levels of performance on the are A (the highest), B, and C, The tires and wheels on your vehicle representing the tire’s resistance laboratory test wheel than the minimum required by law. were aligned and balanced carefully to the generation of heat and its at the factory to give you the longest ability to dissipate heat when { WARNING tire life and best overall performance. tested under controlled Adjustments to wheel alignment and conditions on a specified indoor The temperature grade for this tire balancing will not be necessary laboratory test wheel. Sustained on a regular basis. However, if you high temperature can cause the tire is established for a tire that is properly inflated and notice unusual tire wear or your material of the tire to degenerate vehicle pulling to one side or the and reduce tire life, and not overloaded. Excessive speed, underinflation, or other, the alignment might need to be excessive temperature can checked. If you notice your vehicle lead to sudden tire failure. excessive loading, either separately or in combination, vibrating when driving on a smooth The grade C corresponds to road, the tires and wheels might a level of performance which can cause heat buildup and possible tire failure. need to be rebalanced. See your all passenger car tires must dealer/retailer for proper diagnosis. meet under the Federal Motor Vehicle Service and Care 9-59

Wheel Replacement If you need to replace any of the Notice: The wrong wheel can wheels, wheel bolts or wheel also cause problems with bearing Replace any wheel that is bent, nuts, replace them only with new life, brake cooling, speedometer cracked or badly rusted or corroded. GM original equipment parts. or odometer calibration, headlamp If wheel nuts keep coming loose, This way, you will be sure to have aim, bumper height, vehicle the wheel, wheel bolts and wheel the right wheel, wheel bolts and ground clearance, and tire or tire nuts should be replaced. If the wheel nuts for the vehicle. chain clearance to the body and wheel leaks air, replace it (except chassis. some aluminum wheels, which can sometimes be repaired). See your { CAUTION See Changing a Flat Tire on dealer/retailer if any of these page 9-62 for more information. conditions exist. Using the wrong replacement wheels, wheel bolts, or wheel Used Replacement Wheels Your dealer/retailer will know the nuts on your vehicle can be kind of wheel you need. dangerous. It could affect the { CAUTION Each new wheel should have braking and handling of your the same load-carrying capacity, vehicle, make your tires lose Putting a used wheel on the diameter, width, offset and be air and make you lose control. vehicle is dangerous. You cannot mounted the same way as the You could have a collision in know how it has been used one it replaces. which you or others could be or how far it has been driven. injured. Always use the correct It could fail suddenly and cause wheel, wheel bolts, and wheel a crash. If you have to replace a nuts for replacement. wheel, use a new GM original equipment wheel. 9-60 Vehicle Service and Care

Tire Chains Notice: If the vehicle has a tire CAUTION (Continued) size other than P215/45R18 size tires, use tire chains only where { CAUTION Use another type of traction legal and only when you must. Use only SAE Class “S” type If the vehicle has P215/45R18 device only if its manufacturer recommends it for use on the chains that are the proper size for size tires, do not use tire chains. the tires. Install them on the front There is not enough clearance. vehicle and tire size combination and road conditions. Follow that tires and tighten them as tightly as Tire chains used on a vehicle manufacturer’s instructions. possible with the ends securely without the proper amount of To help avoid damage to the fastened. Drive slowly and follow the chain manufacturer’s clearance can cause damage to vehicle, drive slowly, readjust instructions. If you can hear the the brakes, suspension or other or remove the device if it is vehicle parts. The area damaged chains contacting the vehicle, contacting the vehicle, and stop and retighten them. If the by the tire chains could cause you do not spin the wheels. to lose control of the vehicle and contact continues, slow down you or others may be injured in a If you do ﬁnd traction devices that until it stops. Driving too fast or crash. will ﬁt, install them on the front spinning the wheels with chains tires. on will damage the vehicle. (Continued) Vehicle Service and Care 9-61

Tire Changing steering wheel firmly. Steer to maintain lane position, and then { CAUTION gently brake to a stop well out of If a Tire Goes Flat the traffic lane. Lifting a vehicle and getting under it to do maintenance or repairs is It is unusual for a tire to blowout A rear blowout, particularly on a while you are driving, especially if dangerous without the appropriate curve, acts much like a skid and safety equipment and training. If a you maintain your vehicle’s tires may require the same correction jack is provided with the vehicle, it properly. If air goes out of a tire, it is you would use in a skid. In any is designed only for changing a much more likely to leak out slowly. rear blowout remove your foot flat tire. If it is used for anything But if you should ever have a from the accelerator pedal. Get the blowout, here are a few tips about vehicle under control by steering the else, you or others could be badly what to expect and what to do: way you want the vehicle to go. It injured or killed if the vehicle slips If a front tire fails, the flat tire may be very bumpy and noisy, but off the jack. If a jack is provided creates a drag that pulls the vehicle you can still steer. Gently brake to a with the vehicle, only use it for toward that side. Take your foot off stop, well off the road if possible. changing a flat tire. the accelerator pedal and grip the If a tire goes flat, the next part shows how to use the jacking equipment to change a flat tire safely. 9-62 Vehicle Service and Care

Changing a Flat Tire When you have a flat tire, use the CAUTION (Continued) following example as a guide to If a tire goes flat, avoid further tire assist you in the placement of and wheel damage by driving slowly 3. Turn off the engine and do wheel blocks. to a level place. Turn on the hazard not restart while the vehicle warning flashers. See Hazard is raised. Warning Flashers on page 4-3. 4. Do not allow passengers to remain in the vehicle. { CAUTION To be certain the vehicle will not Changing a tire can be dangerous. move, put blocks at the front and The vehicle can slip off the jack rear of the tire farthest away from and roll over or fall on you or other the one being changed. That people. You and they could be would be the tire on the other badly injured or even killed. Find side, at the opposite end of the The following information tells you a level place to change your tire. vehicle. how to use the jack and change To help prevent the vehicle from a tire. moving: 1. Set the parking brake firmly. 2. Put an automatic transmission shift lever in P (Park), or shift a manual transmission to 1 (First) or R (Reverse). (Continued) Vehicle Service and Care 9-63

Removing the Spare Tire To remove the spare tire and tools: and Tools

3. Remove the hook holding the 1. Turn the two lock knobs on the jack (B) and remove the jack (B). 4. Remove the jack handle (E) A. Compact Spare Tire cargo area ﬂoor (C) to UNLOCK. and wheel wrench (F) from B. Jack 2. Lift up and remove the both of the cargo area ﬂoors (C). the passenger side of the C. Cargo Area Floor(s) cargo area. D. Tire/Wheel Retainer Nut E. Jack Handle F. Wheel Wrench 9-64 Vehicle Service and Care

Removing the Flat Tire and Installing the Spare Tire 1. Do a safety check before proceeding. See Changing a Flat Tire on page 9-62. 2. If the vehicle has steel wheels with plastic wheel nut caps, loosen the plastic wheel nut caps. You may need the wheel wrench to loosen them. 5. Remove the tire/wheel Do not pry off wheel covers that 5. Loosen all the wheel nuts. retainer (D) from the compact have plastic wheel nut caps. Do not remove them yet. spare tire (A) and remove 3. Remove the wheel cover and set the compact spare tire (A). it off to the side. See Compact Spare Tire on 4. Attach the jack handle to the jack page 9-70. and turn clockwise to raise the 6. Place the compact spare tire (A) lift head a little. next to the ﬂat tire. Vehicle Service and Care 9-65

{ CAUTION

Getting under a vehicle when it is jacked up is dangerous. If the vehicle slips off the jack you could be badly injured or killed. Never get under a vehicle when it is supported only by a jack.

{ CAUTION

6. Position the jack and raise the Raising your vehicle with the jack 7. Turn the jack handle clockwise. jack lift head to fit over the car improperly positioned can damage Raise the vehicle far enough off flange between the two notches. the vehicle and even make the the ground so there is enough vehicle fall. To help avoid personal room for the compact spare tire injury and vehicle damage, be to fit underneath the wheel well. sure to fit the jack lift head into the proper location before raising the vehicle. 9-66 Vehicle Service and Care

{ CAUTION

Rust or dirt on a wheel, or on the parts to which it is fastened, can make wheel nuts become loose after time. The wheel could come off and cause an accident. When you change a wheel, remove any rust or dirt from places where the wheel attaches to the vehicle. In an emergency, you can use a cloth or a paper towel to do this; 8. Remove the wheel nuts and the but be sure to use a scraper 10. Remove any rust or dirt from ﬂat tire. or wire brush later, if needed, the wheel bolts, mounting 9. Install the spare tire. to get all the rust or dirt off. surfaces and spare wheel. See Changing a Flat Tire on 11. Place the compact spare tire on page 9-62. the wheel-mounting surface.

{ CAUTION

Never use oil or grease on bolts or nuts because the nuts might come loose. The vehicle’s wheel could fall off, causing a crash. Vehicle Service and Care 9-67

12. Reinstall the wheel nuts with the rounded end of the nuts { CAUTION toward the wheel. Tighten each nut by hand until the wheel Incorrect or improperly tightened is held against the hub. wheel nuts can cause the wheel to come loose and even come off. This could lead to a crash. If you have to replace them, be sure to get new original equipment wheel nuts. Stop somewhere as soon as you can and have the nuts tightened with a torque wrench to the proper torque specification. See Capacities and Specifications 14. Tighten the wheel nuts firmly on page 10-2 for wheel nut torque in a crisscross sequence as specification. shown.

Notice: Improperly tightened 13. Turn the jack handle wheel nuts can lead to brake counterclockwise. Lower pulsation and rotor damage. the jack completely. To avoid expensive brake repairs, evenly tighten the wheel nuts in the proper sequence and to the proper torque specification. See Capacities and Specifications on page 10-2 for the wheel nut torque specification. 9-68 Vehicle Service and Care

Storing a Flat or Spare 2. Place the jack (B) back in its original location on the driver Tire and Tools side of the cargo area and close Storing the Compact the latch over the jack (B). Spare Tire 3. Place the compact spare tire (A), valve stem pointed down, back { CAUTION in its original location in the center of the cargo area. Storing a jack, a tire, or other 4. Turn the tire/wheel retainer equipment in the passenger nut (D) clockwise to secure it compartment of the vehicle could on the compact spare tire (A). cause injury. In a sudden stop or 5. Close the cargo area ﬂoor (C). collision, loose equipment could A. Compact Spare Tire strike someone. Store all these (Valve Stem Pointed Down) Storing the Full-Size Flat Tire in the proper place. B. Jack C. Cargo Area Floor { CAUTION D. Tire/Wheel Retainer Nut Storing a jack, a tire, or other E. Jack Handle equipment in the passenger F. Wheel Wrench compartment of the vehicle could cause injury. In a sudden stop or 1. Place the jack handle (E) and collision, loose equipment could wheel wrench (F) back in their strike someone. Store all these in original location in the passenger the proper place. side of the cargo area. Vehicle Service and Care 9-69

The standard tire cannot be 4. Hook the end closest to the stored in the compact spare tire buckle, to the front cargo hooks. storage area. To store the standard flat tire: 1. If your vehicle has aluminum wheels, remove the center wheel cap before storing the flat tire. 2. Place the flat tire on the rear cargo area floor panel with the valve stem facing up.

6. Attach the other end of the straps to the cargo hooks. 5. Pass the straps through the 7. Position the tire edge against the center hole of the wheel. rear center end of the ﬂoor panel. Pull the end of the straps to make sure the tire is secure. Store the compact spare tire properly after use.

3. Use the tire tie-down straps located under the ﬂoor panel to secure the ﬂat tire. 9-70 Vehicle Service and Care

Compact Spare Tire Notice: When the compact spare is installed, do not take the vehicle The compact spare tire was fully through an automatic car wash inflated when the vehicle was new, with guide rails. The compact it can lose air after a time. Check spare can get caught on the rails the inflation pressure regularly. which can damage the tire, wheel It should be 60 psi (414 kPa). and other parts of the vehicle. After installing the compact spare Do not use your compact spare on on your vehicle, you should stop as other vehicles. soon as possible and make sure your spare tire is correctly inflated. Do not mix your compact spare The compact spare is intended to tire or wheel with other wheels or perform well at speeds up to 50 mph tires. Keep your spare tire and Return the jack and tools to the left (80 km/h), so you can finish your trip its wheel together. side of the compartment after use. and have your full-size tire repaired Notice: Tire chains will not or replaced where you want. Replace fit the compact spare. Using your spare with a full-size tire as them can damage the vehicle soon as you can. and can damage the chains too. Do not use tire chains on the compact spare. Vehicle Service and Care 9-71

Jump Starting Notice: Ignoring these steps To avoid the possibility of the could result in costly damage vehicles rolling, set the parking If your vehicle’s battery has run to your vehicle that would not brake ﬁrmly on both vehicles down, you may want to use another be covered by your warranty. involved in the jump start vehicle and some jumper cables Trying to start your vehicle procedure. Put an automatic to start your vehicle. Be sure to use by pushing or pulling it will transmission in P (Park) or the following steps to do it safely. not work, and it could damage a manual transmission in your vehicle. NEUTRAL before setting { the parking brake. CAUTION 1. Check the other vehicle. It must have a 12-volt battery with a Notice: If you leave the radio Batteries can hurt you. They can negative ground system. or other accessories on during be dangerous because: the jump starting procedure, they • They contain acid that can Notice: If the other vehicle’s could be damaged. The repairs burn you. system is not a 12-volt system would not be covered by the • They contain gas that can with a negative ground, both warranty. Always turn off explode or ignite. vehicles can be damaged. Only the radio and other accessories use vehicles with 12-volt systems They contain enough when jump starting the vehicle. • with negative grounds to jump electricity to burn you. start your vehicle. 3. Turn off the ignition on both If you do not follow these steps vehicles. Unplug unnecessary 2. Get the vehicles close enough accessories plugged into the exactly, some or all of these so the jumper cables can reach, things can hurt you. cigarette lighter. Turn off the radio but be sure the vehicles are not and all lamps that are not needed. touching each other. If they are, it This will avoid sparks and help could cause a ground connection save both batteries. And it could you do not want. You would not save the radio! be able to start your vehicle, and the bad grounding could damage the electrical systems. 9-72 Vehicle Service and Care

4. Open the hoods and locate the 5. Check that the jumper cables batteries. Find the positive (+) CAUTION (Continued) do not have loose or missing and negative (−) terminal insulation. If they do, you could locations on each vehicle. See Be sure the battery has enough get a shock. The vehicles could Engine Compartment Overview water. You do not need to add be damaged too. on page 9-6 for more information water to the battery installed in Before you connect the cables, on location. your new vehicle. But if a battery here are some basic things you has filler caps, be sure the right should know. Positive (+) will go { CAUTION amount of fluid is there. If it is to positive (+) or to a remote low, add water to take care of positive (+) terminal if the vehicle An electric fan can start up even that first. If you don’t, explosive has one. Negative (−) will go to a when the engine is not running gas could be present. heavy, unpainted metal engine and can injure you. Keep hands, part or to a remote negative (−) Battery fluid contains acid that clothing and tools away from any terminal if the vehicle has one. can burn you. Do not get it on underhood electric fan. you. If you accidentally get it in Do not connect positive (+) to negative (−) or you will get a short your eyes or on your skin, flush that would damage the battery the place with water and get { CAUTION and maybe other parts too. And medical help immediately. do not connect the negative (−) Using a match near a battery can cable to the negative (−) terminal cause battery gas to explode. { on the dead battery because this People have been hurt doing this, CAUTION can cause sparks. and some have been blinded. Use Fans or other moving engine a flashlight if you need more light. parts can injure you badly. Keep (Continued) your hands away from moving parts once the engine is running. Vehicle Service and Care 9-73

6. Connect the red positive (+) 1.8 L4 Engine 2.4L L4 Engine cable to the positive (+) terminal 8. To access the remote negative Now connect the black of the dead battery. Use a remote on the 1.8L engine, the cover negative (−) cable to the negative positive (+) terminal if the vehicle will need to be removed. terminal of the good battery. has one. To remove the engine cover Use a remote negative (−) 7. Do not let the other end raise the rear of the engine cover terminal if the vehicle has one. touch metal. Connect it to the to remove the rear clips and Do not let the other end touch positive (+) terminal of the good the front of the engine cover anything until the next step. battery. Use a remote positive (+) to remove the two front clips The other end of the negative (−) terminal if the vehicle has one. cable does not go to the dead battery. It goes to a heavy, unpainted metal engine part or to a remote negative (−) terminal on the vehicle with the dead battery. 9-74 Vehicle Service and Care

9. Connect the other end of the To disconnect the jumper cables negative (−) cable at least from both vehicles, do the following: 18 inches (45 cm) away from the 1. Disconnect the black negative (−) dead battery, but not near engine cable from the vehicle that had parts that move. The electrical the dead battery. connection is just as good there, and the chance of sparks getting 2. Disconnect the black negative (−) back to the battery is much less. cable from the vehicle with the good battery. 10. Now start the vehicle with the good battery and run the 3. Disconnect the red positive (+) engine for a while. cable from the vehicle with the good battery. 11. Try to start the vehicle that had the dead battery. If it will not Jumper Cable Removal 4. Disconnect the red positive (+) start after a few tries, it probably A. Heavy, Unpainted Metal cable from the other vehicle. needs service. Engine Part Notice: If the jumper cables are B. Good Battery connected or removed in the C. Dead Battery wrong order, electrical shorting may occur and damage the vehicle. The repairs would not be covered by your warranty. Always connect and remove the jumper cables in the correct order, making sure that the cables do not touch each other or other metal. Vehicle Service and Care 9-75

Towing are known as “dinghy towing” (towing • Do you have the proper towing your vehicle with all four wheels on equipment? See your dealer/ the ground) and “dolly towing” retailer or trailering professional Towing Your Vehicle (towing your vehicle with two wheels for additional advice and To avoid damage, the disabled on the ground and two wheels up on equipment recommendations. a device known as a “dolly”). vehicle should be towed with all • Is your vehicle ready to be towed? four wheels off the ground. Consult With the proper preparation and Just as you would prepare your your dealer/retailer or a professional equipment, many vehicles can be vehicle for a long trip, you will towing service if the disabled vehicle towed in these ways. See “Dinghy want to make sure your vehicle must be towed. See Roadside Towing” and “Dolly Towing,” is prepared to be towed. See Assistance Program on page 12-5. following. “Before Leaving On A Long Trip” in the Index. To tow the vehicle behind another Here are some important things to vehicle for recreational purposes consider before you do recreational Dinghy Towing (such as behind a motorhome), vehicle towing: see “Recreational Vehicle Towing” If your vehicle has an automatic following. • What is the towing capacity transmission, it cannot be dinghy of the towing vehicle? towed. See “Dolly Towing” for Recreational Vehicle Be sure you read the tow more information regarding vehicle manufacturer’s towing your vehicle. Towing recommendations. If your vehicle has a manual Recreational vehicle towing means • How far will you tow? Some towing your vehicle behind another transmission, it can be dinghy vehicles have restrictions on how towed. vehicle – such as behind a far and how long they can tow. motorhome. The two most common types of recreational vehicle towing 9-76 Vehicle Service and Care

Dolly Towing (Front-Wheel-Drive Vehicles Only)

When dinghy towing, be sure to Do not tow your vehicle from follow the posted legal speed limit. the rear. Your vehicle could be badly 1. Put the shift lever in Neutral. damaged and the repairs would not be covered by your warranty. 2. Turn the ignition to To tow your front-wheel-drive ACC/ACCESSORY to avoid Dolly Towing vehicle using a dolly, follow locking the steering wheel. (All-Wheel-Drive Vehicles) these steps: Make sure the audio system All-wheel-drive vehicles must not 1. Put the front wheels on a dolly. is turned off and that nothing is be towed with two wheels on the plugged into the power outlets. 2. Move the shift lever to P (Park) ground. To properly tow these for an automatic transmission 3. Release the parking brake. vehicles, they should be placed or Neutral for a manual on a platform trailer with all four After dinghy towing, let the engine transmission. wheels off of the ground. idle for more than three minutes 3. Set the parking brake. before driving the vehicle. Vehicle Service and Care 9-77

4. Clamp the steering wheel in a acceleration, braking, durability and straight-ahead position with a CAUTION (Continued) fuel economy. Successful, safe clamping device designed trailering takes correct equipment, for towing. injured. The vehicle may also be and it has to be used properly. damaged; the resulting repairs 5. Remove the key from the would not be covered by the That is the reason for this part. ignition. vehicle warranty. Pull a trailer only In it are many time-tested, important trailering tips and safety rules. Many 6. Secure the vehicle to the dolly. if all the steps in this section have of these are important for your safety been followed. Ask your 7. Release the parking brake. and that of your passengers. dealer/retailer for advice and So please read this section Towing a Trailer information about towing a trailer carefully before you pull a trailer. with the vehicle. Load-pulling components such as { CAUTION Your vehicle can tow a trailer if it the engine, transmission, wheel assemblies and tires are forced to The driver can lose control when is equipped with the proper trailer towing equipment. To identify the work harder against the drag of pulling a trailer if the correct vehicle trailering capacity of your the added weight. The engine equipment is not used or the vehicle, you should read the is required to operate at relatively vehicle is not driven properly. information in “Weight of the Trailer” higher speeds and under greater For example, if the trailer is too that appears later in this section. loads, generating extra heat. heavy, the brakes may not work Trailering is different than just driving In addition, the trailer adds well or even at all. The driver and your vehicle by itself. Trailering considerably to wind resistance, passengers could be seriously means changes in handling, increasing the pulling requirements. (Continued) 9-78 Vehicle Service and Care

If You Do Decide To Pull A • Then, during the ﬁrst 500 miles Weight of the Trailer Trailer (800 km) that trailer is towed, do How heavy can a trailer safely be? not drive over 50 mph (80 km/h) If you do, here are some important and do not make starts at full It should never weigh more than points: throttle. This helps the engine 1,500 lbs (680 kg). But even • There are many different laws, and other parts of the vehicle that can be too heavy. including speed limit restrictions, wear in at the heavier loads. It depends on how you plan to having to do with trailering. Make • Obey speed limit restrictions use your rig. For example, speed, sure the rig will be legal, not only when towing a trailer. Do not drive altitude, road grades, outside where you live but also where you faster than the maximum posted temperature and how much your will be driving. A good source for speed for trailers, or no more than vehicle is used to pull a trailer are this information can be state or 55 mph (90 km/h), to save wear all important. It can also depend on provincial police. on the vehicle’s parts. any special equipment that you have • Consider using a sway control. on your vehicle, and the amount of Three important considerations have Ask a hitch dealer about sway tongue weight the vehicle can carry. to do with weight: controls. See “Weight of the Trailer Tongue” • Do not tow a trailer at all during • the weight of the trailer later in this section for more the ﬁrst 1,000 miles (1 600 km) • the weight of the trailer tongue information. the new vehicle is driven. The • and the total weight on your engine, axle or other parts could vehicle’s tires be damaged. Vehicle Service and Care 9-79

Maximum trailer weight is calculated And if you tow a trailer, you must add After the trailer is loaded, weigh assuming only the driver is in the tow the tongue load to the GVW because the trailer and then the tongue, vehicle and it has all the required your vehicle will be carrying that separately, to see if the weights trailering equipment. The weight weight, too. See Loading the Vehicle are proper. If they are not, you may of additional optional equipment, on page 8-32 for more information be able to get them right simply passengers and cargo in the tow about your vehicle’s maximum load by moving some items around in vehicle must be subtracted from capacity. the trailer. the maximum trailer weight. Total Weight on Your Vehicle’s You can ask your dealer/retailer for Tires our trailering information or advice, or you can write us at our Customer Be sure your vehicle’s tires are Assistance Offices. See Customer inﬂated to the upper limit for cold Assistance Offices on page 12-4 for tires. These numbers are located on more information. the Tire and Loading Information label located on the vehicle’s center Weight of the Trailer Tongue pillar (B-pillar). See Loading the Vehicle on page 8-32. Then be sure The tongue load (A) of any trailer you do not go over the GVW limit is an important weight to measure If using a weight-carrying hitch or a for your vehicle, including the weight because it affects the total or gross weight-distributing hitch, the trailer of the trailer tongue. weight of your vehicle. The Gross tongue (A) should weigh 10 to Vehicle Weight (GVW) includes the 15 percent of the total loaded trailer curb weight of the vehicle, any cargo weight (B). you may carry in it, and the people who will be riding in the vehicle. 9-80 Vehicle Service and Care

Hitches Safety Chains Driving with a Trailer It is important to have the correct You should always attach chains Towing a trailer requires a certain hitch equipment. Crosswinds, between your vehicle and your amount of experience. Get to know large trucks going by and rough trailer. Cross the safety chains the rig before setting out for the open roads are a few reasons why under the tongue of the trailer road. Acquaint yourself with the feel you will need the right hitch. so that the tongue will not drop of handling and braking with the Here are some rules to follow: to the road if it becomes separated added weight of the trailer. And from the hitch. Instructions about always keep in mind that the vehicle • Do not let the steel in a hitch safety chains may be provided contact the aluminum on your by the hitch manufacturer or by you are driving is now a good deal bumper because it can corrode. the trailer manufacturer. Follow the longer and not nearly as responsive Use something like paint or plastic manufacturer’s recommendation for as your vehicle is by itself. tape to separate the steel and attaching safety chains and do not Before you start, check the trailer aluminum. The same steel to attach them to the bumper. Leave hitch, platform and attachments, aluminum problem can happen sufficient slack in the chain for turns. safety chains, electrical connector, with fasteners too. Never allow safety chains to drag on lamps, tires and mirror adjustment. the ground. • Will you have to make any holes If the trailer has electric brakes, start in the body of your vehicle when Trailer Brakes your vehicle and trailer moving and you install a trailer hitch? If you Does your trailer have its own then apply the trailer brake controller do, then be sure to seal the holes brakes? by hand to be sure the brakes are working. This lets you check later when you remove the hitch. Be sure to read and follow the If you do not seal them, deadly your electrical connection at the instructions for the trailer brakes so same time. carbon monoxide (CO) from the you will be able to install, adjust and exhaust can get into your vehicle. maintain them properly. If you have During your trip, check occasionally See “Engine Exhaust” in the antilock brakes, do not tap into your to be sure that the load is secure, Index. Dirt and water can too. vehicle’s brake system. If you do, and that the lamps and any both systems will not work well, trailer brakes are still working. or at all. Vehicle Service and Care 9-81

Following Distance Making Turns When towing a trailer, the arrows on the instrument panel will flash for Stay at least twice as far behind the Notice: Making very sharp turns turns even if the bulbs on the trailer vehicle ahead as you would when while trailering could cause are burned out. Thus, you may think driving your vehicle without a trailer. the trailer to come in contact with drivers behind you are seeing your This can help you avoid situations the vehicle. The vehicle could signal when they are not. It is that require heavy braking and be damaged. Avoid making very important to check occasionally to be sudden turns. sharp turns while trailering. sure the trailer bulbs are still working. Passing When you are turning with a trailer, make wider turns than normal. Driving On Grades More distance in front is needed to Do this so your trailer will not strike Reduce speed and shift to a lower pass when towing a trailer. And, soft shoulders, curbs, road signs, gear before you start down a long or because the tow vehicle and trailer trees or other objects. Avoid jerky or steep downgrade. If you do not shift are longer, you will need to go sudden maneuvers. Signal well in down, you might have to use your farther beyond the passed vehicle advance. brakes so much that they would get before you can return to your lane. hot and no longer work well. Turn Signals When Towing a Backing Up Trailer On a long uphill grade, shift down Hold the bottom of the steering and reduce your speed to around When you tow a trailer, your vehicle 45 mph (70 km/h) to reduce the wheel with one hand. Then, to move may need a different turn signal the trailer to the left, just move that possibility of the engine and the flasher and/or extra wiring. Check transmission overheating. hand to the left. To move the trailer with your dealer/retailer. The arrows to the right, move your hand to the on the instrument panel flash right. Always back up slowly and, if whenever you signal a turn or lane possible, have someone guide you. change. Properly hooked up, the trailer lamps also flash, telling other drivers you are about to turn, change lanes or stop. 9-82 Vehicle Service and Care

Parking on Hills 3. When the chocks are in place, Maintenance When Trailer release the regular brakes until Towing the chocks absorb the load. { CAUTION Your vehicle will need service more 4. Reapply the regular brakes. often when you are pulling a trailer. Parking the vehicle on a hill Then apply your parking See the Maintenance Schedule with the trailer attached can be brake and shift into P (Park) for more on this. Things that are dangerous. If something goes for an automatic transmission especially important in trailer wrong, the rig could start to move. or R (Reverse) for a manual operation are automatic transmission People can be injured, and both transmission. fluid (do not overfill), engine oil, drive the vehicle and the trailer can be 5. Release the regular brakes. belt, cooling system and brake damaged. When possible, always system. Each of these is covered in park the rig on a flat surface. When You Are Ready to Leave this manual, and the Index will help After Parking on a Hill find them quickly. If you are trailering, To park your rig on a hill: 1. Apply your regular brakes and it is a good idea to review this hold the pedal down while you: information before starting your trip. 1. Apply your regular brakes, but do not shift into P (Park) for an • start your engine Check periodically to see that all hitch nuts and bolts are tight. automatic transmission or into • shift the transmission gear for a manual transmission, into gear Engine Cooling When Trailer yet. When parking uphill, turn Towing your wheels away from the curb. • release the parking brake When parking downhill, turn your 2. Let up on the brake pedal. The cooling system could wheels into the curb. temporarily overheat during severe 3. Drive slowly until the trailer is operating conditions. See Engine 2. Have someone place chocks clear of the chocks. Overheating on page 9-22. under the trailer wheels. 4. Stop and have someone pick up and store the chocks. Vehicle Service and Care 9-83

Appearance Care When cleaning your vehicle’s maintain adequate ventilation by interior, only use cleaners speciﬁcally opening your vehicle’s doors and designed for the surfaces being windows. Interior Cleaning cleaned. Permanent damage may Dust may be removed from small result from using cleaners on Your vehicle’s interior will continue buttons and knobs using a small surfaces for which they were not to look its best if it is cleaned often. brush with soft bristles. Although not always visible, dust intended. Use glass cleaner only and dirt can accumulate on your on glass. Remove any accidental Your dealer/retailer has a product for upholstery. Dirt can damage carpet, over-spray from other surfaces cleaning your vehicle’s glass. You fabric, leather, and plastic surfaces. immediately. To prevent over-spray, can also obtain a product from your Regular vacuuming is recommended apply cleaner directly to the cleaning dealer/retailer to remove odors from to remove particles from the cloth. your vehicle’s upholstery. upholstery. It is important to keep Notice: If you use abrasive Do not clean your vehicle using the your upholstery from becoming and cleaners when cleaning glass following cleaners or techniques: remaining heavily soiled. Soils surfaces on your vehicle, you should be removed as quickly as • Never use a knife or any could scratch the glass and/or possible. Your vehicle’s interior may other sharp object to remove a cause damage to the rear window experience extremes of heat that soil from any interior surface. defogger. When cleaning the glass could cause stains to set rapidly. on your vehicle, use only a soft • Never use a stiff brush. It can Lighter colored interiors may require cloth and glass cleaner. cause damage to your vehicle’s more frequent cleaning. Use care interior surfaces. Many cleaners contain solvents that because newspapers and garments may become concentrated in your • Never apply heavy pressure or that transfer color to your home vehicle’s breathing space. Before rub aggressively with a cleaning furnishings may also transfer using cleaners, read and adhere to cloth. Use of heavy pressure can color to your vehicle’s interior. all safety instructions on the label. damage the interior and does not While cleaning your vehicle’s interior, improve the effectiveness of soil removal. 9-84 Vehicle Service and Care

• Use only mild, neutral-pH soaps. Fabric/Carpet To clean, use the following instructions: Avoid laundry detergents or Use a vacuum cleaner with a dishwashing soaps with soft brush attachment frequently 1. Saturate a lint-free, clean white degreasers. Using too much to remove dust and loose dirt. cloth with water or club soda. soap will leave a residue that A canister vacuum with a beater bar leaves streaks and attracts dirt. 2. Wring the cloth to remove excess in the nozzle may only be used on moisture. For liquid cleaners, about floor carpet and carpeted floor mats. 20 drops per gallon (3.78 L) For soils, always try to remove them 3. Start on the outside edge of the of water is a good guide. first with plain water or club soda. soil and gently rub toward the • Do not heavily saturate the Before cleaning, gently remove as center. Continue cleaning, using upholstery while cleaning. much of the soil as possible using a clean area of the cloth each time it becomes soiled. • Damage to your vehicle’s interior one of the following techniques: may result from the use of many • For liquids: gently blot the 4. Continue to gently rub the soiled organic solvents such as naptha, remaining soil with a paper towel. area until the cleaning cloth alcohol, etc. Allow the soil to absorb into the remains clean. paper towel until no more can be 5. If the soil is not completely removed. removed, use a mild soap • For solid dry soils: remove as solution and repeat the cleaning much as possible and then process that was used with vacuum. plain water. Vehicle Service and Care 9-85

If any of the soil remains, a Leather Instrument Panel, Vinyl, and commercial fabric cleaner or spot A soft cloth dampened with Other Plastic Surfaces lifter may be necessary. When a water can be used to remove dust. commercial upholstery cleaner or A soft cloth dampened with water If a more thorough cleaning is spot lifter is to be used, test a small may be used to remove dust. necessary, a soft cloth dampened If a more thorough cleaning is hidden area for colorfastness ﬁrst. with a mild soap solution can be necessary, a clean soft cloth If the locally cleaned area gives any used. Allow the leather to dry dampened with a mild soap solution impression that a ring formation may naturally. Do not use heat to dry. can be used to gently remove dust result, clean the entire surface. Never use steam to clean leather. and dirt. Never use spot lifters or After the cleaning process has been Never use spot lifters or spot removers on plastic surfaces. completed, a paper towel can be removers on leather. Many Many commercial cleaners and used to blot excess moisture commercial leather cleaners and coatings that are sold to preserve from the fabric or carpet. coatings that are sold to preserve and protect soft plastic surfaces may and protect leather may permanently permanently change the appearance and feel of your interior and are not change the appearance and recommended. Do not use silicone feel of your leather and are not or wax-based products, or those recommended. Do not use silicone containing organic solvents to clean or wax-based products, or those your vehicle’s interior because containing organic solvents to clean they can alter the appearance by your vehicle’s interior because increasing the gloss in a non-uniform they can alter the appearance by manner. increasing the gloss in a non-uniform Some commercial products may manner. Never use shoe polish on increase gloss on your instrument leather. panel. The increase in gloss may cause annoying reﬂections in the windshield and even make it difficult to see through the windshield under certain conditions. 9-86 Vehicle Service and Care

Exterior Cleaning Notice: Machine compounding Exterior painted surfaces are subject or aggressive polishing on a to aging, weather and chemical Cleaning Exterior basecoat/clearcoat paint finish fallout that can take their toll over Lamps/Lenses may damage it. Use only a period of years. You can help to Use only lukewarm or cold water, a non-abrasive waxes and polishes keep the paint finish looking new by soft cloth and a car washing soap to that are made for a basecoat/ keeping your vehicle garaged or clean exterior lamps and lenses. clearcoat paint finish on your covered whenever possible. vehicle. Follow instructions under “Washing Protecting Exterior Bright Metal Your Vehicle” later in this section. Foreign materials such as calcium Parts chloride and other salts, ice melting Bright metal parts should be Finish Care agents, road oil and tar, tree sap, cleaned regularly to keep their bird droppings, chemicals from Occasional waxing or mild polishing luster. Wash with water or industrial chimneys, etc., can of your vehicle by hand may be use chrome polish on chrome or damage your vehicle’s finish if they necessary to remove residue stainless steel trim, if necessary. from the paint finish. You can remain on painted surfaces. Wash get approved cleaning products the vehicle as soon as possible. Use special care with aluminum from your dealer/retailer. If necessary, use non-abrasive trim. To avoid damaging protective cleaners that are marked safe for trim, never use auto or chrome If your vehicle has a painted surfaces to remove foreign polish, steam or caustic soap to basecoat/clearcoat paint finish, matter. clean aluminum. A coating of the clearcoat gives more depth wax, rubbed to high polish, is and gloss to the colored basecoat. recommended for all bright metal Always use waxes and polishes that parts. are non-abrasive and made for a basecoat/clearcoat paint finish. Vehicle Service and Care 9-87

Washing Your Vehicle Do not use cleaning agents that are High pressure car washes may petroleum based or that contain acid cause water to enter the vehicle. The best way to preserve your or abrasives, as they can damage Avoid using high pressure washes vehicle’s ﬁnish is to keep it clean by the paint, metal or plastic on your closer than 12 inches (30 cm) to washing it often. vehicle. Approved cleaning products the surface of the vehicle. Use of Do not wash the vehicle in direct can be obtained from your dealer/ power washers exceeding 1,200 psi sunlight. Use a car washing soap. retailer. Follow all manufacturers’ (8 274 kPa) can result in damage or directions regarding correct product removal of paint and decals. Notice: Certain cleaners contain usage, necessary safety precautions chemicals that can damage the and appropriate disposal of any Weatherstrips emblems or nameplates on your vehicle care product. vehicle. Check the cleaning Silicone grease on weatherstrips will product label. If it states that it Rinse the vehicle well, before make them last longer, seal better, should not be used on plastic washing and after to remove all and not stick or squeak. Apply parts, do not use it on your vehicle cleaning agents completely. If they silicone grease with a clean cloth. or damage may occur and it would are allowed to dry on the surface, During very cold, damp weather not be covered by the warranty. they could stain. frequent application may be required. See “Fluids and Lubricants” in the Dry the ﬁnish with a soft, clean Index of the “Maintenance and chamois or an all-cotton towel to Warranty and Owner assistance avoid surface scratches and Information” manual. water spotting. 9-88 Vehicle Service and Care

Wheels and Trim — Aluminum Notice: If you use strong soaps, Notice: Using chrome polish on or Chrome chemicals, abrasive polishes, aluminum wheels could damage cleaners, brushes, or cleaners the wheels. The repairs would Your vehicle may have either that contain acid on aluminum not be covered by your warranty. aluminum or chrome-plated wheels. or chrome-plated wheels, Use chrome polish on chrome Keep the wheels clean using a you could damage the surface of wheels only. the wheel(s). The repairs would soft clean cloth with mild soap and Use chrome polish only on not be covered by your warranty. water. Rinse with clean water. chrome-plated wheels, but avoid Use only approved cleaners on After rinsing thoroughly, dry with a any painted surface of the wheel, aluminum or chrome-plated soft clean towel. A wax may then and buff off immediately after wheels. be applied. application. The surface of these wheels is Notice: Chrome wheels and Notice: If you drive your other chrome trim may be similar to the painted surface of your vehicle. Do not use strong soaps, vehicle through an automatic damaged if you do not wash your car wash that has silicone vehicle after driving on roads chemicals, abrasive polishes, abrasive cleaners, cleaners with carbide tire cleaning brushes, that have been sprayed with you could damage the aluminum magnesium, calcium or sodium acid, or abrasive cleaning brushes on them because you could damage or chrome-plated wheels. The chloride. These chlorides are repairs would not be covered by used on roads for conditions the surface. Do not use chrome polish on aluminum wheels. your warranty. Never drive a such as ice and dust. Always vehicle equipped with aluminum wash your vehicle’s chrome with or chrome-plated wheels through soap and water after exposure. an automatic car wash that uses silicone carbide tire cleaning brushes. Vehicle Service and Care 9-89

Windshield and Wiper Blades Tires Original manufacturer replacement parts will provide the corrosion Clean the outside of the windshield To clean the tires, use a stiff brush protection while maintaining with glass cleaner. with tire cleaner. the vehicle warranty. Clean the rubber blades using a lint Notice: Using petroleum-based free cloth or paper towel soaked with tire dressing products on your Finish Damage windshield washer fluid or a mild vehicle may damage the paint detergent. Wash the windshield finish and/or tires. When applying Any stone chips, fractures or deep thoroughly when cleaning the blades. a tire dressing, always wipe off scratches in the finish should be Bugs, road grime, sap, and a buildup any overspray from all painted repaired right away. Bare metal will of vehicle wash/wax treatments may surfaces on your vehicle. corrode quickly and may develop into cause wiper streaking. Replace the major repair expense. wiper blades if they are worn or Sheet Metal Damage Minor chips and scratches can be damaged. repaired with touch-up materials If the vehicle is damaged and Wipers can be damaged by: available from your dealer/retailer. requires sheet metal repair or Larger areas of finish damage can be • Extreme dusty conditions replacement, make sure the body corrected in your dealer’s/retailer’s repair shop applies anti-corrosion • Sand and salt body and paint shop. material to parts repaired or • Heat and sun replaced to restore corrosion • Snow and ice, without proper protection. removal 9-90 Vehicle Service and Care

Underbody Maintenance Chemical Paint Spotting Chemicals used for ice and snow Some weather and atmospheric removal and dust control can collect conditions can create a chemical on the underbody. If these are not fallout. Airborne pollutants can removed, corrosion and rust can fall upon and attack painted surfaces develop on the underbody parts such on the vehicle. This damage can as fuel lines, frame, floor pan, and take two forms: blotchy, ring-shaped exhaust system even though they discolorations, and small, irregular have corrosion protection. dark spots etched into the paint surface. At least every spring, flush these materials from the underbody Although no defect in the paint job with plain water. Clean any areas causes this, we will repair, at no where mud and debris can collect. charge to the owner, the surfaces Dirt packed in close areas of of new vehicles damaged by this the frame should be loosened before fallout condition within 12 months being flushed. Your dealer/retailer or 12,000 miles (20 000 km) of or an underbody car washing purchase, whichever occurs first. system can do this for you. Technical Data 10-1

Technical Data Vehicle Identification Service Parts Identification Label Vehicle Identification This label is on the inside of the Number (VIN) glove box. It is very helpful if Vehicle Identification you ever need to order parts. Vehicle Identification The label has the following ...... 10-1 Number (VIN) information: Service Parts Identification Label ...... 10-1 This is the legal identifier for your • Vehicle Identification vehicle. It appears on a plate in Number (VIN) the front corner of the instrument Capacities and • Model designation Specifications panel, on the driver side. It can Capacities and be seen through the windshield from • Paint information Specifications ...... 10-2 outside the vehicle. The VIN also • Production options and special appears on the Vehicle Certification equipment Normal Maintenance and Service Parts labels and the Replacement Parts certificates of title and registration. Do not remove this label from the vehicle. Maintenance Engine Identification Replacement Parts ...... 10-4 Engine Drive Belt The eighth character in the VIN is Routing ...... 10-5 the engine code. This code helps identify the vehicle’s engine, specifications, and replacement parts. See “Engine Specifications” under Capacities and Specifications on page 10-2 for your vehicle’s engine code. 10-2 Technical Data

Capacities and Speciﬁcations The following approximate capacities are given in English and metric conversions. Please refer to Part D: Recommended Fluids and Lubricants on page 11-18 for more information.

Capacities Application English Metric For the air conditioning system refrigerant charge amount, see the refrigerant caution label located Air Conditioning Refrigerant R134a under the hood. See your dealer/retailer for more information. Cooling System 1.8L L4 Engine 5.8 qt 5.5 L 2.4L L4 Engine 6.0 qt 5.7 L Engine Oil with Filter 1.8L L4 Engine 4.4 qt 4.2 L 2.4L L4 Engine 4.5 qt 4.3 L Fuel Tank 13.2 gal 50 L Transmission, Automatic (Complete Drain and Reﬁll) 1.8L L4 Engine 3.1 qt 2.9 L 2.4L L4 Engine 3.7 qt 3.5 L Technical Data 10-3

Capacities Application English Metric Transmission, Manual (Complete Drain and Reﬁll) 1.8L L4 Engine 2.0 qt 1.9 L 2.4L L4 Engine 2.6 qt 2.5 L Wheel Nut Torque 76 lb ft 103 Y All capacities are approximate. When adding, be sure to ﬁll to the approximate level, as recommended in this manual.

Engine Speciﬁcations Engine VIN Code Transmission Spark Plug Gap Automatic 1.8L L4 8 0.043 in (1.10 mm) Manual Automatic 2.4L L4 0 0.043 in (1.10 mm) Manual 10-4 Technical Data

Normal Maintenance Replacement Parts Maintenance Replacement Parts Replacement parts identiﬁed below by name, part number, or speciﬁcation can be obtained from your dealer/retailer.

Part GM Part Numbers Other Part Numbers Engine Air Cleaner/Filter 1.8L L4 Engine 88975792 — 2.4L L4 Engine 88975799 — Engine Oil Filter 1.8L L4 Engine* 19185485 — 2.4L L4 Engine 88969580 — Passenger Compartment Air Filter 19184673 — Spark Plugs** 1.8L L4 Engine 19185438 SK20HR11† SK20R11† 2.4L L4 Engine 88969636 IFR6A11†† *Oil Filter Element Kit includes element and seal. **The engine is ﬁtted with iridium-tipped spark plugs. Use only iridium-tipped spark plugs for better engine performance. † DENSO †† NGK Technical Data 10-5

Engine Drive Belt Routing

2.4L L4 Engine

1.8L L4 Engine The 1.8L L4 engine drive belt requires the use of a special kind of tool to service. See your dealer/retailer for service. 10-6 Technical Data

✍ NOTES Service and Maintenance 11-1

At Least Once a Month ...11-13 Service and Service and At Least Twice a Year ....11-13 Maintenance At Least Once a Year .....11-13 Maintenance Part C: Periodic Maintenance Introduction Inspections ...... 11-16 Important: Keep engine oil at Service and Maintenance Steering, Suspension and Front Drive Axle Boot the proper level and change as Introduction ...... 11-1 recommended. Maintenance and Seal Inspection ...... 11-16 Requirements ...... 11-2 Exhaust System Your Vehicle and the Inspection ...... 11-16 Environment ...... 11-2 Fuel System Inspection ...11-16 How This Section is Engine Cooling System Organized ...... 11-2 Inspection ...... 11-17 Part A: Scheduled Throttle System Maintenance Services ...... 11-3 Inspection ...... 11-17 Using the Maintenance Brake System Have you purchased the GM Schedule ...... 11-3 Inspection ...... 11-17 Protection Plan? The Plan Scheduled Maintenance ....11-4 Part D: Recommended supplements the vehicle warranties. Part B: Owner Checks Fluids and Lubricants ....11-18 See the Warranty and Owner and Services ...... 11-12 Part E: Maintenance Assistance booklet or your At Each Fuel Fill ...... 11-12 Record ...... 11-20 dealer/retailer for details. 11-2 Service and Maintenance

Maintenance How This Section is { Requirements Organized CAUTION Maintenance intervals, checks, This maintenance schedule is Performing maintenance work inspections and recommended fluids divided into five parts: on a vehicle can be dangerous. and lubricants as prescribed in this In trying to do some jobs, you can manual are necessary to keep this “Part A: Scheduled Maintenance be seriously injured. Do your own Services” explains what to have vehicle in good working condition. maintenance work only if you done and how often. Some of Any damage caused by failure to have the required know-how and these services can be complex, follow scheduled maintenance the proper tools and equipment so unless you are technically may not be covered by the vehicle for the job. If you have any doubt, warranty. qualified and have the necessary equipment, you should let your have a qualified technician do the dealer/retailer do these jobs. work. See Doing Your Own Your Vehicle and the Service Work on page 9-4. Environment Your dealer/retailer has trained and supported service people To purchase service information, Proper vehicle maintenance not only that will perform the work using see Service Publications Ordering helps to keep the vehicle in good genuine parts. working condition, but also helps Information on page 12-16. the environment. Improper vehicle “Part B: Owner Checks and maintenance can even affect the Services” tells what should be quality of the air we breathe. checked and when. It also explains Improper fluid levels or the wrong tire what can easily be done to help inflation can increase the level of keep the vehicle in good condition. emissions from the vehicle. To help protect the environment, and to keep the vehicle in good condition, be sure to maintain the vehicle properly. Service and Maintenance 11-3

“Part C: Periodic Maintenance Part A: Scheduled Because of the different ways Inspections” explains important people use their vehicles, inspections that your dealer/retailer Maintenance Services maintenance needs vary. You might can perform for you. In this part are scheduled need more frequent checks and maintenance services which are replacements. So please read the “Part D: Recommended Fluids to be performed at the mileage following and note how you drive. and Lubricants” lists some intervals speciﬁed. If you have questions on how to keep recommended products necessary the vehicle in good condition, see to help keep the vehicle properly your dealer/retailer. maintained. These products, or Using the Maintenance their equivalents, should be used Schedule This part tells you the maintenance whether you do the work yourself We want to help keep this vehicle in services that should be done or have it done. good working condition. But we do and when to schedule them. “Part E: Maintenance Record” is a not know exactly how you will drive it. When you go to your dealer/retailer place to record and keep track of You might drive short distances only for service, trained and supported the maintenance performed on a few times a week. Or you might service people will perform the work the vehicle. Keep the maintenance drive long distances all the time in using genuine parts. receipts. They may be needed very hot, dusty weather. You might to qualify the vehicle for warranty use the vehicle in making deliveries. repairs. Or you might drive it to work, to do errands, or in many other ways. 11-4 Service and Maintenance

The proper fluids and lubricants to Scheduled Maintenance + A good time to check your brakes use are listed in Part D. Make is during tire rotation. See Brake sure whoever services the vehicle The services shown in this schedule System Inspection on page 11-17. uses these. All parts should be up to 120,000 miles (192 000 km) replaced and all necessary repairs should be repeated after 5,000 Miles (8 000 km) done before you or anyone else 120,000 miles (192 000 km) at the ❑ Change engine oil and filter drives the vehicle. same intervals for the life of this (or every 3 months, whichever vehicle. occurs first). An Emission Control These schedules are for Service. vehicles that: See Part B: Owner Checks and Services on page 11-12, Part C: ❑ Rotate tires. See Tire Inspection • carry passengers and cargo Periodic Maintenance Inspections and Rotation on page 9-53 for within recommended limits on on page 11-16, and Part D: proper rotation pattern and the Tire and Loading Information Recommended Fluids and additional information. label. See Loading the Vehicle Lubricants on page 11-18. (See footnote +.) on page 8-32. ❑ Footnotes Inspect engine air cleaner filter • are driven on reasonable road if you are driving in dusty surfaces within legal driving limits. † The U.S. Environmental Protection conditions. Replace filter if • use the recommended fuel. Agency or the California Air necessary. See Gasoline Octane on Resources Board has determined page 8-36. that the failure to perform this 10,000 Miles (16 000 km) maintenance item will not nullify the ❑ Change engine oil and filter emissions warranty or limit recall (or every 3 months, whichever liability prior to the completion of the occurs first). An Emission vehicle’s useful life. We, however, Control Service. urge that all recommended maintenance services be performed at the indicated intervals and the maintenance be recorded. Service and Maintenance 11-5

❑ Rotate tires. See Tire Inspection 20,000 Miles (32 000 km) ❑ Inspect engine air cleaner filter and Rotation on page 9-53 ❑ Change engine oil and filter if you are driving in dusty for proper rotation pattern (or every 3 months, whichever conditions. Replace filter if and additional information. occurs first). An Emission necessary. (See footnote +.) Control Service. 30,000 Miles (48 000 km) ❑ Inspect engine air cleaner filter ❑ Rotate tires. See Tire Inspection ❑ if you are driving in dusty Change engine oil and filter and Rotation on page 9-53 for (or every 3 months, whichever conditions. Replace filter if proper rotation pattern and necessary. occurs first). An Emission additional information. Control Service. (See footnote +.) 15,000 Miles (24 000 km) ❑ ❑ Rotate tires. See Tire Inspection ❑ Change engine oil and filter Inspect engine air cleaner filter and Rotation on page 9-53 for (or every 3 months, whichever if you are driving in dusty proper rotation pattern and occurs first). An Emission conditions. Replace filter if additional information. Control Service. necessary. (See footnote +.) ❑ Rotate tires. See Tire Inspection 25,000 Miles (40 000 km) ❑ Replace engine air cleaner filter and Rotation on page 9-53 for ❑ Change engine oil and filter (or every 24 months, whichever proper rotation pattern and (or every 3 months, whichever occurs first). See Engine Air additional information. occurs first). An Emission Cleaner/Filter on page 9-12 for (See footnote +.) Control Service. more information. ❑ Inspect engine air cleaner filter ❑ Rotate tires. See Tire Inspection if you are driving in dusty and Rotation on page 9-53 for conditions. Replace filter if proper rotation pattern and necessary. additional information. ❑ Inspect passenger compartment (See footnote +.) air filter. 11-6 Service and Maintenance

❑ Check restraint system. Make 35,000 Miles (56 000 km) ❑ Inspect engine air cleaner filter sure the safety belt reminder ❑ Change engine oil and filter if you are driving in dusty light and safety belt assemblies (or every 3 months, whichever conditions. Replace filter if are working properly. Look for occurs first). An Emission necessary. any other loose or damaged Control Service. 45,000 Miles (72 000 km) safety belt system parts. If you ❑ see anything that might keep Rotate tires. See Tire Inspection ❑ Change engine oil and filter a safety belt system from and Rotation on page 9-53 for (or every 3 months, whichever doing its job, have it repaired. proper rotation pattern and occurs first). An Emission Have any torn or frayed safety additional information. Control Service. (See footnote +.) belts replaced. Also see ❑ ❑ Rotate tires. See Tire Inspection Airbag System Check on Inspect engine air cleaner filter and Rotation on page 9-53 for page 1-35. if you are driving in dusty proper rotation pattern and ❑ Replace passenger compartment conditions. Replace filter if additional information. air filter. necessary. (See footnote +.) ❑ Inspect fuel tank, cap, cap 40,000 Miles (64 000 km) ❑ Inspect engine air cleaner filter gasket, and lines for damage ❑ Change engine oil and filter if you are driving in dusty or leaks (or every 24 months, (or every 3 months, whichever conditions. Replace filter if whichever occurs first). Replace occurs first). An Emission necessary. parts as needed. An Emission Control Service. ❑ Inspect passenger compartment Control Service. (See footnote †.) ❑ Rotate tires. See Tire Inspection air filter. ❑ Change manual transmission and Rotation on page 9-53 for 50,000 Miles (80 000 km) fluid every 30,000 miles proper rotation pattern and ❑ (48 000 km) only if your vehicle additional information. Change engine oil and filter is used to tow a trailer. (See footnote +.) (or every 3 months, whichever occurs first). An Emission Control Service. Service and Maintenance 11-7

❑ Rotate tires. See Tire Inspection 60,000 Miles (96 000 km) ❑ Replace passenger compartment and Rotation on page 9-53 for ❑ Change engine oil and filter air filter. proper rotation pattern and (or every 3 months, whichever ❑ Inspect engine accessory drive additional information. occurs first). An Emission belts (or every 48 months, (See footnote +.) Control Service. whichever occurs first). Visually ❑ Inspect engine air cleaner filter ❑ Rotate tires. See Tire Inspection inspect belt for fraying, excessive if you are driving in dusty and Rotation on page 9-53 for cracks, or obvious damage. conditions. Replace filter if proper rotation pattern and Replace belt if necessary. necessary. additional information. An Emission Control Service. ❑ 55,000 Miles (88 000 km) (See footnote +.) Inspect for tappet noise and engine vibration. Adjust valve ❑ ❑ Replace engine air cleaner filter Change engine oil and filter clearance to factory specifications (or every 3 months, whichever (or every 24 months, whichever occurs first). See Engine Air if necessary (or every 48 months, occurs first). An Emission whichever occurs first). Control Service. Cleaner/Filter on page 9-12 for more information. An Emission Control Service. ❑ Rotate tires. See Tire Inspection ❑ ❑ Check restraint system. Make Inspect fuel tank, cap, cap gasket, and Rotation on page 9-53 for and lines for damage or leaks proper rotation pattern and sure the safety belt reminder light and safety belt assemblies (or every 24 months, whichever additional information. occurs first). Replace parts as (See footnote +.) are working properly. Look for any other loose or damaged needed. An Emission Control ❑ Inspect engine air cleaner filter safety belt system parts. If you Service. (See footnote †.) if you are driving in dusty see anything that might keep ❑ Change manual transmission fluid conditions. Replace filter if a safety belt system from every 30,000 miles (48 000 km) necessary. doing its job, have it repaired. only if your vehicle is used to tow Have any torn or frayed safety a trailer. belts replaced. Also see Airbag System Check on page 1-35. 11-8 Service and Maintenance

❑ Change automatic transmission ❑ Rotate tires. See Tire Inspection 75,000 Miles (120 000 km) fluid every 60,000 miles and Rotation on page 9-53 for ❑ Change engine oil and filter (96 000 km) if the vehicle is proper rotation pattern and (or every 3 months, whichever mainly driven under one or more additional information. occurs first). An Emission of these conditions: (See footnote +.) Control Service. ❑ − In heavy city traffic where the Inspect engine air cleaner filter ❑ Rotate tires. See Tire Inspection outside temperature regularly if you are driving in dusty and Rotation on page 9-53 for reaches 90°F (32°C) or higher. conditions. Replace filter if proper rotation pattern and − In hilly or mountainous terrain. necessary. additional information. − When doing frequent trailer 70,000 Miles (112 000 km) (See footnote +.) ❑ towing. ❑ Change engine oil and filter Inspect engine air cleaner filter − Uses such as found in taxi, (or every 3 months, whichever if you are driving in dusty police, or delivery service. occurs first). An Emission conditions. Replace filter if necessary. If you do not use your vehicle Control Service. ❑ Inspect passenger compartment under any of these conditions, the ❑ Rotate tires. See Tire Inspection air filter. fluid does not require changing. and Rotation on page 9-53 See Part D: Recommended Fluids for proper rotation pattern ❑ Inspect engine accessory drive and Lubricants on page 11-18 and additional information. belts (or 12 months since last for the proper fluid to use. (See footnote +.) inspection). An Emission ❑ Inspect engine air cleaner filter Control Service. 65,000 Miles 104 000 km) if you are driving in dusty ❑ Change engine oil and filter 80,000 Miles (128 000 km) conditions. Replace filter if ❑ (or every 3 months, whichever necessary. Change engine oil and filter occurs first). An Emission (or every 3 months, whichever Control Service. occurs first). An Emission Control Service. Service and Maintenance 11-9

❑ Rotate tires. See Tire Inspection 90,000 Miles (144 000 km) a safety belt system from and Rotation on page 9-53 ❑ Change engine oil and filter doing its job, have it repaired. for proper rotation pattern (or every 3 months, whichever Have any torn or frayed and additional information. occurs first). An Emission safety belts replaced. Also (See footnote +.) Control Service. see Airbag System Check on ❑ page 1-35. Inspect engine air cleaner filter ❑ Rotate tires. See Tire Inspection ❑ if you are driving in dusty and Rotation on page 9-53 for Replace passenger compartment conditions. Replace filter if proper rotation pattern and air filter. necessary. additional information. ❑ Inspect engine accessory drive 85,000 Miles (136 000 km) (See footnote +.) belts (or 12 months since last ❑ inspection). An Emission ❑ Change engine oil and filter Replace engine air cleaner filter (or every 24 months, whichever Control Service. (or every 3 months, whichever ❑ occurs first). An Emission occurs first). See Engine Air Inspect fuel tank, cap, cap Control Service. Cleaner/Filter on page 9-12 gasket, and lines for damage for more information. or leaks (or every 24 months, ❑ Rotate tires. See Tire Inspection ❑ Check restraint system. Make whichever occurs first). Replace and Rotation on page 9-53 parts as needed. An Emission for proper rotation pattern sure the safety belt reminder light and safety belt assemblies Control Service. (See footnote †.) and additional information. ❑ (See footnote +.) are working properly. Look for Change manual transmission any other loose or damaged fluid every 30,000 miles ❑ Inspect engine air cleaner filter safety belt system parts. If you (48 000 km) only if your vehicle if you are driving in dusty see anything that might keep is used to tow a trailer. conditions. Replace filter if necessary. 11-10 Service and Maintenance

95,000 Miles (152 000 km) ❑ Inspect engine air cleaner filter ❑ Inspect engine accessory drive ❑ Change engine oil and filter if you are driving in dusty belts (or every 48 months, (or every 3 months, whichever conditions. Replace filter if whichever occurs first). Visually occurs first). An Emission necessary. inspect belt for fraying, excessive cracks, or obvious damage. Control Service. 105,000 Miles (168 000 km) ❑ Replace belt if necessary. Rotate tires. See Tire Inspection ❑ Change engine oil and filter An Emission Control Service. and Rotation on page 9-53 (or every 3 months, whichever for proper rotation pattern occurs first). An Emission 110,000 Miles (176 000 km) and additional information. Control Service. ❑ Change engine oil and filter (See footnote +.) ❑ (or every 3 months, whichever ❑ Rotate tires. See Tire Inspection Inspect engine air cleaner filter and Rotation on page 9-53 occurs first). An Emission if you are driving in dusty for proper rotation pattern Control Service. conditions. Replace filter if and additional information. ❑ Rotate tires. See Tire Inspection necessary. (See footnote +.) and Rotation on page 9-53 100,000 Miles (160 000 km) ❑ Inspect engine air cleaner filter for proper rotation pattern ❑ if you are driving in dusty and additional information. Change engine oil and filter (See footnote +.) (or every 3 months, whichever conditions. Replace filter if ❑ occurs first). An Emission necessary. Inspect engine air cleaner filter Control Service. ❑ Inspect passenger compartment if you are driving in dusty ❑ air filter. conditions. Replace filter if Rotate tires. See Tire Inspection necessary. and Rotation on page 9-53 for proper rotation pattern and additional information. (See footnote +.) Service and Maintenance 11-11

115,000 Miles (184 000 km) ❑ Replace engine air cleaner filter ❑ Change manual transmission ❑ Change engine oil and filter (or every 24 months, whichever fluid every 30,000 miles (or every 3 months, whichever occurs first). See Engine Air (48 000 km) only if your vehicle occurs first). An Emission Cleaner/Filter on page 9-12 is used to tow a trailer. Control Service. for more information. ❑ Change automatic transmission ❑ ❑ Rotate tires. See Tire Inspection Replace passenger compartment fluid every 60,000 miles and Rotation on page 9-53 for air filter. (96 000 km) if the vehicle is proper rotation pattern and ❑ Inspect engine accessory mainly driven under one or additional information. drive belts (or every 48 months, more of these conditions: (See footnote +.) whichever occurs first). Visually − In heavy city traffic where the inspect belt for fraying, excessive ❑ Inspect engine air cleaner filter outside temperature regularly cracks, or obvious damage. if you are driving in dusty reaches 90°F (32°C) or Replace belt if necessary. conditions. Replace filter if higher. An Emission Control Service. necessary. − In hilly or mountainous terrain. ❑ Replace spark plugs. 120,000 Miles (192 000 km) An Emission Control Service. − When doing frequent trailer towing. ❑ Change engine oil and filter ❑ Inspect for tappet noise and (or every 3 months, whichever engine vibration. Adjust valve − Uses such as found in taxi, occurs first). An Emission clearance to factory specifications police, or delivery service. Control Service. if necessary (or every 48 months, If you do not use your vehicle under ❑ Rotate tires. See Tire Inspection whichever occurs first). any of these conditions, the fluid and Rotation on page 9-53 An Emission Control Service. does not require changing. for proper rotation pattern ❑ Inspect fuel tank, cap, cap See Part D: Recommended Fluids and additional information. gasket, and lines for damage and Lubricants on page 11-18 (See footnote +.) or leaks (or every 24 months, for the proper fluid to use. whichever occurs first). Replace parts as needed. An Emission Control Service. (See footnote †.) 11-12 Service and Maintenance

150,000 Miles (240 000 km) Part B: Owner Checks Check the engine oil level and add ❑ Drain, flush, and refill the cooling and Services the proper oil if necessary. See system (or every 5 years, Engine Oil on page 9-9. These owner checks and services whichever occurs first). Engine Coolant Level Check This service can be complex; should be performed at the intervals you should have your dealer/ specified to help ensure vehicle Check the engine coolant level retailer perform this service. safety, dependability, and emission and add DEX-COOL® coolant See Engine Coolant on page 9-18 control performance. mixture if necessary. See Engine for what to use. Inspect hoses. Be sure any necessary repairs are Coolant on page 9-18. Clean radiator, condenser, completed at once. Whenever pressure cap, and neck. Pressure Windshield Washer Fluid any fluids or lubricants are added to Level Check test cooling system and pressure the vehicle, make sure they are cap. An Emission Control Service. the proper ones, as shown in Part D. Check the windshield washer fluid level in the windshield washer At Each Fuel Fill fluid reservoir and add the proper fluid if necessary. See Windshield It is important to perform these Washer Fluid on page 9-24. underhood checks at each fuel fill. Hood Latch Operation Check Engine Oil Level Check Pull the primary hood latch release Notice: It is important to check handle inside the vehicle. The the engine oil regularly and keep it secondary latch should keep the at the proper level. Failure to keep hood from opening all the way when the engine oil at the proper level the primary latch is released. Make can cause damage to the engine sure the hood closes firmly. not covered by the vehicle See Hood Release on page 9-5. warranty. Service and Maintenance 11-13

At Least Once a Month Weatherstrip Lubrication At Least Once a Year Tire Inflation Check Silicone grease on weatherstrips Key Lock Cylinders Service will make them last longer, seal Inspect the tires and make sure the better, and not stick or squeak. Lubricate the key lock cylinders with tires are inflated to the correct Apply silicone grease with a clean the lubricant specified in Part D. pressures. Do not forget to check cloth. During very cold, damp the spare tire. See Inflation - Tire weather more frequent application Seat Operation Check Pressure on page 9-47. may be required. See Part D: Make sure the head restraints stay Recommended Fluids and in position and all seat latches At Least Twice a Year Lubricants on page 11-18. lock. Check that the recliner holds by pushing and pulling the seatback Wiper Blade Check Fluid Level Check while it is reclined. Inspect wiper blades for wear, Check the power steering pump, cracking, or contamination. Clean rear axle, transfer case, and Body Lubrication Service the windshield and wiper blades, automatic or manual transmission Lubricate all hood latch assembly, if contaminated. Replace wiper fluid levels and add as needed. secondary latch, pivots, spring blades that are worn or damaged. See Automatic Transmission anchor, release pawl, hood and body See Windshield Wiper Blade Fluid on page 9-14 or Manual door hinges, rear compartment, and Replacement on page 9-25 and Transmission Fluid on page 9-16. any folding seat hardware. Part D Exterior Cleaning on page 9-86 for Check for leaks. A fluid loss in these tells you what to use. More frequent more information. systems could indicate a problem. lubrication might be required when Have the system inspected and exposed to a corrosive environment. repaired at once. 11-14 Service and Maintenance

Starter Switch Check 3. For automatic transmission Automatic Transmission Shift vehicles, try to start the engine in Lock Control System Check { CAUTION each gear. The vehicle should start only in P (Park) or { CAUTION When you are doing this N (Neutral). If the vehicle starts inspection, the vehicle could move in any other position, contact When you are doing this your dealer/retailer for service. suddenly. If the vehicle moves, inspection, the vehicle could move you or others could be injured. For manual transmission suddenly. If the vehicle moves, vehicles, put the shift lever you or others could be injured. 1. Before starting this check, be in Neutral, push the clutch pedal sure there is enough room down halfway, and try to start 1. Before starting this check, be around the vehicle. the engine. The vehicle should sure there is enough room start only when the clutch 2. Firmly apply both the parking around the vehicle. It should be pedal is pushed down all the parked on a level surface. brake and the regular brake. way to the ﬂoor. If the vehicle See Parking Brake on page 8-12. starts when the clutch pedal 2. Firmly apply the parking brake. Do not use the accelerator is not pushed all the way down, See Parking Brake on page 8-12. pedal, and be ready to turn off contact your dealer/retailer Be ready to apply the regular the engine immediately if it starts. for service. brake immediately if the vehicle begins to move. 3. With the engine off, turn the ignition to ON/RUN, but do not start the engine. Without applying the regular brake, try to move the shift lever out of P (Park) with normal effort. If the shift lever moves out of P (Park), contact your dealer/retailer for service. Service and Maintenance 11-15

Ignition Transmission Lock Parking Brake and Automatic • To check the P (Park) Check Transmission P (Park) mechanism’s holding ability: With the engine running, shift to While parked, and with the parking Mechanism Check P (Park). Then release the brake set, try to turn the ignition parking brake followed by the to LOCK/OFF in each shift lever { CAUTION regular brake. position. When you are doing this check, • For automatic transmission Contact your dealer/retailer if the vehicle could begin to move. vehicles, the ignition should turn service is required. You or others could be injured to LOCK/OFF only when the shift Underbody Flushing Service lever is in P (Park). and property could be damaged. Make sure there is room in front • For manual transmission vehicles, At least every spring, use plain of the vehicle in case it begins to water to ﬂush any corrosive the ignition should turn to LOCK/ roll. Be ready to apply the regular OFF only if you push the ignition materials from the underbody. brake at once should the vehicle key in farther, while turning it Take care to clean thoroughly begin to move. toward LOCK/OFF. any areas where mud and other debris can collect. Contact your dealer/retailer if Park on a fairly steep hill, with the service is required. vehicle facing downhill. Keeping your foot on the regular brake, set the parking brake. • To check the parking brake’s holding ability: With the engine running and transmission in N (Neutral), slowly remove foot pressure from the regular brake pedal. Do this until the vehicle is held by the parking brake only. 11-16 Service and Maintenance

Part C: Periodic Steering, Suspension Exhaust System Maintenance Inspections and Front Drive Axle Inspection Listed in this part are inspections Boot and Seal Inspection Inspect the complete exhaust and services which should be Inspect the front and rear system. Inspect the body near the performed at least twice a year, suspension and steering system for exhaust system. Look for broken, for instance, each spring and fall. damaged, loose, or missing parts damaged, missing, or out-of-position You should let your dealer/retailer or signs of wear. Inspect power parts as well as open seams, holes, do these jobs. Make sure any steering cables for proper hook-up, loose connections, or other necessary repairs are completed binding, cracks, chaﬁng, etc. conditions which could cause a heat at once. Clean and then inspect the drive build-up in the ﬂoor pan or could let exhaust fumes into the vehicle. Proper procedures to perform these axle boot seals for damage, See Engine Exhaust on page 8-16. services can be found in a service tears, or leakage. Replace seals manual. See Service Publications if necessary. Ordering Information on page 12-16. Fuel System Inspection Inspect the complete fuel system for damage or leaks. Service and Maintenance 11-17

Engine Cooling System Throttle System Brake System Inspection Inspection Inspection Inspect the complete system. Inspect the hoses and have them Inspect the throttle system for Inspect brake lines and hoses for replaced if they are cracked, swollen interference or binding, and for proper hook-up, binding, leaks, or deteriorated. Inspect all pipes, damaged or missing parts. cracks, chaﬁng, etc. Inspect disc ﬁttings and clamps; replace as Replace parts as needed. brake pads for wear and rotors for needed. Clean the outside of the Replace any components that surface condition. Inspect other radiator and air conditioning have high effort or excessive wear. brake parts, including calipers, condenser. To help ensure proper Do not lubricate accelerator and parking brake, etc. You may need operation, a pressure test of cruise control cables. to have your brakes inspected more the cooling system and pressure often if your driving habits or cap is recommended at least once conditions result in frequent braking. a year. 11-18 Service and Maintenance

Part D: Recommended Fluids and Lubricants Fluids and lubricants identiﬁed below by name, part number, or speciﬁcation can be obtained from your dealer/retailer.

Usage Fluid/Lubricant Engine oil which meets GM Standard GM6094M and displays the American Petroleum Institute Certiﬁed for Gasoline Engines starburst Engine Oil symbol. To determine the proper viscosity for your vehicle’s engine, see Engine Oil on page 9-9. 50/50 mixture of clean, drinkable water and use only DEX-COOL® Engine Coolant Coolant. See Engine Coolant on page 9-18. Hydraulic Brake/Clutch System Delco® Supreme 11 Brake Fluid or equivalent DOT-3 brake ﬂuid. Windshield Washer Solvent Optikleen® Washer Solvent. GM Goodwrench® Synthetic Manual Transmission Fluid Manual Transmission (GM Part No. U.S. 12346190, in Canada 10953477 — 1 quart) or SAE 75W-90 GL-5 gear oil. Use only T-IV Automatic Transmission Fluid (GM Part No. U.S. 88900925, Automatic Transmission in Canada 22689186). Multi-Purpose Lubricant, Superlube (GM Part No. U.S. 12346241, Key Lock Cylinders in Canada 10953474). Chassis Lubricant (GM Part No. U.S. 12377985, in Canada 88901242) or Manual Transmission Shift Linkage lubricant meeting requirements of NLGI #2, Category LB or GC-LB. Service and Maintenance 11-19

Usage Fluid/Lubricant

Clutch Linkage Pivot Points Chassis Lubricant (GM Part No. U.S. 12377985, in Canada 88901242) or lubricant meeting requirements of NLGI #2, Category LB or GC-LB. Lubriplate Lubricant Aerosol (GM Part No. U.S. 12346293, Floor Shift Linkage in Canada 992723) or lubricant meeting requirements of NLGI #2 Category LB or GC-LB. Chassis Lubricant (GM Part No. U.S. 12377985, in Canada 88901242) or Chassis Lubrication lubricant meeting requirements of NLGI #2, Category LB or GC-LB. Hood Latch Assembly, Secondary Lubriplate Lubricant Aerosol (GM Part No. U.S. 12346293, Latch, Pivots, Spring Anchor, and in Canada 992723) or lubricant meeting requirements of Release Pawl NLGI #2, Category LB or GC-LB. Multi-Purpose Lubricant, Superlube (GM Part No. U.S. 12346241, Hood and Door Hinges in Canada 10953474). Weatherstrip Lubricant (GM Part No. U.S. 3634770, in Canada 10953518) Weatherstrip Conditioning or Dielectric Silicone Grease (GM Part No. U.S. 12345579, in Canada 992887). 11-20 Service and Maintenance

Part E: Maintenance Record After the scheduled services are performed, record the date, odometer reading, and who performed the service and any additional information from “Owner Checks and Services” or “Periodic Maintenance” on the following record pages. Also, you should retain all maintenance receipts. Maintenance Record Odometer Date Serviced By Maintenance Record Reading Service and Maintenance 11-21

Maintenance Record (cont’d) Odometer Date Serviced By Maintenance Record Reading 11-22 Service and Maintenance

Maintenance Record (cont’d) Odometer Date Serviced By Maintenance Record Reading Customer Information 12-1

Courtesy Transportation ...12-10 Customer Information Customer Collision Damage Information Repair ...... 12-11 Customer Satisfaction Reporting Safety Defects Procedure Reporting Safety Defects Your satisfaction and goodwill are to the United States important to your dealer and to Customer Information ...... 12-15 Government Pontiac. Normally, any concerns Customer Satisfaction Reporting Safety Defects Procedure ...... 12-1 with the sales transaction or the to the Canadian operation of the vehicle will Online Owner Center ...... 12-3 Government ...... 12-15 Customer Assistance for be resolved by the dealer’s sales or Reporting Safety Defects service departments. Sometimes, Text Telephone (TTY) to General Motors ...... 12-16 Users ...... 12-4 however, despite the best intentions Service Publications of all concerned, misunderstandings Customer Assistance Ordering Information ...... 12-16 Offices ...... 12-4 can occur. If your concern has GM Mobility Vehicle Data Recording not been resolved to your Reimbursement satisfaction, the following steps and Privacy should be taken: Program ...... 12-5 Vehicle Data Recording Roadside Assistance and Privacy ...... 12-17 STEP ONE: Discuss your concern ...... 12-5 Program Event Data Recorders .....12-17 with a member of dealership Scheduling Service OnStar® ...... 12-18 management. Normally, concerns Appointments Navigation System ...... 12-18 can be quickly resolved at that level...... 12-8 (for Service) Radio Frequency If the matter has already been Scheduling Service Identiﬁcation (RFID) ...... 12-18 reviewed with the sales, service, or Appointments (for Vehicle parts manager, contact the owner ...... 12-8 Customization) of the dealership or the general manager. 12-2 Customer Information

STEP TWO: If after contacting a When contacting Pontiac, remember heard within 40 days. If you do not member of dealership management, that your concern will likely be agree with the decision given in it appears your concern cannot be resolved at a dealer’s facility. your case, you may reject it resolved by the dealership without That is why we suggest you follow and proceed with any other venue further help, in the U.S., call the Step One first. for relief available to you. Pontiac Customer Assistance Center at 1-800-762-2737. In STEP THREE — U.S. Owners: You can contact the BBB Auto Line Canada, call General Motors of Both General Motors and your Program using the toll-free Canada Customer Communication dealer are committed to making telephone number or write them at Centre at 1-800-263-3777 (English) sure you are completely satisfied the following address: or 1-800-263-7854 (French). with your new vehicle. However, if BBB Auto Line Program you continue to remain unsatisfied Council of Better Business We encourage you to call the toll-free after following the procedure Bureaus, Inc. number in order to give your inquiry outlined in Steps One and Two, 4200 Wilson Boulevard prompt attention. Have the following you can file with the BBB Auto Line Suite 800 information available to give the Program to enforce your rights. Arlington, VA 22203-1838 Customer Assistance Telephone: 1-800-955-5100 Representative: The BBB Auto Line Program is an out of court program administered www.dr.bbb.org/goauto • Vehicle Identification Number by the Council of Better Business This program is available in all (VIN). This is available from the Bureaus to settle automotive 50 states and the District of vehicle registration or title, or the disputes regarding vehicle repairs or Columbia. Eligibility is limited by plate at the top left of the the interpretation of the New vehicle age, mileage and other instrument panel and visible Vehicle Limited Warranty. Although factors. General Motors reserves through the windshield. you may be required to resort to the right to change eligibility • Dealership name and location. this informal dispute resolution limitations and/or discontinue its program prior to filing a court action, participation in this program. • Vehicle delivery date and present use of the program is free of charge mileage. and your case will generally be Customer Information 12-3

STEP THREE — Canadian For further information concerning Online Owner Center Owners: In the event that you do eligibility in the Canadian Motor not feel your concerns have Vehicle Arbitration Plan (CAMVAP), (United States only) been addressed after following the call toll-free 1-800-207-0685, or call The Owner Center is a resource procedure outlined in Steps One the General Motors Customer for your GM ownership needs. and Two, General Motors of Canada Communication Centre, Specific vehicle information can be Limited wants you to be aware of 1-800-263-3777 (English), found in one place. its participation in a no-charge 1-800-263-7854 (French), or Mediation/Arbitration Program. write to: The Online Owner Center allows you to: General Motors of Canada Limited Mediation/Arbitration Program has committed to binding c/o Customer Communication Centre • Get e-mail service reminders. arbitration of owner disputes General Motors of Canada Limited • Access information about your involving factory-related vehicle Mail Code: CA1-163-005 specific vehicle, including tips service claims. The program 1908 Colonel Sam Drive and videos and an electronic provides for the review of the facts Oshawa, Ontario L1H 8P7 version of this owner manual. involved by an impartial third party arbiter, and may include an Your inquiry should be accompanied • Keep track of your vehicle’s informal hearing before the arbiter. by the Vehicle Identification service history and maintenance The program is designed so Number (VIN). schedule. that the entire dispute settlement • Find GM dealers/retailers for process, from the time you file service nationwide. your complaint to the final decision, should be completed in • Receive special promotions and approximately 70 days. We believe privileges only available to our impartial program offers members. advantages over courts in most Refer to MyGMLink.com on the web jurisdictions because it is informal, for updated information and to quick, and free of charge. register your vehicle. 12-4 Customer Information

My GM Canada (Canada only) • My Preferences: Manage your Customer Assistance My GM Canada is a proﬁle, subscribe to E-News Offices password-protected section of and use tools and forms Pontiac encourages customers gmcanada.com where you can with greater ease. to call the toll-free number for save information on GM vehicles, To sign up to My GM Canada, assistance. However, if a customer get personalized offers, and visit the My GM Canada section wishes to write or e-mail Pontiac, use handy tools and forms with within gmcanada.com. the letter should be addressed to: greater ease. Here are a few of the valuable Customer Assistance for United States — Customer tools and services you will have Text Telephone (TTY) Assistance access to: Users Pontiac Customer Assistance Center • My Showroom: Find and save P.O. Box 33172 To assist customers who are deaf, Detroit, MI 48232-5172 information on vehicles and hard of hearing, or speech-impaired current offers in your area. and who use Text Telephones www.Pontiac.com 1-800-762-2737 or • My Dealers/Retailers: Save (TTYs), Pontiac has TTY equipment available at its Customer Assistance 1-800-833-7668 details such as address and (For Text Telephone devices (TTYs)) Center. Any TTY user in the U.S. phone number for each of your Roadside Assistance: preferred GM Dealers or can communicate with Pontiac 1-800-ROADSIDE (762-3743) Retailers. by dialing: 1-800-833-PONT (7668). (TTY users in Canada can dial From Puerto Rico: • My Driveway: Receive service 1-800-263-3830.) 1-800-496-9992 (English) reminders and helpful advice 1-800-496-9993 (Spanish) on owning and maintaining From U.S. Virgin Islands: your vehicle. 1-800-496-9994 Customer Information 12-5

Canada — Customer Mexico, Central America The offer is available for a very Assistance and Caribbean Islands/ limited period of time from the date of vehicle purchase/lease. General Motors of Canada Limited Countries (Except Puerto For more details, or to determine Customer Communication Centre, Rico and U.S. Virgin CA1-163-005 Islands) — Customer your vehicle’s eligibility, visit 1908 Colonel Sam Drive Assistance gmmobility.com or call the GM Mobility Assistance Center at Oshawa, Ontario L1H 8P7 General Motors de Mexico, 1-800-323-9935. Text telephone S. de R.L. de C.V. www.gmcanada.com (TTY) users, call 1-800-833-9935. 1-800-263-3777 (English) Customer Assistance Center 1-800-263-7854 (French) Paseo de la Reforma #2740 General Motors of Canada 1-800-263-3830 (For Text Col. Lomas de Bezares also has a Mobility Program. Telephone devices (TTYs)) C.P. 11910, Mexico, D.F. Call 1-800-GM-DRIVE (463-7483) Roadside Assistance: 01-800-508-0000 for details. TTY users call 1-800-268-6800 Long Distance: 011-52-53 29 0 800 1-800-263-3830. Overseas — Customer GM Mobility Assistance Roadside Assistance Reimbursement Program Program Please contact the local General Motors Business Unit. For U.S. purchased vehicles, call 1-800-ROADSIDE (762-3743); (Text telephone (TTY): This program, available to qualiﬁed 1-888-889-2438). applicants, can reimburse you For Canadian purchased vehicles, up to $1,000 of the cost of call 1-800-268-6800. eligible aftermarket adaptive equipment required for your Service is available 24 hours a day, vehicle, such as hand controls 365 days a year. or a wheelchair/scooter lift. 12-6 Customer Information

Calling for Assistance Roadside Assistance is not a part of • Emergency Tow From a Public the New Vehicle Limited Warranty. When calling Roadside Assistance, Road or Highway: Tow to the Pontiac and General Motors of have the following information ready: nearest Pontiac dealer for Canada Limited reserve the right to warranty service, or if the vehicle • Your name, home address, and make any changes or discontinue was in a crash and cannot be home telephone number the Roadside Assistance program at driven. Assistance is also given • Telephone number of your any time without notification. when the vehicle is stuck in sand, location Pontiac and General Motors of mud, or snow. • Location of the vehicle Canada Limited reserve the right to • Flat Tire Change: Service is limit services or payment to an owner provided to change a flat tire with • Model, year, color, and license or driver if they decide the claims are the spare tire. The spare tire, plate number of the vehicle made too often, or the same type of if equipped, must be in good • Odometer reading, Vehicle claim is made many times. condition and properly inflated. Identification Number (VIN), and It is the owner’s responsibility for delivery date of the vehicle Services Provided the repair or replacement of the • Description of the problem • Emergency Fuel Delivery: tire if it is not covered by the Delivery of enough fuel warranty. Coverage for the vehicle to get to the • Battery Jump Start: Service is nearest service station. Services are provided up to provided to jump start a dead 5 years/100,000 miles (160 000 km), • Lock-Out Service: Service is battery. whichever comes first. provided to unlock the vehicle if you are locked out. A remote In the U.S., anyone driving the unlock may be available if you vehicle is covered. In Canada, a have OnStar®. For security person driving the vehicle without reasons, the driver must present permission from the owner is not identification before this service covered. is given. Customer Information 12-7

• Trip Interruption Benefits and Services Specific to Canadian • Trip Interruption Benefits Assistance: If your trip is Purchased Vehicles and Assistance: Must be over interrupted due to a warranty • Fuel delivery: Reimbursement is 250 kilometres from where your failure, incidental expenses approximately $5 Canadian. trip was started to qualify. may be reimbursed during the Diesel fuel delivery may be General Motors of Canada Limited 5 years/100,000 miles restricted. Propane and other requires pre-authorization, (160 000 km) Powertrain warranty fuels are not provided through original detailed receipts, and a period. Items considered are this service. copy of the repair orders. Once hotel, meals, and rental car. authorization has been received, • Lock-Out Service: Vehicle the Roadside Assistance advisor Services Not Included in registration is required. will help you make arrangements Roadside Assistance • Trip Routing Service: Detailed and explain how to receive • Impound towing caused by maps of North America are payment. violation of any laws. provided when requested either • Alternative Service: • Legal fines. with the most direct route or the If assistance cannot be provided most scenic route. There is a right away, the Roadside • Mounting, dismounting or limit of six requests per year. Assistance advisor may give you changing of snow tires, chains, Additional travel information is permission to get local emergency or other traction devices. also available. Allow three weeks road service. You will receive • Towing or services for vehicles for delivery. payment, up to $100, after driven on a non-public road or sending the original receipt to highway. Roadside Assistance. Mechanical failures may be covered, however any cost for parts and labor for repairs not covered by the warranty are the owner responsibility. 12-8 Customer Information

Scheduling Service Scheduling Service Courtesy Lamp Timer: This Appointments Appointments (for feature allows for changing how long the courtesy lamps stay (for Service) Vehicle Customization) on when all the doors and liftgate When your vehicle requires warranty Your vehicle may have lighting and are closed and the key is out of service, contact your dealer/retailer door lock features that can be the ignition, in LOCK/OFF, or and request an appointment. programmed to your preference. in ACC/ACCESSORY. When the By scheduling a service appointment You will need to schedule an vehicle left the factory the courtesy and advising your service consultant appointment with your dealer/retailer lamps were programmed to stay of your transportation needs, your if you would like to change the on for 15 seconds. This can dealer/retailer can help minimize way these features are currently be changed to 7.5 seconds or your inconvenience. programmed. The following is a list 30 seconds. of the features that can be If your vehicle cannot be scheduled Interior Lamps when Ignition programmed. See your into the service department Off: If this feature is programmed dealer/retailer to change the immediately, keep driving it until it on, the interior lamps will come on programming of these features: can be scheduled for service, when the ignition is turned off unless, of course, the problem is Driver Door Key Unlock Switch: when it is dark outside. When the safety-related. If it is, please call If this feature is programmed on, vehicle left the factory this your dealership/retailer, let them all of the doors will unlock when the feature was programmed on. know this, and ask for instructions. key is turned twice in the driver’s If the dealer/retailer requests door lock cylinder. When the vehicle you to bring the vehicle for service, left the factory this feature was you are urged to do so as early programmed on. in the work day as possible to allow for the same day repair. Customer Information 12-9

Interior Lamps on with Door RFA All Unlock Enable: If this Automatic Door Unlocking: If this Key Unlock: If this feature is feature is programmed on, pressing feature is programmed on, the doors programmed on, the interior lamps the RKE unlock button twice will automatically unlock when the will come on when the doors are within three seconds will unlock all vehicle is shifted into P (Park) or unlocked when it is dark outside. of the doors. When the vehicle when the ignition is turned off. When the vehicle left the factory this left the factory this feature feature was programmed on. was programmed on. All Door Unlock Command: If this feature is programmed on, the doors Key Fob Signal: If this feature is Remote Panic Command: If this will all unlock when the driver’s door programmed on, the Remote feature is programmed on, pressing is opened. Keyless Entry (RKE) transmitter and holding the RKE panic button can be used to lock and unlock will cause the horn to sound and the Lock-out Timer: This feature allows the vehicle. When the vehicle left lights to ﬂash. When the vehicle for changing how long of a delay the factory this feature was left the factory this feature was there is before all of the doors lock programmed on. programmed on. when pressing the lock button on the RKE transmitter. When the vehicle RFA Visual Feedback: If this Automatic Door Locking: If this left the factory the delay was set for feature is programmed on, feature is programmed on, the doors 1 minute. This can be changed to the hazard lights will ﬂash when you will automatically lock when the 30 seconds or 2 minutes. lock and unlock the vehicle with vehicle is shifted out of P (Park) or the RKE transmitter. When the when the vehicle speed is greater vehicle left the factory this feature than 8 mph (13 km/h). was programmed on. 12-10 Customer Information

Courtesy Transportation Transportation Options Public Transportation or Fuel Reimbursement To enhance your ownership Warranty service can generally be experience, we and our participating completed while you wait. However, If your vehicle requires overnight dealers are proud to offer Courtesy if you are unable to wait, GM helps to warranty repairs, and public Transportation, a customer support minimize your inconvenience by transportation is used instead of the program for vehicles with the Bumper providing several transportation dealer’s shuttle service, the expense to Bumper (Base Warranty Coverage options. Depending on the must be supported by original period in Canada) and extended circumstances, your dealer can receipts and can only be up to the powertrain warranty in both the offer you one of the following: maximum amount allowed by GM U.S. and Canada. for shuttle service. In addition, for Shuttle Service U.S. customers, should you arrange Several courtesy transportation Shuttle service is the preferred transportation through a friend or options are available to assist means of offering Courtesy relative, limited reimbursement for in reducing your inconvenience Transportation. Dealers may provide reasonable fuel expenses may be when warranty repairs are required. you with shuttle service to get you available. Claim amounts should Courtesy Transportation is not a part to your destination with minimal reﬂect actual costs and be supported of the New Vehicle Limited Warranty. interruption of your daily schedule. by original receipts. See your A separate booklet entitled “Warranty This includes one-way or round dealer for information regarding and Owner Assistance Information” trip shuttle service within reasonable the allowance amounts for furnished with each new vehicle time and distance parameters of reimbursement of fuel or other provides detailed warranty coverage the dealer’s area. transportation costs. information. Customer Information 12-11

Courtesy Rental Vehicle Additional Program Collision Damage Repair Information Your dealer may arrange to provide If your vehicle is involved in a you with a courtesy rental vehicle or All program options, such as shuttle collision and it is damaged, have reimburse you for a rental vehicle service, may not be available at the damage repaired by a qualiﬁed that you obtain if your vehicle is kept every dealer. Please contact technician using the proper for an overnight warranty repair. your dealer for speciﬁc information equipment and quality replacement Rental reimbursement will be limited about availability. All Courtesy parts. Poorly performed collision and must be supported by original Transportation arrangements repairs diminish your vehicle’s resale receipts. This requires that you sign will be administered by appropriate value, and safety performance can and complete a rental agreement dealer personnel. be compromised in subsequent and meet state/provincial, local, and collisions. rental vehicle provider requirements. General Motors reserves the right Requirements vary and may include to unilaterally modify, change Collision Parts minimum age requirements, or discontinue Courtesy Genuine GM Collision parts are insurance coverage, credit card, Transportation at any time and to new parts made with the same etc. You are responsible for fuel resolve all questions of claim materials and construction methods usage charges and may also be eligibility pursuant to the terms and as the parts with which your vehicle responsible for taxes, levies, usage conditions described herein at was originally built. Genuine GM fees, excessive mileage, or rental its sole discretion. Collision parts are your best choice usage beyond the completion of to ensure that your vehicle’s the repair. designed appearance, durability, and It may not be possible to provide a safety are preserved. The use of like-vehicle as a courtesy rental. Genuine GM parts can help maintain your GM New Vehicle Warranty. 12-12 Customer Information

Recycled original equipment parts GM New Vehicle Limited Warranty, Many insurance policies provide may also be used for repair. These and any vehicle failure related to reduced protection to your GM parts are typically removed from such parts are not covered by that vehicle by limiting compensation vehicles that were total losses in warranty. for damage repairs by using prior crashes. In most cases, the aftermarket collision parts. parts being recycled are from Repair Facility Some insurance companies will not undamaged sections of the vehicle. We recommend that you choose specify aftermarket collision A recycled original equipment GM a collision repair facility that parts. When purchasing insurance, part, may be an acceptable choice to meets your needs before you we recommend that you assure maintain your vehicle’s originally ever need collision repairs. your vehicle will be repaired with designed appearance and safety Your dealer/retailer may have a GM original equipment collision performance, however, the history of collision repair center with parts. If such insurance coverage is these parts is not known. Such parts GM-trained technicians and state of not available from your current are not covered by your GM New the art equipment, or be able to insurance carrier, consider switching Vehicle Limited Warranty, and any recommend a collision repair center to another insurance carrier. related failures are not covered by that has GM-trained technicians If your vehicle is leased, the leasing that warranty. and comparable equipment. company may require you to Aftermarket collision parts are also Insuring Your Vehicle have insurance that assures available. These are made by repairs with Genuine GM Original companies other than GM and Protect your investment in your Equipment Manufacturer (OEM) may not have been tested for your GM vehicle with comprehensive parts or Genuine Manufacturer vehicle. As a result, these parts and collision insurance coverage. replacement parts. Read your lease may ﬁt poorly, exhibit premature There are signiﬁcant differences carefully, as you may be charged durability/corrosion problems, in the quality of coverage afforded at the end of your lease for and may not perform properly in by various insurance policy terms. poor quality repairs. subsequent collisions. Aftermarket parts are not covered by your Customer Information 12-13

If a Crash Occurs • If you need roadside assistance, plate, vehicle make, model and model year, Vehicle Identiﬁcation Here is what to do if you are call GM Roadside Assistance. Number (VIN), insurance involved in a crash. See Roadside Assistance Program on page 12-5 for more company and policy number, and • Check to make sure that you are information. a general description of the all right. If you are uninjured, damage to the other vehicle. make sure that no one else in • If your vehicle cannot be driven, • If possible, call your insurance your vehicle, or the other vehicle, know where the towing service company from the scene of the is injured. will be taking it. Get a card from the tow truck operator or write crash. They will walk you through • If there has been an injury, call down the driver’s name, the information they will need. emergency services for help. the service’s name, and the If they ask for a police report, Do not leave the scene of a crash phone number. phone or go to the police until all matters have been taken department headquarters the next • Remove any valuables from your care of. Move your vehicle only if day and you can get a copy of the vehicle before it is towed away. its position puts you in danger or report for a nominal fee. In some Make sure this includes your you are instructed to move it by a states/provinces with “no fault” insurance information and police officer. insurance laws, a report may not registration if you keep these be necessary. This is especially • Give only the necessary and items in your vehicle. requested information to police true if there are no injuries and and other parties involved in the • Gather the important information both vehicles are driveable. crash. Do not discuss your you will need from the other personal condition, mental frame driver. Things like name, address, of mind, or anything unrelated to phone number, driver’s license the crash. This will help guard number, vehicle license against post-crash legal action. 12-14 Customer Information

• Choose a reputable collision Managing the Vehicle Damage Discuss this with your repair repair facility for your vehicle. Repair Process professional, and insist on Genuine Whether you select a dealer/ GM parts. Remember if your In the event that your vehicle retailer or a private collision repair vehicle is leased you may be requires damage repairs, GM facility to ﬁx the damage, make obligated to have the vehicle recommends that you take an active sure you are comfortable with repaired with Genuine GM parts, role in its repair. If you have a them. Remember, you will have to even if your insurance coverage pre-determined repair facility feel comfortable with their work for does not pay the full cost. of choice, take your vehicle there, a long time. or have it towed there. Specify to If another party’s insurance • Once you have an estimate, read the facility that any required company is paying for the repairs, it carefully and make sure you replacement collision parts be you are not obligated to accept understand what work will be original equipment parts, either a repair valuation based on performed on your vehicle. If you new Genuine GM parts or recycled that insurance company’s collision have a question, ask for an original GM parts. Remember, policy repair limits, as you have explanation. Reputable shops recycled parts will not be covered no contractual limits with that welcome this opportunity. by your GM vehicle warranty. company. In such cases, you can have control of the repair and Insurance pays the bill for the repair, parts choices as long as cost stays but you must live with the repair. within reasonable limits. Depending on your policy limits, your insurance company may initially value the repair using aftermarket parts. Customer Information 12-15

Reporting Safety However, NHTSA cannot Reporting Safety Defects become involved in individual to the Canadian Defects problems between you, your dealer/retailer, or Government Reporting Safety Defects General Motors. If you live in Canada, and you to the United States To contact NHTSA, you may call believe that your vehicle has Government the Vehicle Safety Hotline a safety defect, notify Transport toll-free at 1-888-327-4236 Canada immediately, in addition If you believe that your vehicle to notifying General Motors of has a defect which could cause a (TTY: 1-800-424-9153); go to http://www.safercar.gov; Canada Limited. Call them at crash or could cause injury or 1-800-333-0510 or write to: death, you should immediately or write to: inform the National Highway Administrator, NHTSA Transport Canada Traffic Safety Administration 1200 New Jersey Avenue, S.E. Road Safety Branch Washington D.C., 20590 2780 Sheffield Road (NHTSA) in addition to notifying Ottawa, Ontario K1B 3V9 General Motors. You can also obtain other If NHTSA receives similar information about motor complaints, it may open an vehicle safety from investigation, and if it ﬁnds that http://www.safercar.gov. a safety defect exists in a group of vehicles, it may order a recall and remedy campaign. 12-16 Customer Information

Reporting Safety Defects Service Publications The owner manual includes the Maintenance Schedule for all to General Motors Ordering Information models. In addition to notifying NHTSA Service Manuals In-Portfolio: Includes a Portfolio, (or Transport Canada) in a Owner Manual, and Warranty situation like this, please notify Service Manuals have the diagnosis Booklet. General Motors. and repair information on engines, transmission, axle suspension, RETAIL SELL PRICE: Call 1-800-762-2737, or write: brakes, electrical, steering, body, etc. $35.00 (U.S.) plus processing fee Pontiac Customer Assistance Center P.O. Box 33172 Service Bulletins Without Portfolio: Owner Detroit, MI 48232-5172 Service Bulletins give additional Manual only. In Canada, call 1-800-263-3777 technical service information RETAIL SELL PRICE: (English) or 1-800-263-7854 needed to knowledgeably service $25.00 (U.S.) plus processing fee (French), or write: General Motors cars and trucks. Each bulletin contains instructions Current and Past Model General Motors of Canada Limited to assist in the diagnosis and service Order Forms Customer Communication Centre, of your vehicle. CA1-163-005 Technical Service Bulletins and 1908 Colonel Sam Drive Owner Information Manuals are available for current Oshawa, Ontario L1H 8P7 and past model GM vehicles. Owner publications are written To request an order form, specify speciﬁcally for owners and intended year and model name of the vehicle. to provide basic operational information about the vehicle. Customer Information 12-17

ORDER TOLL FREE: Event Data Recorders 1-800-551-4123 Monday-Friday Vehicle Data 8:00 AM - 6:00 PM Eastern Time Recording and This vehicle has an Event Data Recorder (EDR). The main purpose For Credit Card Orders Only Privacy of an EDR is to record, in certain (VISA-MasterCard-Discover), Your GM vehicle has a number of crash or near crash-like situations, visit Helm, Inc. on the World Wide sophisticated computers that record such as an airbag deployment Web at: helminc.com information about the vehicle’s or hitting a road obstacle, data that Or you can write to: performance and how it is driven. will assist in understanding how a vehicle’s systems performed. Helm, Incorporated For example, your vehicle uses The EDR is designed to record data P.O. Box 07130 computer modules to monitor and Detroit, MI 48207 control engine and transmission related to vehicle dynamics and performance, to monitor the safety systems for a short period Prices are subject to change conditions for airbag deployment of time, typically 30 seconds or less. without notice and without incurring and deploy airbags in a crash and, if The EDR in this vehicle is designed obligation. Allow ample time for so equipped, to provide antilock to record such data as: delivery. braking to help the driver control • How various systems in your Note to Canadian Customers: the vehicle. These modules may vehicle were operating store data to help your dealer/retailer All listed prices are quoted in • Whether or not the driver and U.S. funds. Canadian residents technician service your vehicle. Some modules may also store data passenger safety belts were are to make checks payable in buckled/fastened U.S. funds. about how you operate the vehicle, such as rate of fuel consumption or • How far, if at all, the driver was average speed. These modules pressing the accelerator and/or may also retain the owner’s personal brake pedal preferences, such as radio pre-sets, • How fast the vehicle was seat positions, and temperature traveling settings. 12-18 Customer Information

This data can help provide a better GM will not access this data or Navigation System understanding of the circumstances share it with others except: with the in which crashes and injuries occur. consent of the vehicle owner or, If your vehicle has a navigation system, use of the system may result Important: EDR data is recorded if the vehicle is leased, with the consent of the lessee; in response in the storage of destinations, by your vehicle only if a non-trivial addresses, telephone numbers, and crash situation occurs; no data to an official request of police or similar government office; as part of other trip information. Refer to the is recorded by the EDR under navigation system operating manual normal driving conditions and no GM’s defense of litigation through the discovery process; or, as for information on stored data and for personal data (e.g., name, gender, deletion instructions. age, and crash location) is required by law. Data that GM collects or receives may also be recorded. However, other parties, Radio Frequency such as law enforcement, could used for GM research needs or may combine the EDR data with the type be made available to others for Identiﬁcation (RFID) research purposes, where a need is of personally identifying data RFID technology is used in some routinely acquired during a crash shown and the data is not tied to a speciﬁc vehicle or vehicle owner. vehicles for functions such as investigation. tire pressure monitoring and ignition To read data recorded by an EDR, OnStar® system security, as well as in special equipment is required, connection with conveniences such and access to the vehicle or the If your vehicle has OnStar and you as key fobs for remote door EDR is needed. In addition to subscribe to the OnStar services, locking/unlocking and starting, and the vehicle manufacturer, other please refer to the OnStar Terms and in-vehicle transmitters for garage parties, such as law enforcement, Conditions for information on data door openers. RFID technology in that have the special equipment, can collection and use. GM vehicles does not use or record read the information if they have personal information or link with access to the vehicle or the EDR. any other GM system containing personal information. INDEX i-1

A Airbag System (cont.) Appearance Care Passenger Sensing Chemical Paint Spotting ..... 9-90 Accessories and System ...... 1-28 Exterior Cleaning ...... 9-86 Modifications ...... 9-3 Servicing Your Finish Damage ...... 9-89 Accessory Power Outlets ...... 4-9 Airbag-Equipped Interior Cleaning ...... 9-83 Adding Equipment to Your Vehicle ...... 1-33 Sheet Metal Damage ...... 9-89 Airbag-Equipped Vehicle .... 1-34 What Makes an Airbag Underbody Maintenance .... 9-90 Additives, Fuel ...... 8-37 Inflate? ...... 1-26 Appointments, Scheduling Add-On Electrical What Will You See After Service ...... 12-8 Equipment ...... 9-35 an Airbag Inflates? ...... 1-26 Ashtray(s) ...... 4-10 Air Cleaner/Filter, Engine ...... 9-12 When Should an Airbag Audio System ...... 6-1 Air Conditioning ...... 7-1 Inflate? ...... 1-24 Audio Steering Wheel Airbag Where Are the Airbags? ..... 1-23 Controls ...... 6-13 Passenger Status All-Wheel-Drive (AWD) Fixed Mast Antenna ...... 6-14 Indicator ...... 4-15 System ...... 8-22 Radio Reception ...... 6-14 Readiness Light ...... 4-14 All-Wheel-Drive Service Setting the Clock ...... 6-2 System, Replacing Parts Light ...... 4-24 XM™ Satellite Radio After a Crash ...... 1-35 Antenna, Fixed Mast ...... 6-14 Antenna System ...... 6-14 Airbag System ...... 1-21 Antenna, XM™ Satellite Audio System(s) ...... 6-3 Adding Equipment to Radio Antenna System ...... 6-14 Automatic Headlamp System ... 5-2 Your Airbag-Equipped Antilock Brake Automatic Transmission Vehicle ...... 1-34 System (ABS) ...... 8-20 Fluid ...... 9-14 Check ...... 1-35 Antilock Brake, System Operation ...... 8-6, 8-8 How Does an Airbag Warning Light ...... 4-18 Restrain? ...... 1-26 i-2 INDEX

B Capacities and Climate Control System ...... 7-1 Speciﬁcations ...... 10-2 Air Filter, Passenger Battery ...... 9-30 Carbon Monoxide ...... 8-16, 8-29 Compartment ...... 7-4 Run-Down Protection ...... 5-4 Care, Safety Belts ...... 1-20 Outlet Adjustment ...... 7-3 Brake Cargo Cover ...... 3-4 Clock, Setting ...... 6-2 System Inspection ...... 11-17 Cargo Management System .... 3-6 Clutch, Hydraulic ...... 9-17 Brake Fluid ...... 9-27 Cargo Tie Downs ...... 3-6 Collision Damage Repair ..... 12-11 Brakes ...... 9-27 Cautions and Notices ...... iii Compact Spare Tire ...... 9-70 System Warning Light ...... 4-17 CD, MP3 ...... 6-9 Content Theft-Deterrent ...... 2-10 Braking ...... 8-19 Center Console Storage Area ... 3-2 Control of a Vehicle ...... 8-18 Break-In, New Vehicle ...... 8-2 Chains, Tire ...... 9-60 Coolant Bulb Replacement ...... 9-31 Charging System Light ...... 4-16 Engine ...... 9-18 Halogen Bulbs ...... 9-31 Check Engine Headlamp Aiming ...... 9-30 Engine Lamp ...... 4-20 Temperature Gage ...... 4-19 Headlamps and Parking Chemical Paint Spotting ...... 9-90 Cooling System ...... 9-18 Lamps ...... 9-31 Child Restraints Cruise Control ...... 4-4 License Plate Lamps ...... 9-34 Child Restraint Systems ..... 1-41 Cruise Control Light ...... 4-23 Replacement Bulbs ...... 9-35 Infants and Young Cupholders ...... 3-1 Taillamps ...... 9-33 Children ...... 1-38 Customer Assistance Buying New Tires ...... 9-54 Lower Anchors and Tethers for Children ...... 1-44 Information Older Children ...... 1-36 Courtesy C Securing ...... 1-50, 1-53 Transportation ..... 12-4, 12-10 California Fuel ...... 8-36 Where to Put the Customer Assistance California Perchlorate Restraint ...... 1-43 Offices ...... 12-4 Materials Requirements ...... 9-3 Cleaning Customer Satisfaction California Proposition Exterior ...... 9-86 Procedure ...... 12-1 65 Warning ...... 9-3 Interior ...... 9-83 Canadian Owners ...... ii Underbody Maintenance .... 9-90 INDEX i-3

Customer Assistance Information Door Electrical System (cont.) (cont.) Ajar Light ...... 4-24 Headlamp Wiring ...... 9-35 GM Mobility Locks ...... 2-6 Instrument Panel Reimbursement Power Door Locks ...... 2-7 Fuse Block ...... 9-36 Program ...... 12-5 Rear Door Security Locks .... 2-7 Power Windows and Reporting Safety Defects Driver Storage Compartment .... 3-3 Other Power Options ..... 9-36 to General Motors ...... 12-16 Driving Windshield Wiper Fuses .... 9-36 Reporting Safety Defects At Night ...... 8-26 Engine to the Canadian Before a Long Trip ...... 8-28 Air Cleaner/Filter ...... 9-12 Government ...... 12-15 Defensive ...... 8-17 Check and Service Engine Reporting Safety Defects Drunken ...... 8-18 Soon Lamp ...... 4-20 to the United States Highway Hypnosis ...... 8-28 Coolant ...... 9-18 Government ...... 12-15 Hill and Mountain Roads .... 8-28 Coolant Heater ...... 8-5 Roadside Assistance In Rain and on Wet Coolant Program ...... 12-5 Roads ...... 8-27 Temperature Gage ...... 4-19 Service Publications Rocking Your Vehicle to Cooling System Ordering Information ..... 12-16 Get it Out ...... 8-31 Inspection ...... 11-17 Winter ...... 8-29 Drive Belt Routing ...... 10-5 Engine Compartment D Overview ...... 9-6 Daytime Running Lamp ...... 5-2 E Exhaust ...... 8-16 Defensive Driving ...... 8-17 EDR ...... 12-17 Oil ...... 9-9 Disc, MP3 ...... 6-9 Electrical System Overheating ...... 9-22 Doing Your Own Add-On Equipment ...... 9-35 Starting ...... 8-4 Service Work ...... 9-4 Engine Compartment Entry Lighting ...... 5-3 Dome Lamps ...... 5-3 Fuse Block ...... 9-39 Event Data Recorders ...... 12-17 Fuses and Circuit Extender, Safety Belt ...... 1-19 Breakers ...... 9-36 Exterior Lamps ...... 5-1 i-4 INDEX

F Fuel (cont.) H Gasoline Octane ...... 8-36 Filter Hazard Warning Flashers ...... 4-3 Gasoline Speciﬁcations ...... 8-36 Engine Air Cleaner ...... 9-12 Head Restraints ...... 1-6 Low Warning Light ...... 4-25 Finish Damage ...... 9-89 Headlamp System Inspection ...... 11-16 Fixed Mast Antenna ...... 6-14 Aiming ...... 9-30 Fuses Flashers, Hazard Warning ...... 4-3 Headlamp Wiring ...... 9-35 Engine Compartment Flash-to-Pass ...... 4-7 Headlamps Fuse Block ...... 9-39 Flat Tire ...... 9-61 Bulb Replacement ...... 9-31 Fuses and Circuit Flat Tire, Changing ...... 9-62 Daytime Running Lamp ...... 5-2 Breakers ...... 9-36 Flat Tire, Storing ...... 9-68 Exterior Lamps ...... 5-1 Instrument Panel Fuse Floor Mats ...... 3-3 Flash-to-Pass ...... 4-7 Block ...... 9-36 Fluid Halogen Bulbs ...... 9-31 Windshield Wiper ...... 9-36 Automatic Transmission ..... 9-14 Headlamps and Parking Power Steering ...... 9-24 Lamps ...... 9-31 Windshield Washer ...... 9-24 G High/Low Beam Changer ..... 4-7 Fog Lamp Heater ...... 7-1 Gage Engine Coolant ...... 8-5 Fog ...... 5-2 Engine Coolant Fog Lamp Light ...... 4-23 Height Adjuster, Seat ...... 1-2 Temperature ...... 4-19 Highbeam On Light ...... 4-24 Folding Seatback, Passenger ... 1-4 Fuel ...... 4-24 Fuel ...... 8-36 Highway Hypnosis ...... 8-28 Speedometer ...... 4-13 Hill and Mountain Roads ...... 8-28 Additives ...... 8-37 Tachometer ...... 4-13 California Fuel ...... 8-36 Hood Gasoline Release ...... 9-5 Filling a Portable Fuel Octane ...... 8-36 Hooks ...... 3-3 Container ...... 8-40 Speciﬁcations ...... 8-36 Horn ...... 4-3 Filling the Tank ...... 8-38 Glove Box ...... 3-1 How to Wear Safety Belts Fuels in Foreign GM Mobility Reimbursement Properly ...... 1-11 Countries ...... 8-37 Program ...... 12-5 Hydraulic Clutch ...... 9-17 Gage ...... 4-24 INDEX i-5

I K Light (cont.) Cruise Control ...... 4-23 Ignition Positions ...... 8-2 Keyless Entry System ...... 2-3 Door Ajar ...... 4-24 Immobilizer ...... 2-9 Keys ...... 2-2 Fog Lamp ...... 4-23 Immobilizer Operation ...... 2-9 Highbeam On ...... 4-24 Infants and Young Children, Lights On Reminder ...... 4-23 Restraints ...... 1-38 L Low Fuel Warning ...... 4-25 Inﬂation - Tire Pressure ...... 9-47 Labeling, Tire Sidewall ...... 9-42 Low Tire Pressure Inspection Lamp Warning Light ...... 4-18 Brake System ...... 11-17 Malfunction Indicator ...... 4-20 Low Washer Fluid Engine Cooling System .... 11-17 Lamps Warning ...... 4-23 Exhaust System ...... 11-16 Dome ...... 5-3 Oil Pressure ...... 4-22 Fuel System ...... 11-16 Reading ...... 5-4 Passenger Airbag Status Part C - Periodic Lap-Shoulder Belt ...... 1-16 Indicator ...... 4-15 Maintenance ...... 11-16 LATCH System Safety Belt Reminders ...... 4-14 Steering, Suspension and Replacing Parts After a Security ...... 4-22 Front Drive Axle Boot Crash ...... 1-49 Service All-Wheel-Drive ...... 4-24 and Seal ...... 11-16 LATCH System for Child Speed Sensitive Power Throttle System ...... 11-17 Restraints ...... 1-44 Steering (SSPS) Instrument Panel License Plate Lamps ...... 9-34 Warning Light ...... 4-18 Brightness ...... 5-3 Liftgate StabiliTrak® Indicator ...... 4-19 Cluster ...... 4-12 Carbon Monoxide ...... 2-8 Taillamp Indicator ...... 4-23 Overview ...... 4-2 Light Airbag Readiness ...... 4-14 TCS Warning Light ...... 4-19 Antilock Brake System Traction Control System J (ABS) Warning ...... 4-18 (TCS) Warning ...... 4-19 Jump Starting ...... 9-71 Brake System Warning ...... 4-17 Lighting Charging System ...... 4-16 Entry ...... 5-3 i-6 INDEX

Lights Maintenance Schedule (cont.) Maintenance Schedule (cont.) Exterior Lamps ...... 5-1 Exhaust System Throttle System Flash-to-Pass ...... 4-7 Inspection ...... 11-16 Inspection ...... 11-17 High/Low Beam Changer ..... 4-7 Fuel System Inspection .... 11-16 Using ...... 11-3 Loading Your Vehicle ...... 8-32 How This Section is Your Vehicle and the Locks Organized ...... 11-2 Environment ...... 11-2 Door ...... 2-6 Introduction ...... 11-1 Malfunction Indicator Lamp .... 4-20 Power Door ...... 2-7 Maintenance Replacement Manual Seats ...... 1-2 Rear Door Security Locks .... 2-7 Parts ...... 10-4 Manual Transmission Loss of Control ...... 8-25 Maintenance Fluid ...... 9-16 Low Fuel Warning Light ...... 4-25 Requirements ...... 11-2 Operation ...... 8-11 Low Washer Fluid Warning Part A - Scheduled Mirrors Light ...... 4-23 Maintenance Services .... 11-3 Manual Rearview Mirror ..... 2-13 Lower Anchors and Tethers Part B - Owner Checks Outside Power Mirrors ...... 2-14 for Children ...... 1-44 and Services ...... 11-12 MP3 ...... 6-9 Luggage Carrier ...... 3-2 Part C - Periodic MyGMLink.com ...... 12-3 Maintenance Inspections ...... 11-16 M PartD-Recommended N Maintenance Schedule Fluids and Lubricants ... 11-18 Navigation System, At Each Fuel Fill ...... 11-12 PartE-Maintenance Privacy ...... 12-18 At Least Once a Month ... 11-13 Record ...... 11-20 New Vehicle Break-In ...... 8-2 At Least Once a Year ...... 11-13 Scheduled Maintenance ..... 11-4 Notices and Cautions ...... iii At Least Twice a Year ..... 11-13 Steering, Suspension and Notiﬁcation Brake System Front Drive Axle Boot Service Airbag Message .... 4-16 Inspection ...... 11-17 and Seal Inspection ..... 11-16 Engine Cooling System Inspection ...... 11-17 INDEX i-7

O Parking Power (cont.) Over Things That Burn ...... 8-16 Pressure Cap ...... 9-22 Odometer ...... 4-13 Parking Your Vehicle ...... 8-15 Privacy ...... 12-17 Odometers, Trip ...... 4-13 Part A - Scheduled Event Data Recorders ..... 12-17 Off-Road Recovery ...... 8-24 Maintenance Services ...... 11-3 Navigation System ...... 12-18 Oil Part B - Owner Checks OnStar ...... 12-18 Engine ...... 9-9 and Services ...... 11-12 Radio Frequency Pressure Light ...... 4-22 Part C - Periodic Maintenance Identiﬁcation ...... 12-18 Older Children, Restraints ...... 1-36 Inspections ...... 11-16 Online Owner Center ...... 12-3 PartD-Recommended OnStar, Privacy ...... 12-18 Fluids and Lubricants ...... 11-18 R ® OnStar System, see PartE-Maintenance Radio Frequency Identiﬁcation ® OnStar Manual ...... 4-25 Record ...... 11-20 (RFID), Privacy ...... 12-18 Outlet Adjustment ...... 7-3 Passenger Airbag Status Radio(s) ...... 6-3 Outlets Indicator ...... 4-15 Radios Accessory Power ...... 4-9 Passenger Compartment Reception ...... 6-14 Outside Air Filter ...... 7-4 Setting the Clock ...... 6-2 Power Mirrors ...... 2-14 Passenger Sensing System ... 1-28 Reading Lamps ...... 5-4 Overhead Console ...... 3-2 Passing ...... 8-25 Rear Door Security Locks ...... 2-7 Owner Checks, Service ...... 9-5 Perchlorate Materials Rear Seat Operation ...... 1-7 Owners, Canadian ...... ii Requirements, California ...... 9-3 Rear Windshield Washer/ Personalization, Vehicle ...... 12-8 Wiper ...... 4-8 P Power Rearview Mirrors ...... 2-13 Door Locks ...... 2-7 Reclining Seatbacks ...... 1-3 Paint, Damage ...... 9-89 Electrical System ...... 9-36 Recreational Vehicle Towing ... 9-75 Park Outlet 115 Volt Alternating Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) Shifting Into ...... 8-13 Current ...... 4-10 System ...... 2-3 Shifting Out of ...... 8-14 Retained Accessory ...... 8-4 Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) Park Brake ...... 8-12 Steering Fluid ...... 9-24 Windows ...... 2-12 System, Operation ...... 2-4 i-8 INDEX

Removing the Flat Tire and S Service ...... 9-2 Installing the Spare Tire ..... 9-64 Accessories and Safety Belt Reminders ...... 4-14 Removing the Spare Tire Modiﬁcations ...... 9-3 Safety Belts ...... 1-8 and Tools ...... 9-63 Adding Equipment to the Care of ...... 1-20 Replacement Bulbs ...... 9-35 Outside of the Vehicle ..... 9-4 Check ...... 1-20 Replacement Parts, All-Wheel-Drive Light ...... 4-24 How to Wear Safety Belts Maintenance ...... 10-4 California Perchlorate Properly ...... 1-11 Replacing LATCH System Materials Requirements .... 9-3 Lap-Shoulder Belt ...... 1-16 Parts After a Crash ...... 1-49 California Proposition Replacing Parts After a Reporting Safety Defects 65 Warning ...... 9-3 Crash ...... 1-20 Canadian Government ..... 12-15 Doing Your Own Work ...... 9-4 Safety Belt Extender ...... 1-19 General Motors ...... 12-16 Engine Soon Lamp ...... 4-20 Safety Belt Use During United States Owner Checks ...... 9-5 Pregnancy ...... 1-19 Government ...... 12-15 Publications Ordering Scheduled Maintenance ...... 11-4 Restraint System Check Information ...... 12-16 Seatback, Folding Passenger ... 1-4 Replacing Airbag System Service Airbag Notiﬁcation Seats Parts After a Crash ...... 1-35 System Message ...... 4-16 Head Restraints ...... 1-6 Replacing Safety Belt Service, Scheduling Height Adjuster ...... 1-2 System Parts After a Appointments ...... 12-8 Passenger Folding Crash ...... 1-20 Servicing Your Seatback ...... 1-4 Retained Accessory Power ...... 8-4 Airbag-Equipped Vehicle .... 1-33 Rear Seat Operation ...... 1-7 Roadside Setting the Clock ...... 6-2 Reclining Seatbacks ...... 1-3 Assistance Program ...... 12-5 Sheet Metal Damage ...... 9-89 Securing Child Rocking Your Vehicle to Shifting Into Park ...... 8-13 Restraints ...... 1-50, 1-53 Get it Out ...... 8-31 Shifting Out of Park ...... 8-14 Security Light ...... 4-22 Routing, Engine Drive Belt .... 10-5 Signals, Turn and Running the Vehicle While Lane-Change ...... 4-7 Parked ...... 8-17 INDEX i-9

Spare Tire Storage Areas (cont.) Tires (cont.) Compact ...... 9-70 Luggage Carrier ...... 3-2 If a Tire Goes Flat ...... 9-61 Installing ...... 9-64 Overhead Console ...... 3-2 Inflation - Tire Pressure ..... 9-47 Removing ...... 9-63 Stuck in Sand, Mud, Ice, or Inspection and Rotation ..... 9-53 Storing ...... 9-68 Snow ...... 8-31 Installing the Spare Tire ..... 9-64 Specifications, Capacities ...... 10-2 Sun Visors ...... 2-13 Pressure Monitor Speed Sensitive Power Sunroof ...... 2-14 Operation ...... 9-50 Steering (SSPS) Pressure Monitor System ... 9-48 Warning Light ...... 4-18 Removing the Flat Tire ...... 9-64 Speedometer ...... 4-13 T Removing the Spare Tire StabiliTrak® Indicator Light ..... 4-19 Tachometer ...... 4-13 and Tools ...... 9-63 Stabilitrak® System ...... 8-22 Taillamp Indicator Light ...... 4-23 Storing a Flat or Spare Tire Starting the Engine ...... 8-4 Taillamps ...... 9-33 and Tools ...... 9-68 Steering ...... 8-23 TCS Warning Light ...... 4-19 Tire Sidewall Labeling ...... 9-42 Steering, Suspension and Theft-Deterrent Systems ...... 2-9 Tire Terminology and Front Drive Axle Boot and Content Theft-Deterrent ..... 2-10 Definitions ...... 9-44 Seal Inspection ...... 11-16 Immobilizer ...... 2-9 Uniform Tire Quality Steering Wheel Controls, Immobilizer Operation ...... 2-9 Grading ...... 9-56 Audio ...... 6-13 Throttle System Inspection ... 11-17 Wheel Alignment and Tire Steering Wheel, Tilt Wheel ...... 4-4 Tilt Wheel ...... 4-4 Balance ...... 9-58 Storage Areas Time, Setting ...... 6-2 Wheel Replacement ...... 9-59 Cargo Management Tires ...... 9-41 When It Is Time for System ...... 3-6 Buying New Tires ...... 9-54 New Tires ...... 9-54 Center Console Chains ...... 9-60 Towing Storage Area ...... 3-2 Changing a Flat Tire ...... 9-62 Recreational Vehicle ...... 9-75 Cupholders ...... 3-1 Compact Spare Tire ...... 9-70 Towing a Trailer ...... 9-77 Driver Storage Different Size ...... 9-56 Your Vehicle ...... 9-75 Compartment ...... 3-3 Glove Box ...... 3-1 i-10 INDEX

Traction V Wheels (cont.) Control System (TCS) ...... 8-21 Replacement ...... 9-59 Vehicle Control System Warning Where to Put the Restraint .... 1-43 Control ...... 8-18 Light ...... 4-19 Windows ...... 2-12 Loading ...... 8-32 Stabilitrak® Power ...... 2-12 System ...... 8-22 Parking Your ...... 8-15 Windshield Transmission Personalization ...... 12-8 Washer ...... 4-8 Fluid, Automatic ...... 9-14 Running While Parked ...... 8-17 Fluid, Manual ...... 9-16 Vehicle Data Recording and Washer Fluid ...... 9-24 Transmission Operation, Privacy ...... 12-17 Wiper Blade Automatic ...... 8-6, 8-8 Vehicle Identiﬁcation Replacement ...... 9-25 Transmission Operation, Number (VIN) ...... 10-1 Wiper Fuses ...... 9-36 Manual ...... 8-11 Service Parts Identiﬁcation Wipers ...... 4-7 Trip Odometers ...... 4-13 Label ...... 10-1 Windshield, Rear Washer/ Turn and Lane-Change Ventilation Adjustment ...... 7-3 Wiper ...... 4-8 Signals ...... 4-7 Visors ...... 2-13 Winter Driving ...... 8-29 Turn Signal/Multifunction Lever ...... 4-4 W X Warning Lights, Gages and XM Radio Messages ...... 6-12 U Indicators ...... 4-11 XM™ Satellite Radio Uniform Tire Quality Warnings Antenna System ...... 6-14 Grading ...... 9-56 Hazard Warning Flashers .... 4-3 Washer Fluid, Low Warning Light ...... 4-23 Y Wheels Your Vehicle and the Alignment and Environment ...... 11-2 Tire Balance ...... 9-58 Different Size ...... 9-56